WO2011075619A1 - Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, melt blown fine fibers, and methods of making and using the same - Google Patents

Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, melt blown fine fibers, and methods of making and using the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011075619A1
WO2011075619A1 PCT/US2010/060951 US2010060951W WO2011075619A1 WO 2011075619 A1 WO2011075619 A1 WO 2011075619A1 US 2010060951 W US2010060951 W US 2010060951W WO 2011075619 A1 WO2011075619 A1 WO 2011075619A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
web
fibers
fiber
weight
polyester
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2010/060951
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Eric M. Moore
John D. Stelter
Michael R. Berrigan
Francis E. Porbeni
Matthew T. Scholz
Kevin D. Landgrebe
Korey W. Karls
Sian F. Fennessey
Jay M. Jennen
Original Assignee
3M Innovative Properties Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 3M Innovative Properties Company filed Critical 3M Innovative Properties Company
Priority to AU2010330866A priority Critical patent/AU2010330866A1/en
Priority to BR112012015043A priority patent/BR112012015043A2/en
Priority to BR112012014945A priority patent/BR112012014945A2/en
Priority to CN2010800636002A priority patent/CN102753745A/en
Priority to MX2012007090A priority patent/MX2012007090A/en
Priority to EP10838279.7A priority patent/EP2513365A4/en
Priority to JP2012544868A priority patent/JP2013515174A/en
Publication of WO2011075619A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011075619A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H1/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
    • D04H1/40Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
    • D04H1/42Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties characterised by the use of certain kinds of fibres insofar as this use has no preponderant influence on the consolidation of the fleece
    • D04H1/4282Addition polymers
    • D04H1/4291Olefin series
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M10/00Physical treatment of fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, e.g. ultrasonic, corona discharge, irradiation, electric currents, or magnetic fields; Physical treatment combined with treatment with chemical compounds or elements
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D01NATURAL OR MAN-MADE THREADS OR FIBRES; SPINNING
    • D01DMECHANICAL METHODS OR APPARATUS IN THE MANUFACTURE OF ARTIFICIAL FILAMENTS, THREADS, FIBRES, BRISTLES OR RIBBONS
    • D01D5/00Formation of filaments, threads, or the like
    • D01D5/0007Electro-spinning
    • D01D5/0015Electro-spinning characterised by the initial state of the material
    • D01D5/0023Electro-spinning characterised by the initial state of the material the material being a polymer melt
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D01NATURAL OR MAN-MADE THREADS OR FIBRES; SPINNING
    • D01FCHEMICAL FEATURES IN THE MANUFACTURE OF ARTIFICIAL FILAMENTS, THREADS, FIBRES, BRISTLES OR RIBBONS; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF CARBON FILAMENTS
    • D01F1/00General methods for the manufacture of artificial filaments or the like
    • D01F1/02Addition of substances to the spinning solution or to the melt
    • D01F1/10Other agents for modifying properties
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D01NATURAL OR MAN-MADE THREADS OR FIBRES; SPINNING
    • D01FCHEMICAL FEATURES IN THE MANUFACTURE OF ARTIFICIAL FILAMENTS, THREADS, FIBRES, BRISTLES OR RIBBONS; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF CARBON FILAMENTS
    • D01F6/00Monocomponent artificial filaments or the like of synthetic polymers; Manufacture thereof
    • D01F6/88Monocomponent artificial filaments or the like of synthetic polymers; Manufacture thereof from mixtures of polycondensation products as major constituent with other polymers or low-molecular-weight compounds
    • D01F6/92Monocomponent artificial filaments or the like of synthetic polymers; Manufacture thereof from mixtures of polycondensation products as major constituent with other polymers or low-molecular-weight compounds of polyesters
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H1/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
    • D04H1/40Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
    • D04H1/42Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties characterised by the use of certain kinds of fibres insofar as this use has no preponderant influence on the consolidation of the fleece
    • D04H1/4326Condensation or reaction polymers
    • D04H1/435Polyesters
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H1/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
    • D04H1/40Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
    • D04H1/44Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties the fleeces or layers being consolidated by mechanical means, e.g. by rolling
    • D04H1/46Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties the fleeces or layers being consolidated by mechanical means, e.g. by rolling by needling or like operations to cause entanglement of fibres
    • D04H1/48Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties the fleeces or layers being consolidated by mechanical means, e.g. by rolling by needling or like operations to cause entanglement of fibres in combination with at least one other method of consolidation
    • D04H1/485Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties the fleeces or layers being consolidated by mechanical means, e.g. by rolling by needling or like operations to cause entanglement of fibres in combination with at least one other method of consolidation in combination with weld-bonding
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H3/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length
    • D04H3/005Synthetic yarns or filaments
    • D04H3/007Addition polymers
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H3/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length
    • D04H3/005Synthetic yarns or filaments
    • D04H3/009Condensation or reaction polymers
    • D04H3/011Polyesters
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H3/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length
    • D04H3/08Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length characterised by the method of strengthening or consolidating
    • D04H3/10Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length characterised by the method of strengthening or consolidating with bonds between yarns or filaments made mechanically
    • D04H3/11Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length characterised by the method of strengthening or consolidating with bonds between yarns or filaments made mechanically by fluid jet
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H3/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length
    • D04H3/08Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length characterised by the method of strengthening or consolidating
    • D04H3/16Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length characterised by the method of strengthening or consolidating with bonds between thermoplastic filaments produced in association with filament formation, e.g. immediately following extrusion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C48/001Combinations of extrusion moulding with other shaping operations
    • B29C48/0017Combinations of extrusion moulding with other shaping operations combined with blow-moulding or thermoforming
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C48/001Combinations of extrusion moulding with other shaping operations
    • B29C48/0018Combinations of extrusion moulding with other shaping operations combined with shaping by orienting, stretching or shrinking, e.g. film blowing
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C48/03Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor characterised by the shape of the extruded material at extrusion
    • B29C48/05Filamentary, e.g. strands
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C48/03Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor characterised by the shape of the extruded material at extrusion
    • B29C48/07Flat, e.g. panels
    • B29C48/08Flat, e.g. panels flexible, e.g. films
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C48/03Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor characterised by the shape of the extruded material at extrusion
    • B29C48/12Articles with an irregular circumference when viewed in cross-section, e.g. window profiles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29LINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
    • B29L2007/00Flat articles, e.g. films or sheets
    • B29L2007/002Panels; Plates; Sheets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29LINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
    • B29L2031/00Other particular articles
    • B29L2031/731Filamentary material, i.e. comprised of a single element, e.g. filaments, strands, threads, fibres
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T442/00Fabric [woven, knitted, or nonwoven textile or cloth, etc.]
    • Y10T442/60Nonwoven fabric [i.e., nonwoven strand or fiber material]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T442/00Fabric [woven, knitted, or nonwoven textile or cloth, etc.]
    • Y10T442/60Nonwoven fabric [i.e., nonwoven strand or fiber material]
    • Y10T442/608Including strand or fiber material which is of specific structural definition
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T442/00Fabric [woven, knitted, or nonwoven textile or cloth, etc.]
    • Y10T442/60Nonwoven fabric [i.e., nonwoven strand or fiber material]
    • Y10T442/68Melt-blown nonwoven fabric
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T442/00Fabric [woven, knitted, or nonwoven textile or cloth, etc.]
    • Y10T442/60Nonwoven fabric [i.e., nonwoven strand or fiber material]
    • Y10T442/681Spun-bonded nonwoven fabric
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T442/00Fabric [woven, knitted, or nonwoven textile or cloth, etc.]
    • Y10T442/60Nonwoven fabric [i.e., nonwoven strand or fiber material]
    • Y10T442/689Hydroentangled nonwoven fabric
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T442/00Fabric [woven, knitted, or nonwoven textile or cloth, etc.]
    • Y10T442/60Nonwoven fabric [i.e., nonwoven strand or fiber material]
    • Y10T442/697Containing at least two chemically different strand or fiber materials

Definitions

  • Melt-spinning is the process of forming fibers by extruding molten polymer through small orifices in a die, collecting the spun filaments on a belt in a uniform random fashion, and bonding the fibers to form a cohesive web.
  • Melt- blowing is the process of forming fibers by extruding molten polymer through small orifices surrounded by high speed heated gas jets, and collecting the blown filaments as a cohesive web. This process is also referred to as a blown micro fiber (or
  • thermoplastic material used for the BMF process is polypropylene, which produces a very fine fiber with good thermal stability.
  • Polyesters such as poly(ethylene) terephthalate (PET) and polyolefms such as poly(propylene) (PP) are two commonly used classes of petroleum based polymers in the commercial production of textile fibers, packaging films, beverage bottles, and injection molded goods by processes such as BMF and spunbond.
  • PET has a higher melting point and superior mechanical and physical properties compared to other commercially useful polymers, it exhibits poor dimensional stability at temperatures above its glass transition temperature.
  • Polyester fibers e.g.
  • aromatic polyesters such as PET and poly(ethylene) terephthalate glycol (PETG), and/or aliphatic polyesters such as poly(lactic acid) (PLA), and webs including such fibers, may shrink up to 40% of the original length when subjected to elevated temperatures due to the relaxation of the oriented amorphous segments of the molecules to relax upon exposure to heat ⁇ See Narayanan, V.; Bhat, G.S. and L.C. Wadsworth. TAPPI Proceedings: Nonwovens Conference & Trade Fair. (1998) 29-36).
  • PET has generally not been considered as suitable for applications involving high-speed processing because of its slow crystallization from the melt state; at commercial production rates, the polymer has minimal opportunity to form well developed crystallites.
  • Articles prepared from PET fibers typically need to undergo an additional stage of drawing and heat-setting (e.g. annealing) during the fiber spinning process to dimensionally stabilize the produced structure.
  • resource renewable polymers i.e., polymers derived from plant based materials.
  • Ideal resource renewable polymers are "carbon dioxide neutral” meaning that as much carbon dioxide is consumed in growing the plants base material as is given off when the product is made and disposed of.
  • Biodegradable materials have adequate properties to permit them to break down when exposed to conditions which lead to composting.
  • materials thought to be biodegradable include aliphatic polyesters such as poly(lactic acid) (PLA),
  • polyesters such as poly(lactic acid) for BMF due to aliphatic polyester thermoplastics having relatively high melt viscosities which yields nonwoven webs that generally cannot be made at the same fiber diameters that polypropylene can on standard nonwoven production equipment such as spunbond and BMF production lines.
  • the coarser fiber diameters of polyester webs can limit their application as many final product properties are controlled by fiber diameter. For example, course fibers lead to a noticeably stiffer and less appealing feel for skin contact applications.
  • course fibers produce webs with larger porosity that can lead to webs that have less of a barrier property, e.g. less repellency to aqueous fluids.
  • 2008/0160861 (Berrigan et al.) describes a method for making a bonded nonwoven fibrous web comprising extruding melt blown fibers of a polyethylene terephthalate and polylactic acid, collecting the melt blown fibers as an initial nonwoven fibrous web, and annealing the initial nonwoven fibrous web with a controlled heating and cooling operation.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,364,694 (Okada et al.) describes a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) based meltblown nonwoven fabric and its manufacture.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,753,736 (Bhat et al.) describes the manufacture of polyethylene terephthalate fiber with reduced shrinkage through the use of nucleation agent, reinforcer and a combination of both.
  • U.S. Patent Nos. 5,585,056 and 6,005,019 describe a surgical article comprising absorbable polymer fibers and a plasticizer containing stearic acid and its salts.
  • Thermoplastic polymers are widely employed to create a variety of products, including blown and cast films, extruded sheets, foams, fibers, monofilament and multifilament yarns, and products made therefrom, woven and knitted fabrics, and non- woven fibrous webs.
  • blown and cast films including blown and cast films, extruded sheets, foams, fibers, monofilament and multifilament yarns, and products made therefrom, woven and knitted fabrics, and non- woven fibrous webs.
  • many of these articles have been made from petroleum-based thermoplastics such as polyolefms.
  • Degradation of aliphatic polyesters can occur through multiple mechanisms including hydrolysis, transesterification, chain scission, and the like. Instability of such polymers during processing can occur at elevated temperatures as described in
  • thermoplastic polymers used in these products such as
  • polyhydroxyalkanoates are inherently hydrophobic. That is, as a woven, knit, or nonwoven such as a spunbond fabric, they will not absorb water.
  • thermoplastic polymers where their hydrophobic nature either limits their use or requires some effort to modify the surface of the shaped articles made therefrom.
  • polylactic acid has been reported to be used in the manufacture of nonwoven webs that are employed in the construction of absorbent articles such as diapers, feminine care products, and personal incontinence products (U.S. Patent No. 5,910,368). These materials were rendered hydrophilic through the use of a post treatment topical application of a silicone copolyol surfactant. Such surfactants are not thermally stable and can break down in an extruder to yield formaldehyde.
  • U.S. Patent No. 7,623,339 discloses a polyolefm resin rendered antimicrobial and hydrophilic using a combination of fatty acid monoglycerides and enhancer(s).
  • Coating methods to provide a hydrophilic surface are known, but also have some limitations.
  • Many of the solvents used for coating are flammable liquids or have exposure limits that require special production facilities.
  • the quantity of surfactant can also be limited by the solubility of the surfactant in the coating solvent and the thickness of the coating.
  • thermoplastic polymer can be undesirable for at least two other reasons. First, it can be more expensive since it requires additional processing steps of surfactant application and drying. Second, PHAs are polyesters, and thus prone to hydrolysis. It is desirable to limit the exposure of PHA polymers to water which can be present in the surfactant application solution. Furthermore, the subsequent drying step at elevated temperature in the wet web is highly undesirable.
  • FIGURE 1 is a graph showing the drop in pump exit back pressure with the addition of an exemplary viscosity modifier.
  • FIGURE 2 is an image of a Transmission Electron Microscopy of PLA fiber alone as a control.
  • FIGURE 3 is an image of a Transmission Electron Microscopy of PLA fiber with 5% by weight of polypropylene dispersed in the fiber.
  • FIGURE 4 is a graph showing the normalized tensile load in the cross direction for spunbond nonwoven webs made according to Example 26.
  • FIGURE 5 is a graph showing the normalized tensile load in the machine direction for spunbond nonwoven webs made according to Example 26.
  • the present disclosure relates to dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using such webs.
  • the disclosure further relates to dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs including blends of polypropylene and an aliphatic and/or aromatic polyester useful in making articles, such as biodegradable and biocompatible articles.
  • the disclosure relates to a web including a plurality of continuous fibers comprising one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters; and polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, wherein the fibers exhibit molecular orientation and extend substantially endlessly through the web, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers, but below the melting point of the fibers in an unrestrained condition.
  • the molecular orientation of the fibers results in a birefringence value of at least 0.01.
  • the fibers are microfibers, and particularly fine fibers.
  • the thermoplastic polyester comprises at least one aromatic polyester.
  • the aromatic polyester is selected from poly(ethylene) terephthalate (PET), poly(ethylene) terephthalate glycol (PETG), poly(butylene) terephthalate (PBT), poly(trimethyl) terephthalate (PTT), their copolymers, or combinations thereof.
  • PET poly(ethylene) terephthalate
  • PET poly(ethylene) terephthalate glycol
  • PBT poly(butylene) terephthalate
  • PTT poly(trimethyl) terephthalate
  • thermoplastic polyester comprises at least one aliphatic polyester.
  • the aliphatic polymer is selected from one or more poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), polybutylene succinate, polyethylene adipate, polyhydroxy-butyrate, polyhydroxyvalerate, blends, and copolymers thereof.
  • the aliphatic polyester is semicrystalline.
  • the disclosure relates to a web including a plurality of fibers comprising one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters; and polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, wherein the fibers do not exhibit molecular orientation, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers, but below the melting point of the fibers.
  • a web including a plurality of fibers comprising one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters; and polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, wherein the fibers do not exhibit molecular orientation, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers, but below the melting point of the fibers.
  • thermoplastic polyester comprises at least one aliphatic polyester selected from the group consisting of one or more poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), polybutylene succinate, polyethylene adipate,
  • the aliphatic polyester is semicrystalline.
  • the fibers are microfibers, particularly fine fibers.
  • the plurality of fibers may comprise a thermoplastic
  • thermoplastic polyester distinct from the thermoplastic polyester
  • the fibers may comprise at least one of a plasticizer, a diluent, a surfactant, a viscosity modifier, an antimicrobial component, or combinations thereof.
  • the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of no greater than about 25 ⁇ .
  • the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of no greater than 12 ⁇ .
  • the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of no greater than 8 ⁇ .
  • the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of at least 1 ⁇ .
  • the web is biocompatible.
  • the present disclosure is also directed to fine fibers of aliphatic polyesters, articles made with the fine fibers, and a method for making the aliphatic polyester fine fibers by a blown microfiber (BMF) process.
  • the fibers may be melt-processable and have utility in a variety of food safety, medical, personal hygiene, disposable and reusable garments, and water purification applications.
  • a melt blown web of the fine fibers is formed by use of a viscosity modifier to reduce the viscosity of the aliphatic polyesters, such as PLA.
  • the viscosity modifier is selected from the group consisting of alkyl carboxylates and carboxylic acids, alkenyl carboxylates and carboxylic acids, aralkyl carboxylates and carboxylic acids, alkylethoxylated carboxylates and carboxylic acids, aralkylethoxylated carboxylates and carboxylic acids, alkyl lactylates and carboxylic acids, alkenyl lactylates and carboxylic acids, and mixtures thereof.
  • the web is a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web formed from a molten mixture of the thermoplastic polyester and the polypropylene.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web is selected from the group consisting of a spunbond web, a blown microfiber web, a hydroentangled web, or combinations thereof.
  • the disclosure relates to a method of making a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web comprising forming a mixture of one or more
  • thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters with polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture; forming a plurality of fibers from the mixture; and collecting at least a portion of the fibers to form a web, wherein the fibers exhibit molecular orientation and extend substantially endlessly through the web, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension in the plane of the web which decreases by no greater than 10% when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers, but below the melting point of the fibers when measured with the web in an unrestrained condition.
  • the fibers may be formed using melt-spinning, filament extrusion, electrospinning, gas jet fibrillation or combinations thereof.
  • the disclosure relates to a method of making a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web comprising forming a mixture of one or more thermoplastic aliphatic polyesters with polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture; forming a plurality of fibers from the mixture; and collecting at least a portion of the fibers to form a web, wherein the fibers do not exhibit molecular orientation, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers, but below the melting point of the fibers.
  • the fibers may be formed using a melt-blowing (e.g. BMF) process.
  • the methods may further comprise post heating the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web, for example, by controlled heating or cooling of the web.
  • the disclosure relates to an article comprising a
  • the article is selected from a gas filtration article, a liquid filtration article, a sound absorption article, a thermal insulation article, a surface cleaning article, a cellular growth support article, a drug delivery article, a personal hygiene article, a wound dressing article, an adhesive coated tape, and a dental hygiene article.
  • the article may be a surgical or medical drape.
  • the article may be a surgical or medical gown.
  • the article may be a sterilization wrap.
  • the article may be a wound contact material.
  • Exemplary aliphatic polyesters are poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), polybutylene succinate, polyhydroxybutyrate,
  • Articles made with the fine fibers comprise molded polymeric articles, polymeric sheets, polymeric fibers, woven webs, nonwoven webs, porous membranes, polymeric foams, layered fine fibers, composite webs such as SMS (Spunbond, Meltblown, Spunbond), SMMS, and combinations thereof made of the fine fibers described herein including thermal or adhesive laminates.
  • SMS spunbond, Meltblown, Spunbond
  • SMMS SMMS
  • Examples of useful articles of this disclosure are wound contact materials made of a film, foam and/or woven or nonwoven comprising the fine fibers and sterilization wraps, surgical drapes or surgical gowns made at least in part of the fine fibers.
  • Products such as medical gowns, medical drapes, sterilization wraps, wipes, absorbents, insulation, and filters can be made from melt-blown fine fibers of aliphatic polyesters, such as PLA. Films, membranes, nonwovens, scrims and the like can be extrusion bonded or thermally laminated directly to the webs.
  • Exemplary embodiments of the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs according to the present disclosure may have structural features that enable their use in a variety of applications, have exceptional absorbent properties, exhibit high porosity and permeability due to their low solidity, and/or be manufactured in a cost-effective manner. Due to the small diameter of the fibers formed (fine fibers), the webs may have a soft feel similar to polyolefm webs but in many cases exhibit superior tensile strength due to the higher modulus of the aliphatic polyester used.
  • Bi-component fibers such as core-sheath or side-by-side bi-component fibers, may be prepared, as may be bicomponent microfibers, including sub-micrometer fibers.
  • exemplary embodiments of the disclosure may be particularly useful and advantageous with monocomponent fibers.
  • the ability to use monocomponent fibers reduces complexity of manufacturing and places fewer limitations on use of the web.
  • Exemplary methods of producing dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs according to the present disclosure may have advantages in terms of higher production rate, higher production efficiency, lower production cost, and the like.
  • Blends may be made using a variety of other polymers including aromatic polyesters, aliphatic/aromatic copolyesters such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 7,241,838 which is incorporated herein by reference, cellulose esters, cellulose ethers, thermoplastic starches, ethylene vinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol, ethylenevinyl alcohol, and the like.
  • the aliphatic polyester is typically present at a concentration of greater than 70% by weight of total thermoplastic polymer, preferably greater than 80% by weight of total thermoplastic polymer and most preferably greater than about 90% by weight of thermoplastic polymer.
  • the amount of blended polymer or other additive other than the PP to reduce shrinkage should be minimized.
  • the amount of additives other than the PP and surfactant should be kept to less than 10%> by weight of the aliphatic polyester, preferably less than 8% by weight of the aliphatic polyester, more preferably less than
  • the present disclosure is also directed to a composition, article and method for making a durable hydrophilic and preferably biocompatible composition.
  • the composition and articles comprise the thermoplastic polyesters and the surfactants as described herein.
  • the method comprises providing the thermoplastic polyesters and the surfactants as described herein, and mixing these materials sufficiently to yield a biocompatible, durable hydrophilic composition.
  • the polymer is solvent soluble or dispersible and the composition may be solvent cast, solvent spun to form films or fibers, or foams.
  • the melt processable composition of aliphatic polyesters and surfactants exhibit durable hydrophilicity.
  • the surfactant may be dissolved in or along with a surfactant carrier.
  • the surfactant carrier and/or surfactant may be a plasticizer for the thermoplastic aliphatic polyester.
  • compositions of this invention are "relatively homogenous". That is, the compositions can be produced by melt extrusion with good mixing and at the time of extrusion would be relatively homogenous in concentration throughout. It is recognized, however, that over time and/or with heat treatment the surfactant(s) may migrate to become higher or lower in concentration at certain points, such as at the surface of the fiber.
  • a method of preparing durable hydrophilic fibers from a mixture or blend of thermoplastic film- forming aliphatic polyester, and at least one surfactant is provided.
  • the melt of the blend is processed or shaped, for example, by extrusion or molding to produce fibers with the surfactants dissolved or dispersed within the fiber and present at the surfaces of the fiber to render those surfaces durably hydrophilic.
  • the processing temperatures in the extruder are preferably kept below about 300°C, more preferably below about 250°C, and even more preferably below 200°C where those surfactants are exposed to such temperatures given the particular processing technique.
  • the durable hydrophilicity is achieved without requiring post fiber finishing operations, e.g.
  • thermoplastic(s) because the fiber is durably hydrophilic as extruded, however, heating the web after extrusion may help to bloom surfactant to the surface and improve hydrophilicity. This is done at temperatures at or above the glass transition temperature of the thermoplastic(s) and is typically less than 120°C and even less than 100°C.
  • the hydrophilicity imparted to the fiber compositions described herein is done using at least one melt additive surfactant.
  • Suitable anionic surfactants include alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl, or arakyl sulfate, alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl, or arakyl sulfonate, alkyl, alkenyl alkaryl, or arakyl phosphate, alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl, or arakyl carboxylate or a combination thereof.
  • the alkyl and alkenyl groups may be linear or branched. These surfactants may be modified as is known in the art.
  • an "alkyl carboxylate” is a surfactant having an alkyl group and a carboxylate group but it may also include, for example, bridging moieties such as polyalkylene oxide groups, e.g., isodeceth-7 carboxylate sodium salt is an alkyl carboxylate having a branched chain of ten carbons (CIO) alkyl group, seven moles of ethylene oxide and terminated in a carboxylate.
  • CIO ten carbons
  • the present disclosure relates generally to dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs or fabrics.
  • the webs include a plurality of fibers formed from a
  • dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs may be prepared by blending an aliphatic and/or aromatic polyester with polypropylene (PP) in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, before or during extrusion.
  • the resulting webs have at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web, when the web is heated to a
  • the fibers may exhibit molecular orientation.
  • fibers and webs described herein have at least one dimension in the plane of the web, e.g., the machine or the cross direction, that decreases by no greater than 10%, when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers.
  • the fibrous webs or fabrics as described herein are dimensionally stable when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers.
  • the webs may be heated 15°C, 20°C, 30°C, 45°C and even 55°C above the glass transition temperature of the aromatic and/or aliphatic polyester fibers, and the web will remain dimensionally stable, e.g., having at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web.
  • the web should not be heated to a temperature that melts the fibers, or causes the fibers to appreciably degrade, as demonstrated by such characteristics as loss of molecular weight or discoloration.
  • PP may thereby be evenly distributed through the core of the filament; the polyolefin is believed to act as a selectively miscible additive.
  • PP mixes with the polyester and physically inhibits chain movement, thereby suppressing cold crystallization, and macroscopic shrinkage is not observed. If the weight percent of the PP is increased further beyond 10 percent by weight, the PP and polyester phase separate and rearrangement of the polyester is not affected.
  • the method of the present disclosure comprises providing the aliphatic polyesters and the viscosity modifier(s) as described herein, and melt blowing these materials sufficiently to yield a web of fine fibers. While not intending to be bound by theory, the viscosity modifier likely does not plasticize the melt processable fine fibers of aliphatic polyesters.
  • the compositions are preferably non-irritating and non-sensitizing to mammalian skin and biodegradable.
  • the aliphatic polyester generally has a lower melt processing temperature and can yield a more flexible output material.
  • the present invention discloses the use of melt additive anionic surfactants, optionally combined with surfactant carriers such as polyethylene glycol, to impart stable durable hydrophilicity to aliphatic polyester thermoplastics such as polyhydroxyalkanoates (e.g. polylactic acid).
  • aliphatic polyester thermoplastics such as polyhydroxyalkanoates (e.g. polylactic acid).
  • Embodiments comprising the anionic surfactants described herein are particularly useful for making hydrophilic absorbent polylactic acid nonwoven film laminate drapes used in surgery, as well as personal care absorbents such as feminine hygiene pads, diapers, incontinence pads, and the like.
  • the use of these anionic surfactants also provides useful antifog films when using transparent aliphatic polyesters. These antifog films may be used in food packaging, for safety eyewear and the like.
  • Hydrophilicity can be measured in a variety of ways. For example, when water contacts a porous nonwoven web that is hydrophobic or has lost its hydrophilicity, the water does not flow, or flows undesirably slowly, through the web. Importantly the fibers and webs of the present invention exhibit stable
  • hydrophilicity water absorbency
  • Preferred materials of this invention wet with water and thus have an apparent surface energy of great than 72 dynes/cm (surface tension of pure water).
  • the most preferred materials of this invention instantly absorb water and remain water absorbent after aging for 10 days at 5°C, 23°C and 45°C. More preferred materials of this invention instantly absorb water and remain water absorbent after aging for 20 days at 5°C, 23°C and 45°C. Even more materials of this invention instantly absorb water and remain water absorbent after aging for 30 days at 5°C, 23°C and 45°C.
  • compositions remain hydrophilic (water absorbent) after more than 10 days at 45°C, preferably more than 30 days and most preferably greater than 40 days, when tested according to the methods described in the Examples.
  • the preferred fabrics are instantaneously wettable and absorbent and are capable of absorbing water at very high initial rates.
  • biodegradable means degradable by the action of naturally occurring microorganisms such as bacteria, fungi and algae and/or natural
  • biocompatible means biologically compatible by not producing toxic, injurious or immunological response in living tissue. Biocompatible materials may also be broken down by biochemical and/or hydrolytic processes and absorbed by living tissue. Test methods used include ASTM F719 for applications where the fine fibers contact tissue such as skin, wounds, mucosal tissue including in an orifice such as the esophagus or urethra, and ASTM F763 for applications where the fine fibers are implanted in tissue.
  • bi-component fiber or "multi-component fiber” means fibers with two or more components, each component occupying a part of the cross-sectional area of the fiber and extending over a substantial length of the fiber.
  • Suitable multi- component fiber configurations include, but are not limited to, a sheath-core configuration, a side -by-side configuration, and an "islands-in-the-sea” configuration (for example, fibers produced by Kuraray Company, Ltd., Okayama, Japan).
  • monocomponent fiber means fibers in which the fibers have essentially the same composition across their cross-section, but monocomponent includes blends or additive-containing materials, in which a continuous phase of substantially uniform composition extends across the cross-section and over the length of the fiber. Fibers made of blends in which the additive is heterogeneiously dispersed in the polymer phase both across the cross section and along the fiber length is considered a monocomponent fiber.
  • biodegradable means degradable by the action of naturally occurring microorganisms such as bacteria, fungi and algae and/or natural
  • biocompatible means biologically compatible by not producing toxic, injurious or immunological response in living tissue. Biocompatible materials may also be broken down by biochemical and/or hydrolytic processes and absorbed by living tissue. Test methods used include ASTM F719 for applications where the fine fibers contact tissue such as skin, wounds, mucosal tissue including in an orifice such as the esophagus or urethra, and ASTM F763 for applications where the fine fibers are implanted in tissue.
  • durable hydrophilic means that the composition, typically in fiber or fabric form, remains water absorbent when aged at least 30 days at 23°C and preferably at least 40 days at 23°C
  • the term "median fiber diameter” means fiber diameter determined by producing one or more images of the fiber structure, such as by using a scanning electron microscope; measuring the fiber diameter of clearly visible fibers in the one or more images resulting in a total number of fiber diameters, x; and calculating the median fiber diameter of the x fiber diameters.
  • x is greater than about 20, more preferably greater than about 50, and desirably ranges from about 50 to about 200.
  • fine fiber generally refers to fibers having a median fiber diameter of no greater than about 50 micrometers ( ⁇ ), preferably no greater than 25 ⁇ , more preferably no greater than 20 ⁇ , still more preferably no greater than 12 ⁇ , even more preferably no greater than 10 ⁇ , and most preferably no greater than 5 ⁇ .
  • Microfibers are a population of fibers having a median fiber diameter of at least one ⁇ but no greater than 100 ⁇ .
  • Ultratrafme microfibers are a population of microfibers having a median fiber diameter of two ⁇ or less.
  • Sub-micrometer fibers are a population of fibers having a median fiber diameter of no greater than one ⁇ .
  • an array of sub-micrometer fibers it means the complete population of microfibers in that array, or the complete population of a single batch of microfibers, and not only that portion of the array or batch that is of sub-micrometer dimensions.
  • Continuous oriented microfibers herein refers to essentially continuous fibers issuing from a die and traveling through a processing station in which the fibers are drawn and at least portions of the molecules within the fibers are oriented into alignment with the longitudinal axis of the fibers ("oriented" as used with respect to fibers means that at least portions of the molecules of the fibers are aligned along the longitudinal axis of the fibers).
  • “Melt-blown fibers” herein refers to fibers prepared by extruding molten fiber-forming material through orifices in a die into a high-velocity gaseous stream, where the extruded material is first attenuated and then solidifies as a mass of fibers.
  • “Separately prepared sub-micrometer fibers” means a stream of sub-micrometer fibers produced from a sub-micrometer fiber-forming apparatus (e.g., a die) positioned such that the sub-micrometer fiber stream is initially spatially separate (e.g., over a distance of about 1 inch (25 mm) or more from, but will merge in flight and disperse into, a stream of larger size micro fibers.
  • a sub-micrometer fiber-forming apparatus e.g., a die
  • Automatic bonding is defined as bonding between fibers at an elevated temperature as obtained in an oven or with a through-air bonder without application of direct contact pressure such as in point-bonding or calendering.
  • Molecularly same polymer refers to polymers that have essentially the same repeating molecular unit, but which may differ in molecular weight, method of manufacture, commercial form, etc.
  • Self supporting or “self sustaining” in describing a web means that the web can be held, handled and processed by itself, e.g., without support layers or other support aids.
  • Solidity is a nonwoven web property inversely related to density and characteristic of web permeability and porosity (low Solidity corresponds to high permeability and high porosity), and is defined by the equation:
  • Web Basis Weight is calculated from the weight of a 10 cm x 10 cm web sample.
  • Web Thickness is measured on a 10 cm x 10 cm web sample using a thickness testing gauge having a tester foot with dimensions of 5 cm x 12.5 cm at an applied pressure of 150 Pa.
  • “Bulk Density” is the bulk density of the polymer or polymer blend that makes up the web, taken from the literature.
  • Web as used herein generally is a network of entangled fibers forming a sheet like or fabric like structure.
  • Nonwoven generally refers to fabric consisting of an assembly of polymeric fibers (oriented in one direction or in a random manner) held together (1) by mechanical interlocking; (2) by fusing of thermoplastic fibers; (3) by bonding with a suitable binder such as a natural or synthetic polymeric resin; or (4) any combination thereof.
  • dimensionally stable nonwoven webs may be formed from a molten mixture of a thermoplastic polyester and a polypropylene.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven webs may be a spunbond web, a blown microfiber web, a hydroentangled web, or combinations thereof.
  • These webs may be post processed into other forms. For example, they may be embossed, apertured, perforated, microcreped, laminated, etc. in order to provide additional properties. It is particularly advantageous that post processing thermal processes can be accomplished without shrinkage or loss of hydrophilicity on fine fiber fabrics.
  • dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs can be prepared by fiber- forming processes in which filaments of fiber- forming material are formed by extrusion of a mixture of one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic and aromatic polyesters with polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture, subjected to orienting forces, and passed through a turbulent field of gaseous currents while at least some of the extruded filaments are in a softened condition and reach their freezing temperature (e.g., the temperature at which the fiber-forming material of the filaments solidifies) while in the turbulent field.
  • Such fiber formations processes include, for example, melt-spinning
  • the resulting webs have at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers.
  • the glass transition temperature of the fibers may be determined conventionally as is known in the art, for example, using differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), or modulated DSC.
  • the thermoplastic polyester may be selected to include at least one aromatic polyester.
  • the aromatic polyester may be selected from PET, PETG, poly(butylene) terephthalate (PBT), poly(trimethyl) terephthalate (PTT), or combinations thereof.
  • the fibers are preferably molecularly oriented; i.e., the fibers preferably comprise molecules that are aligned lengthwise of the fibers and are locked into (i.e., are thermally trapped into) that alignment.
  • Oriented fibers are fibers where there is molecular orientation within the fiber.
  • Fully oriented and partially oriented polymeric fibers are known and commercially available. Orientation of fibers can be measured in a number of ways, including birefringence, heat shrinkage, X-ray scattering, and elastic modulus (see e.g. Principles of Polymer Processing, Zehev
  • Oriented fibers prepared according exemplary embodiments of the disclosure may show a difference in birefringence from segment to segment.
  • a polarized microscope By viewing a single fiber through a polarized microscope and estimating retardation number using the Michel-Levy chart (see On-Line Determination of Density and Crystallinity During
  • birefringence retardation (nm)/1000D, where D is the fiber diameter in micrometers.
  • exemplary fibers susceptible to birefringence measurements generally include segments that differ in birefringence number by at least 5%, and preferably at least 10%. Some exemplary fibers may include segments that differ in birefringence number by 20 or even 50 percent.
  • the molecular orientation of the fibers results in a bi-refringence value of at least 0.00001, more preferably at least about 0.0001, still more preferably at least about 0.001, most preferably at least about 0.01.
  • Different oriented fibers or portions of an oriented fiber also may exhibit differences in properties as measured by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).
  • DSC tests on exemplary webs prepared according to the disclosure may reveal the presence of chain-extended crystallization by the presence of a dual melting peak.
  • a higher-temperature peak may be obtained for the melting point for a chain- extended, or strain-induced, crystalline portion; and another, generally lower- temperature peak may occur at the melting point for a non-chain-extended, or less- ordered, crystalline portion.
  • peak herein means that portion of a heating curve that is attributable to a single process, e.g., melting of a specific molecular portion of a fiber such as a chain-extended portion.
  • the peaks may be sufficiently close to one another that one peak has the appearance of a shoulder of the curve defining the other peak, but they are still regarded as separate peaks, because they represent melting points of distinct molecular fractions.
  • the passive longitudinal segments of the fibers may be oriented to a degree exhibited by typical spunbond fibrous webs.
  • such segments preferably exhibit strain- induced or chain-extended crystallization (i.e., molecular chains within the fiber have a crystalline order aligned generally along the fiber axis).
  • the web can exhibit strength properties like those obtained in spunbond webs, while being strongly bondable in ways that a typical spunbond web cannot be bonded.
  • autogenously bonded webs of the invention can have a loft and uniformity through the web that are not available with the point-bonding or calendering generally used with spunbond webs.
  • the tie-molecule appears in both phases; strain builds at the coupled interface and it appears particularly obvious in the amorphous phase as observed in the broadening of the glass transition to higher temperatures in semi-crystalline polymers.
  • the affected molecular segments are produce a separate intermediate phase of the amorphous phase called the rigid amorphous fraction.
  • the intermediate phase forming the extended boundary between the crystalline and amorphous phases, is characterized by lower local entropy than that of the fully amorphous phase.
  • the rigid amorphous fraction At temperatures above the glass transition and below the melting temperature of the material, the rigid amorphous fraction rearranges and crystallizes; it undergoes cold crystallization.
  • the percentages of crystalline and rigid amorphous material present in the fibers determine the macroscopic shrinkage value.
  • the presence of crystallites may act to stabilize the filaments by acting as anchoring or tie points and inhibit chain motion.
  • a total percent crystallinity of at least about 30% is required for PET to show dimensional stability at elevated temperatures; this level of crystallinity can generally only be obtained in a pure polyester system by thermally annealing the web after the fiber forming process.
  • 0.08g/denier stress is generally required to induce crystallization in-line without any type of additive.
  • spinning speeds of 6000 meters per minute are generally needed to produce the required thread-line tension.
  • most spunbonding systems provide only filament speeds from 3,000-5,000 meters per minute (m/min).
  • preferred aliphatic polyester fabrics such as those made from PL A have at least 20 % crystallinity, preferably at least 30% crystallinity and most preferably at least 50% crystallinity in order to have optimum dimensional stability at elevated temperatures and mechanical properties such as tensile strength.
  • exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure may be particularly useful in forming dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs including molecularly oriented fibers using a high production rate spunbonding process.
  • dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may, in some embodiments, be prepared using a spunbonding process at rates of at least 5,000 m/min, more preferably at least 6,000 m/min.
  • dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs can be prepared by fiber- forming processes in which substantially non-molecularly oriented filaments of fiber- forming material are formed from a mixture of one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters with polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture, before or during extrusion.
  • the resulting webs have at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers.
  • the fibers may be formed using a melt-blowing (e.g. BMF) process.
  • a preferred fiber component is a fine fiber.
  • a fine fiber component is a sub-micrometer fiber component comprising fibers having a median fiber diameter of no greater than one micrometer ( ⁇ ).
  • the fibers exhibit a median diameter of no greater than about one micrometer ( ⁇ ).
  • the sub-micrometer fiber component comprises fibers have a median fiber diameter ranging from about 0.2 ⁇ to about 0.9 ⁇ .
  • the sub-micrometer fiber component comprises fibers have a median fiber diameter ranging from about 0.5 ⁇ to about 0.7 ⁇ .
  • the sub-micrometer fiber component may comprise monocomponent fibers comprising the above-mentioned polymers or copolymers (i.e. (co)polymers.
  • the monocomponent fibers may also contain additives as described below.
  • the fibers formed may be multi-component fibers.
  • the nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may additionally or alternatively comprise one or more coarse fiber components such as microfiber component.
  • the coarse fiber component may exhibit a median diameter of no greater than about 50 ⁇ , more preferably no greater than 25 ⁇ , more preferably no greater than 20 ⁇ , even more preferably no greater than 12 ⁇ , still more preferably no greater than 10 ⁇ , and most preferably no greater than 5 ⁇ .
  • a preferred coarse fiber component is a microfiber component comprising fibers having a median fiber diameter of at least 1 ⁇ , more preferably at least 5 ⁇ , more preferably still at least 10 ⁇ , even more preferably at least 20 ⁇ , and most preferably at least 25 ⁇ .
  • the microfiber component comprises fibers having a median fiber diameter ranging from about 1 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ . In other exemplary embodiments, the microfiber component comprises fibers have a median fiber diameter ranging from about 5 ⁇ to about 50 ⁇ .
  • a multi-layer nonwoven fibrous web may be formed by overlaying on a support layer a dimensionally stable dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web comprising an overlayer of microfibers on an underlayer comprising a population of sub-micrometer fibers, such that at least a portion of the sub -micrometer fibers contact the support layer at a major surface of the single-layer nonwoven web.
  • overlayer is intended to describe an embodiment wherein at least one layer overlays another layer in a multi-layer composite web.
  • a layer is intended to mean at least one layer, and therefore each illustrated embodiment of a multi-layer nonwoven fibrous web may include one or more additional layers (not shown) within the scope of the disclosure.
  • reference to “a layer” is intended to describe a layer at least partially covering one or more additional layers (not shown).
  • the web will exhibit a basis weight, which may be varied depending upon the particular end use of the web.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web has a basis weight of no greater than about 1000 grams per square meter (gsm).
  • the nonwoven fibrous web has a basis weight of from about 1.0 gsm to about 500 gsm.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web has a basis weight of from about 10 gsm to about 300 gsm.
  • the basis weight is from about lOgsm to about lOOgsm and preferably 15 gsm to about 60gsm.
  • the nonwoven fibrous web will exhibit a thickness, which may be varied depending upon the particular end use of the web.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web has a thickness of no greater than about 300 millimeters (mm).
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web has a thickness of from about 0.5 mm to about 150 mm.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web has a thickness of from about 1.0 mm to about 50 mm.
  • the thickness is from about 0.1 mm to about 10 mm and preferably 0.25 mm to about 2.5 mm.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may further comprise a support layer.
  • the support layer may provide most of the strength of the nonwoven fibrous article.
  • the above- described sub-micrometer fiber component tends to have very low strength, and can be damaged during normal handling. Attachment of the sub-micrometer fiber component to a support layer lends strength to the sub-micrometer fiber component, while retaining the low Solidity and hence the desired absorbent properties of the sub- micrometer fiber component.
  • a multi-layer dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web structure may also provide sufficient strength for further processing, which may include, but is not limited to, winding the web into roll form, removing the web from a roll, molding, pleating, folding, stapling, weaving, and the like.
  • Suitable support layers include, but are not limited to, a nonwoven fabric, a woven fabric, a knitted fabric, a foam layer, a film, a paper layer, an adhesive-backed layer, a foil, a mesh, an elastic fabric (i.e., any of the above-described woven, knitted or nonwoven fabrics having elastic properties), an apertured web, an adhesive -backed layer, or any combination thereof.
  • the support layer comprises a polymeric nonwoven fabric.
  • Suitable nonwoven polymeric fabrics include, but are not limited to, a spunbonded fabric, a meltblown fabric, a carded web of staple length fibers (i.e., fibers having a fiber length of no greater than about 100 mm), a needle- punched fabric, a split film web, a hydroentangled web, an airlaid staple fiber web, or a combination thereof.
  • the support layer comprises a web of bonded staple fibers.
  • bonding may be effected using, for example, thermal bonding, ultrasonic bonding, adhesive bonding, powdered binder bonding, hydroentangling, needlepunching, calendering, or a combination thereof.
  • the support layer may have a basis weight and thickness depending upon the particular end use of the nonwoven fibrous article. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, it is desirable for the overall basis weight and/or thickness of the nonwoven fibrous article to be kept at a minimum level. In other embodiments, an overall minimum basis weight and/or thickness may be required for a given application.
  • the support layer has a basis weight of no greater than about 150 grams per square meter (gsm). In some embodiments, the support layer has a basis weight of from about 5.0 gsm to about 100 gsm. In other embodiments, the support layer has a basis weight of from about 10 gsm to about 75 gsm. In some embodiments where higher strength support layers are possible the support layer should have a basis weight of at least lgsm, preferably at least 2 gsm, even more preferably at least 5 gsm, and even more preferably at least 10 gsm. Preferably the support layer has a basis weight of less than 50 gsm, preferably less than 25 gsm, even more preferably less than 20 gsm, and even more preferably less than 15 gsm.
  • the support layer may have a thickness, which varies depending upon the particular end use of the nonwoven fibrous article. Typically, the support layer has a thickness of no greater than about 150 millimeters (mm). In some embodiments, the support layer has a thickness of from about 1.0 mm to about 35 mm. In other embodiments, the support layer has a thickness of from about 2.0 mm to about 25 mm. In other embodiments the support layer has a thickness of 0.1 mm to about
  • 10mm preferably from about 0.25 mm to about 2.5 mm and even more preferably from about 0.25 mm to about 1mm.
  • the support layer may comprise a microfiber component, for example, a plurality of micro fibers.
  • a microfiber component for example, a plurality of micro fibers.
  • the above-described microfiber population may be deposited with or over the sub-micrometer fiber population on the microfiber support layer.
  • the plurality of microfibers comprising the support layer is compositionally the same as the population of microfibers forming the overlayer.
  • the sub-micrometer fiber component may be permanently or temporarily bonded to a given support layer.
  • the sub-micrometer fiber component is permanently bonded to the support layer (i.e., the sub-micrometer fiber component is attached to the support layer with the intention of being permanently bonded thereto).
  • the above-described sub- micrometer fiber component may be temporarily bonded to (i.e., removable from) a support layer, such as a release liner.
  • the sub-micrometer fiber component may be supported for a desired length of time on a temporary support layer, and optionally further processed on a temporary support layer, and subsequently permanently bonded to a second support layer.
  • the support layer comprises a spunbonded fabric comprising polypropylene fibers.
  • the support layer comprises a carded web of staple length fibers, wherein the staple length fibers comprise: (i) low-melting point or binder fibers; and (ii) high-melting point or structural fibers.
  • the binder fibers have a melting point of at least 10°C greater than a melting point of the structural fibers, although the difference between the melting point of the binder fibers and structural fibers may be greater than 10°C.
  • Suitable binder fibers include, but are not limited to, any of the above-mentioned polymeric fibers.
  • Suitable structural fibers include, but are not limited to, any of the above-mentioned polymeric fibers, as well as inorganic fibers such as ceramic fibers, glass fibers, and metal fibers; and organic fibers such as cellulosic fibers.
  • the support layer may comprise one or more layers in combination with one another.
  • the support layer comprises a first layer, such as a nonwoven fabric or a film, and an adhesive layer on the first layer opposite the sub-micrometer fiber component.
  • the adhesive layer may cover a portion of or the entire outer surface of the first layer.
  • the adhesive may comprise any known adhesive including pressure-sensitive adhesives, heat activatable adhesives, etc.
  • the nonwoven fibrous article may further comprise a release liner to provide temporary protection of the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • Preferred pressure sensitive adhesives include acrylates, silicones, rubber based adhesives, polyisobutylene based adhesives, block copolymer adhesives such as those based on KratonTM type polymers, polyalpha olefin adhesives and the like. Most preferred adhesives are acrylate and silicone based pressure sensitive adhesives.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may comprise additional layers in combination with the sub-micrometer fiber component, the support layer, or both.
  • One or more additional layers may be present over or under an outer surface of the sub-micrometer fiber component, under an outer surface of the support layer, or both.
  • Suitable additional layers include, but are not limited to, a color-containing layer (e.g., a print layer); any of the above-described support layers; one or more additional sub-micrometer fiber components having a distinct median fiber diameter and/or physical composition; one or more secondary fine sub-micrometer fiber layers for additional insulation performance (such as a melt-blown web or a fiberglass fabric); foams; layers of particles; foil layers; films; decorative fabric layers; membranes (i.e., films with controlled permeability, such as dialysis membranes, reverse osmosis membranes, etc.); netting; mesh; wiring and tubing networks (i.e., layers of wires for conveying electricity or groups of tubes/pipes for conveying various fluids, such as wiring networks for heating blankets, and tubing networks for coolant flow through cooling blankets); or a combination thereof.
  • a color-containing layer e.g., a print layer
  • any of the above-described support layers e.g., any of the above-described support layers
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may further comprise one or more attachment devices to enable the nonwoven fibrous article to be attached to a substrate.
  • an adhesive may be used to attach the nonwoven fibrous article.
  • other attachment devices may be used. Suitable attachment devices include, but are not limited to, any mechanical fastener such as screws, snaps, nails, clips, staples, stitching, thread, hook and loop materials, etc.
  • the one or more attachment devices may be used to attach the nonwoven fibrous article to a variety of substrates.
  • Exemplary substrates include, but are not limited to, a vehicle component; an interior of a vehicle (i.e., the passenger
  • a wall of a building i.e., interior wall surface or exterior wall surface
  • a ceiling of a building i.e., interior ceiling surface or exterior ceiling surface
  • a building material for forming a wall or ceiling of a building e.g., a ceiling tile, wood component, gypsum board, etc.
  • a room partition a metal sheet; a glass substrate; a door; a window; a machinery component; an appliance component (i.e., interior appliance surface or exterior appliance surface); a surface of a pipe or hose; a computer or electronic component; a sound recording or reproduction device; a housing or case for an appliance, computer, etc.
  • the fine fibers are particularly useful for making absorbent or repellent aliphatic polyester nonwoven gowns and film laminate drapes used in surgery sterilization wraps for sterilization of equipment, as well as personal care absorbents such as feminine hygiene pads, diapers, incontinence pads, wipes, fluid filters, insulation and the like.
  • this invention provides fine fibers comprising a
  • thermoplastic aliphatic polyester polymer e.g., polylactic acid, polyhydroxybutyrate and the like, and one or more viscosity modifiers selected from the group of alkyl, alkenyl, aralkyl, or alkaryl carboxylates, or combinations thereof.
  • the viscosity modifier is present in the melt extruded fiber in an amount sufficient to modify the melt viscosity of the aliphatic polyester.
  • the viscosity modifier is present at less than 10 weight %, preferably less than 8 weight %, more preferably less than 7 %, more preferably less than 6 weight %, more preferably less than 3 weight %, and most preferably less than 2 % by weight based on the combined weight of the aliphatic polyester and viscosity modifier.
  • the viscosity modifier is typically added at a concentration of at least 0.25% by weight of the aliphatic polyester, preferably at least 0.5% by weight of the aliphatic polyester, and most preferably at least 1% by weight of the aliphatic polyester.
  • films, fabrics and webs constructed from the fine fibers are provided.
  • the invention also provides useful articles made from fabrics and webs of fine fibers including medical drapes, sterilization wraps, medical gowns, aprons, filter media, industrial wipes and personal care and home care products such as diapers, facial tissue, facial wipes, wet wipes, dry wipes, disposable absorbent articles and garments such as disposable and reusable garments including infant diapers or training pants, adult incontinence products, feminine hygiene products such as sanitary napkins, panty liners and the like.
  • the fine fibers of this invention also may be useful for producing thermal insulation for garments such as coats, jackets, gloves, cold weather pants, boots, and the like as well as acoustical insulation.
  • this invention provides multi-layer, aqueous liquid- absorbent articles comprising an aqueous media impervious backing sheet.
  • aqueous media impervious backing sheet For example, importantly some surgical drapes are liquid impervious to prevent liquid that is absorbed into the top sheet from wicking through to the skin surface where it would be contaminated with bacteria present on the skin.
  • the construction may further comprise an aqueous media permeable topsheet, and an aqueous liquid-absorbent (i.e., hydrophilic) layer constructed of the above-described web or fabric juxtaposed there between useful, for instance, in constructing disposable diapers, wipes or towels, sanitary napkins, and incontinence pads.
  • a single or multi-layer aqueous repellent article such as a sterilization wrap, a surgical or medical gown or apron can be formed at least in part of a web of fine fibers described herein, and have aqueous fluid repellent properties.
  • an SMS web may be formed having fine fibers in at least the M (melt blown, blow microfiber) layer but they may also comprise the S (spunbond layer) as well.
  • the M layer may have further incorporated a repellent additive at the surface of the fibers, such as a fluorochemical, silicone, hydrocarbon wax or combinations thereof.
  • the repellent additive may be incorporated into the melt as the web is made, coated onto the fibers prior to web formation, or coated onto the formed or semi-formed web. In this manner, the sterilization wrap is rendered water repellent or the gown is rendered fluid repellent to avoid absorption of blood or other body fluids that may contain pathogenic microorganisms .
  • the fine fiber fabrics (nonwovens, wovens, or knits) of this invention may be rendered more repellent by treatment with numerous compounds.
  • the fabrics may be post web forming surface treatments which include paraffin waxes, fatty acids, bee's wax, silicones, fluorochemicals and combinations thereof.
  • the repellent finishes may be applied as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,027,803;
  • Repellent finishes may also be melt additives such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 6,262,180, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • This invention also provides a method of preparing the fine fibers from a mixture or blend of thermoplastic film- forming aliphatic polyester polymer, and at least one viscosity modifier.
  • the viscosity modifier can be conveniently compounded with the resin in the hopper or elsewhere along the extruder as long as good mixing is achieved to render a substantially uniform mixture.
  • the viscosity modifier may be added into the extruder directly (without precompounding), for example, using a positive displacement pump or weight loss feeder.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs may include a plurality of continuous fibers comprising one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters; and polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, wherein the fibers exhibit molecular orientation and extend substantially endlessly through the web, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers.
  • Such dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs may be produced, in certain exemplary embodiments, using a spunbond or melt spinning process.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs may include a plurality of fibers comprising one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters; and polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, wherein the fibers do not exhibit molecular orientation, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension in the plane of the web which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers.
  • Such dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs may be produced, in certain exemplary embodiments, using a meltblown or BMF process.
  • the fibrous webs of the present disclosure include at least one thermoplastic polyester.
  • an aromatic polyester is used as a major component in the fiber-forming mixture.
  • the aromatic polyester is selected poly(ethylene) terephthalate (PET), poly(ethylene) terephthalate glycol (PETG), poly(butylene) terephthalate (PBT), poly(trimethyl) terephthalate (PTT), their copolymers, and combinations thereof.
  • an aliphatic polyester is used as a major component in the fiber- forming mixture.
  • Aliphatic polyesters useful in practicing embodiments of the present invention include homo- and copolymers of
  • polyesters that is typically formed from the reaction product of one or more alkanediols with one or more alkanedicarboxylic acids (or acyl derivatives). Polyesters may further be derived from multifunctional polyols, e.g. glycerin, sorbitol,
  • pentaerythritol and combinations thereof, to form branched, star, and graft homo— and copolymers.
  • Miscible and immiscible blends of aliphatic polyesters with one or more additional semicrystalline or amorphous polymers may also be used.
  • Exemplary aliphatic polyesters are poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), polybutylene succinate, polyethylene adipate,
  • poly(hydroxybutyrate, polyhydroxyvalerate, blends, and copolymers thereof are particularly useful class of aliphatic polyesters.
  • poly(hydroxyalkanoates) derived by condensation or ring-opening polymerization of hydroxy acids, or derivatives thereof.
  • Suitable poly(hydroxyalkanoates) may be represented by the formula:
  • R is an alkylene moiety that may be linear or branched having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms optionally substituted by catenary (bonded to carbon atoms in a carbon chain) oxygen atoms;
  • n is a number such that the ester is polymeric, and is preferably a number such that the molecular weight of the aliphatic polyester is at least 10,000, preferably at least 30,000, and most preferably at least 50,000 daltons.
  • the molecular weight of the aliphatic polyester is typically no greater than 1,000,000, preferably no greater than 500,000, and most preferably no greater than 300,000 daltons.
  • R may further comprise one or more catenary (i.e. in chain) ether oxygen atoms.
  • the R group of the hydroxy acid is such that the pendant hydroxyl group is a primary or secondary hydroxyl group.
  • Useful poly(hydroxyalkanoates) include, for example, homo- and copolymers of poly(3-hydroxybutyrate), poly(4-hydroxybutyrate), poly(3-hydroxyvalerate), poly(lactic acid) (as known as polylactide), poly(3-hydroxypropanoate), poly(4- hydropentanoate), poly(3— hydroxypentanoate), poly(3-hydroxyhexanoate), poly(3- hydroxyheptanoate), poly(3— hydroxyoctanoate), polydioxanone, polycaprolactone, and polyglycolic acid (i.e., polyglycolide).
  • polyglycolic acid i.e., polyglycolide
  • Copolymers of two or more of the above hydroxy acids may also be used, for example, poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3- hydroxyvalerate), poly(lactate-co-3-hydroxypropanoate), poly(glycolide-co-p- dioxanone), and poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid). Blends of two or more of the poly(hydroxyalkanoates) may also be used, as well as blends with one or more polymers and/or copolymers.
  • Aliphatic polyesters useful in the inventive fine fibers may include
  • homopolymers random copolymers, block copolymers, star-branched random copolymers, star-branched block copolymers, dendritic copolymers, hyperbranched copolymers, graft copolymers, and combinations thereof.
  • Another useful class of aliphatic polyesters includes those aliphatic polyesters derived from the reaction product of one or more alkanediols with one or more alkanedicarboxylic acids (or acyl derivatives). Such polyesters have the general formula:
  • R' and R" each represent an alkylene moiety that may be linear or branched having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and m is a number such that the ester is polymeric, and is preferably a number such that the molecular weight of the aliphatic polyester is at least 10,000, preferably at least 30,000, and most preferably at least 50,000 daltons, but no greater than 1,000,000, preferably no greater than 500,000 and most preferably no greater than 300,000 daltons. Each n is independently 0 or 1.
  • R' and R" may further comprise one or more caternary (i.e. in chain) ether oxygen atoms.
  • aliphatic polyesters include those homo-and copolymers derived from (a) one or more of the following diacids (or derivative thereof): succinic acid;, adipic acid;, 1,12 dicarboxydodecane;, fumaric acid;, glutartic acid;, diglycolic acid;, and maleic acid; and (b) one of more of the following diols: ethylene glycol;, polyethylene glycol;, 1,2-propane diol;, 1,3— propanediol;, 1,2-propanediol;, 1,2- butanediol;, 1,3-butanediol;, 1,4-butanediol;, 2,3-butanediol;, 1,6-hexanediol;, 1,2 alkane diols having 5 to 12 carbon atoms;, diethylene glycol;, polyethylene glycols having a molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 daltons, preferably 400
  • Such polymers may include polybutylenesuccinate homopolymer, polybutylene adipate homopolymer, polybutyleneadipate-succinate copolymer,
  • polyethylenesuccinate-adipate copolymer polyethylene glycol succinate homopolymer and polyethylene adipate homopolymer.
  • aliphatic polyesters include poly(lactide),
  • Preferred aliphatic polyesters include those derived from semicrystalline polylactic acid.
  • Poly(lactic acid) or polylactide has lactic acid as its principle degradation product, which is commonly found in nature, is non-toxic and is widely used in the food, pharmaceutical and medical industries.
  • the polymer may be prepared by ring-opening polymerization of the lactic acid dimer, lactide. Lactic acid is optically active and the dimer appears in four different forms: L,L-lactide, D,D-lactide, D,L- lactide (meso lactide) and a racemic mixture of L,L- and D,D-.
  • poly(lactide) polymers may be obtained having different stereochemistries and different physical properties, including crystallinity.
  • the L,L- or D,D-lactide yields semicrystalline poly(lactide), while the poly(lactide) derived from the D,L-lactide is amorphous.
  • the polylactide preferably has a high enantiomeric ratio to maximize the intrinsic crystallinity of the polymer.
  • the degree of crystallinity of a poly(lactic acid) is based on the regularity of the polymer backbone and the ability to crystallize with other polymer chains. If relatively small amounts of one enantiomer (such as D-) is copolymerized with the opposite enantiomer (such as L-) the polymer chain becomes irregularly shaped, and becomes less crystalline.
  • crystallinity when crystallinity is favored, it is desirable to have a poly(lactic acid) that is at least 85% of one isomer, more preferably at least 90% of one isomer, or even more preferably at least 95% of one isomer in order to maximize the crystallinity.
  • An approximately equimolar blend of D-polylactide and L-polylactide is also useful. This blend forms a unique crystal structure having a higher melting point ( ⁇ 210°C) than does either the D-poly(lactide) and L-(polylactide) alone ( ⁇ 160°C), and has improved thermal stability, see. See H. Tsuji et al, Polymer, 40 (1999) 6699-6708.
  • Copolymers including block and random copolymers, of poly(lactic acid) with other aliphatic polyesters may also be used.
  • Useful co-monomers include glycolide, beta-propiolactone, tetramethylglycolide, beta-butyrolactone, gamma-butyrolactone, pivalolactone, 2-hydroxybutyric acid, alpha-hydroxyisobutyric acid, alpha- hydroxyvaleric acid, alpha-hydroxyisovaleric acid, alpha-hydroxycaproic acid, alpha- hydroxyethylbutyric acid, alpha-hydroxyisocaproic acid, alpha-hydroxy-beta- methylvaleric acid, alpha-hydroxyoctanoic acid, alpha-hydroxydecanoic acid, alpha- hydroxymyristic acid, and alpha-hydroxystearic acid.
  • Blends of poly(lactic acid) and one or more other aliphatic polyesters, or one or more other polymers may also be used.
  • useful blends include poly(lactic acid) and poly( vinyl alcohol), polyethylene glycol/polysuccinate, polyethylene oxide, polycaprolactone and polyglycolide.
  • Poly(lactide)s may be prepared as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,111,060 (Gruber, et al), 5,997,568 (Liu), 4,744,365 (Kaplan et al), 5,475,063 (Kaplan et al), 6,143,863 (Gruber et al), 6,093,792 (Gross et al), 6,075,118 (Wang et al), and
  • the molecular weight of the polymer should be chosen so that the polymer may be processed as a melt.
  • the molecular weight may be from about 10,000 to 1,000,000 daltons, and is preferably from about 30,000 to
  • melt-processible it is meant that the aliphatic polyesters are fluid or can be pumped or extruded at the temperatures used to process the articles (e.g. make the fine fibers in BMF), and do not degrade or gel at those temperatures to the extent that the physical properties are so poor as to be unusable for the intended application.
  • melt processes such as spun bond, blown microfiber, and the like.
  • Certain embodiments also may be injection molded.
  • the aliphatic polyester may be blended with other polymers but typically comprises at least 50 weight percent, preferably at least 60 weight percent, and most preferably at least 65 weight percent of the fine fibers.
  • polypropylene (co)polymers).
  • the homopolymers may be atactic polypropylene, isotactic polypropylene, syndiotactic polypropylene and blends thereof.
  • the copolymer can be a random copolymer, a statistical copolymer, a block copolymer, and blends thereof.
  • the inventive polymer blends described herein include impact (co)polymers, elastomers and plastomers, any of which may be physical blends or in situ blends with the polypropylene.
  • the method of making the polypropylene (co)polymer is not critical, as it can be made by slurry, solution, gas phase or other suitable processes, and by using catalyst systems appropriate for the polymerization of polyolefms, such as Ziegler-Natta-type catalysts, metallocene-type catalysts, other appropriate catalyst systems or
  • the propylene (co)polymers are made by the catalysts, activators and processes described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,342,566; 6,384,142; WO 03/040201; WO 97/19991 and U.S. Patent No. 5,741,563.
  • (co)polymers may be prepared by the process described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,342,566 and 6,384,142.
  • Such catalysts are well known in the art, and are described in, for example, ZIEGLER CATALYSTS (Gerhard Fink, Rolf Mulhaupt and Hans H.
  • Propylene (co)polymers that are useful in practicing some embodiments of the presently disclosed invention include those sold under the tradenames ACHIEVE and
  • propylene homopolymers and copolymers useful in this invention typically have: 1) a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of at least 30,000 Da, preferably at least 50,000 Da, more preferably at least 90,000 Da, as measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC), and/or no more than 2,000,000 Da, preferably no more than 1,000,000 Da, more preferably no more than 500,000 Da, as measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC); and/or 2) a polydispersity (defined as Mw/Mn, wherein Mn is the number average molecular weight determined by GPC) of 1 , preferably 1.6, and more preferably 1.8, and/or no more than 40, preferably no more than 20, more preferably no more than 10, and even more preferably no more than 3; and/or 3) a melting temperature
  • DSC differential scanning calorimetry
  • DSC differential scanning calorimetry
  • a crystallinity of at least 5%, preferably at least 10%, more preferably at least 20% as measured using
  • DSC dynamic mechanical thermal analysis
  • Tg glass transition temperature of at least -40°C, preferably at least -10°C, more preferably at least -10°C, as measured by dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMTA),and/or no more than 20°C, preferably no more than 10°C, more preferably no more than 50°C, as measured by dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMT A); and/or 6) a heat of fusion (Hf) of 180 J/g or less, preferably 150 J/g or less, more preferably 120 J/g or less as measured by DSC and/or at least 20 J/g, more preferably at least 40 J/g as measured by DSC; and/or 7) a crystallization temperature (Tc) of at least 15°C, preferably at least 20°C, more preferably at least 25°C, even more preferably at least 60°C and/or, no more than
  • Tg glass transition temperature of at least -40°C, preferably at least -10°C, more preferably at least -10°C, as measured
  • 120°C preferably no more than 115°C, more preferably no more than 110°C, even more preferably no more than 145°C .
  • Exemplary webs of the present disclosure may include propylene (co)polymers (including both poly(propylene) homopolymers and copolymers) in an amount of at least 1%> by weight of the web, more preferably at least about 2%> by weight of the web, most preferably at least 3% by weight of the web.
  • Other exemplary webs may include propylene (co)polymers (including both poly(propylene) homopolymers and copolymers) in an amount no more than 10% by weight of the web, more preferably in an amount no more than 8% by weight of the web, most preferably in an amount no more than 6% by weight of the web.
  • the webs comprise polypropylene from about 1% to about 6% by weight of the web, more preferably from about 3% to no more than 5% by weight of the web.
  • Fibers also may be formed from blends of materials, including materials into which certain additives have been blended, such as pigments or dyes.
  • various additives may be added to the fiber melt and extruded to incorporate the additive into the fiber.
  • the amount of additives other than the PP and viscosity modifier is no greater than about 25 wt% of the polyester, desirably, no greater than about 10% by weight of the polyester, more desirably no greater than 5.0 %, by weight of the polyester.
  • Suitable additives include, but are not limited to, particulates, fillers, stabilizers, plasticizers, tackifiers, flow control agents, cure rate retarders, adhesion promoters (for example, silanes and titanates), adjuvants, impact modifiers, expandable microspheres, thermally conductive particles, electrically conductive particles, silica, glass, clay, talc, pigments, colorants, glass beads or bubbles, antioxidants, optical brighteners, antimicrobial agents, surfactants, wetting agents, fire retardants, and repellents such as hydrocarbon waxes, silicones, and fluorochemicals.
  • particulates fillers, stabilizers, plasticizers, tackifiers, flow control agents, cure rate retarders, adhesion promoters (for example, silanes and titanates), adjuvants, impact modifiers, expandable microspheres, thermally conductive particles, electrically conductive particles, silica, glass, clay, talc, pigments, colorants, glass beads or bubble
  • One or more of the above-described additives may be used to reduce the weight and/or cost of the resulting fiber and layer, adjust viscosity, or modify the thermal properties of the fiber or confer a range of physical properties derived from the physical property activity of the additive including electrical, optical, density-related, liquid barrier or adhesive tack related properties.
  • Fillers i.e. insoluble organic or inorganic materials generally added to augment weight, size or to fill space in the resin for example to decrease cost or impart other properties such as density, color, impart texture, effect degradation rate and the like
  • Fillers can be particulate nonthermoplastic or thermoplastic materials. Fillers also may be non-aliphatic polyesters polymers which often are chosen due to low cost such as starch, lignin, and cellulose based polymers, natural rubber, and the like. These filler polymers tend to have little or no cyrstallinity.
  • total additives other than the polypropylene preferably are present at no more than 10% by weight, preferably no more than 5% by weight and most preferably no more than 3% by weight based on the weight of the polyester in the final nonwoven article.
  • the compounds may be present at much higher concentrations in masterbatch concentrates used to make the nonwoven.
  • nonwoven spunbond webs of the present invention having a basis weight of 45g/meter 2 preferably have a tensile strength of at least 30 N/mm width, preferably at least 40N/mm width. More preferably at least 50 N/mm width and most preferably at least 60 N/mm width when tested on mechanical test equipment as specified in the Examples.
  • a plasticizer for the thermoplastic polyester may be used in forming the fine fibers.
  • the plasticizer for the thermoplastic polyester is selected from poly(ethylene glycol), oligomeric polyesters, fatty acid monoesters and di-esters, citrate esters, or
  • Suitable plasticizers that may be used with the aliphatic polyesters include, for example, glycols such glycerin; propylene glycol,
  • polyethoxylated phenols mono or polysubstituted polyethylene glycols, higher alkyl substituted N-alkyl pyrrolidones, sulfonamides, triglycerides, citrate esters, esters of tartaric acid, benzoate esters, polyethylene glycols and ethylene oxide propylene oxide random and block copolymers having a molecular weight no greater than 10,000 Daltons (Da), preferably no greater than about 5,000 Da, more preferably no greater than about 2,500 Da; and combinations thereof.
  • Da Daltons
  • a diluent may be added to the mixture used to form the fine fibers.
  • the diluent may be selected from a fatty acid monoester (FAME), a PLA oligomer, or combinations thereof.
  • Diluent as used herein generally refers to a material that inhibits, delays, or otherwise affects crystallinity as compared to the crystallinity that would occur in the absence of the diluent. Diluents may also function as plasticizers. Hi) Viscosity Modifiers
  • fine fibers comprising a thermoplastic aliphatic polyester polymer, e.g., polylactic acid, polyhydroxybutyrate and the like, greater than 0% but 10% or less by weight of polypropylene, and one or more viscosity modifiers selected from the group of alkyl, alkenyl, aralkyl, or alkaryl carboxylates, or combinations thereof, are formed using a fiber forming process.
  • a thermoplastic aliphatic polyester polymer e.g., polylactic acid, polyhydroxybutyrate and the like, greater than 0% but 10% or less by weight of polypropylene
  • one or more viscosity modifiers selected from the group of alkyl, alkenyl, aralkyl, or alkaryl carboxylates, or combinations thereof
  • the fine fibers disclosed herein may include one or more viscosity modifier(s) to reduce the average diameter of the fiber during the melt process (e.g. blown micro fiber (BMF), spunbond, or injection molding).
  • BMF blown micro fiber
  • the average diameter of the fibers may be reduced, resulting in fine fibers, typically no greater than 20 micrometers, in the melt blown web.
  • plasticizers for the aliphatic polyester thermoplastics result in a very gradual viscosity reduction. This is generally not useful for producing fine fibers of sufficient mechanical strength since the plasticizers degrade polymer strength. Viscosity reduction can be detected in the extrusion/BMF equipment by recording the pressures within the equipment.
  • the viscosity modifiers of the present invention result in a dramatic viscosity reduction, and thus reduce back pressure during extrusion or thermal processing. In many cases, the viscosity reduction is so great that the melt processing temperature must be reduced in order to maintain sufficient melt strength. Often the melt temperature is reduced by 30°C or more.
  • biodegradable viscosity modifiers typically include ester and/or amide groups that may be hydrolytically or enzymatically cleaved.
  • exemplary viscosity modifiers useful in the fine fibers described herein include viscosity modifiers with the following structure:
  • R is alkyl or alkylene of C8-C30, which is branched or straight chain, or C12- C30 aralkyl, and may be optionally substituted with 0-100 alkylene oxide groups such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide groups, oligameric lactic and/or glycolic acid or a combination thereof; and M is H, an alkali metal or an alkaline earth metal salt, preferably Na+, K+, or Ca++, or amine salts including tertiary and quaternary amines such as protonated triethanolamine, tetramethylammonium and the like;
  • n 1 or 2 and is the valence of the M group.
  • the ethylene oxide groups and propylene oxide groups can occur in reverse order as well as in a random, sequential, or block arrangement.
  • the viscosity modifiers useful to form fine fibers are selected from the group consisting of alkyl carboxylates, alkenyl
  • carboxylates aralkyl carboxylates, alkylethoxylated carboxylates, aralkylethoxylated carboxylates, alkyl lactylates, alkenyl lactylates, and mixtures thereof.
  • the carboxylic acid equivalents of the carboxylates may also function as viscosity modifiers.
  • a lactylate is a surfactant having a hydrophobe and a hydrophile wherein the hydrophile is at least in part an oligamer of lactic acid having 1-5 lactic acid units, and typically having 1-3 lactic acid units.
  • a preferred lactylate is calcium stearoyl lactylate from
  • the viscosity modifiers typically melt at or below the extrusion temperature of the thermoplastic aliphatic polyester composition. This greatly facilitates dispersing or dissolving the viscosity modifier in the polymer composition. Mixtures of viscosity modifiers may be employed to modify the melting point. For example, mixtures of alkyl carboxylates may be preformed or an alkyl carboxylate may be blended with a nonionic surfactant such as a polyethoxylated surfactant. The necessary processing temperature may be altered by addition of nonsurfactant components as well such as plasticizers for the thermoplastics aliphatic polyester.
  • the viscosity modifiers when added to polylactic acid compositions, preferably have a melting point of no greater than 200°C, preferably no greater than 180°C, more preferably no greater than 170°C, and even more preferably no greater than 160°C.
  • the viscosity modifier can be conveniently compounded with the resin in the hopper or elsewhere along the extruder as long as good mixing is achieved to render a substantially uniform mixture.
  • the viscosity modifier may be added into the extruder directly (without pre-compounding), for example, using a positive displacement pump or weight loss feeder.
  • the viscosity modifier may be present in the melt extruded fiber in an amount sufficient to modify the melt viscosity of aliphatic polyester. In most embodiments, the viscosity modifier is present at no greater than 10 weight %, preferably no greater than
  • the viscosity modifiers when used in the fine fibers, are present in a total amount of at least 0.25 wt. -%, at least 0.5 wt. -%, at least 1.0 wt. -%, or at least 2.0 wt. -%, based on the total weight of the fine fibers.
  • the fine fibers comprise greater than 2 wt. %, greater than 3 wt. %, or even greater than 5 wt. % of the viscosity modifier based on the weight of the aliphatic polyester polymer in the fine fibers.
  • preferred viscosity modifiers have low volatility and do not decompose appreciably under process conditions.
  • the preferred viscosity modifiers contain no greater than 10 wt. % water, preferably no greater than 5% water, and more preferably no greater than 2 wt. % and even more preferably no greater than 1% water
  • Moisture content is kept low in order to prevent hydrolysis of the aliphatic polyester or other hydrolytically sensitive compounds in the fine fibers.
  • the nonwoven fabrics of this invention are able to be thermally bonded to themselves as well as other fabrics.
  • the nonwoven fabrics of this invention have been successfully heat seal bonded to a second fabric of this invention as well as to polyolefm films, polyacrylate films, polyester nonwovens and the like. It is believed that these fabrics may be bonded to a fabric, film, or foam using thermal heat, ultrasonic welding, and the like. Typically some pressure is applied to facilitate bonding. In the process typically at least a portion of the fibers of the nonwoven fabric of this invention melt to form the bond. Bond patterns may be continuous (e.g. a continuous 5-10mm wide seal) or patterned (e.g. a 5-10mm wide pattern of dots or any other geometric shape of bond patterns).
  • the viscosity modifiers may be carried in a nonvolatile carrier.
  • the carrier is typically thermally stable and can resist chemical breakdown at processing temperatures which may be as high as 150°C, 200°C, 250°C, or even as high as 300°C.
  • Preferred carriers for hydrophilic articles include polyalkylene oxides such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, random and block copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, thermally stable polyhydric alcohols such as propylene glycol, glycerin, polyglycerin, and the like.
  • the polyalkylene oxides/polyalkylene glycols may be linear or branched depending on the initiating polyol. For example, a polyethylene glycol initiated using ethylene glycol would be linear but one initiated with glycerin, trimethylolpropane, or pentaerythritol would be branched,
  • An antimicrobial component may be added to impart antimicrobial activity to the fine fibers.
  • the antimicrobial component is the component that provides at least part of the antimicrobial activity, i.e., it has at least some antimicrobial activity for at least one microorganism. It is preferably present in a large enough quantity to be released from the fine fibers and kill bacteria. It may also be biodegradable and/or made or derived from renewable resources such as plants or plant products.
  • Biodegradable antimicrobial components can include at least one functional linkage such as an ester or amide linkage that can be hydrolytically or enzymatically degraded.
  • a suitable antimicrobial component may be selected from a fatty acid monoester, a fatty acid di-ester, an organic acid, a silver compound, a quaternary ammonium compound, a cationic (co)polymer, an iodine compound, or combinations thereof.
  • Other examples of antimicrobial components suitable for use in the present invention include those described in Applicants' copending application, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0142023,-Al, and incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • Certain antimicrobial components are uncharged and have an alkyl or alkenyl hydrocarbon chain containing at least 7 carbon atoms.
  • preferred antimicrobial components have low volatility and do not decompose under process conditions.
  • the preferred antimicrobial components contain no greater than 2 wt. % water, and more preferably no greater than 0.10 wt. % (determined by Karl Fischer analysis). Moisture content is kept low in order to prevent hydrolysis of the aliphatic polyester during extrusion.
  • the antimicrobial component content (as it is ready to use) is typically at least 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. % and sometimes greater than 15 wt. %. In certain embodiments, for example applications in which a low strength is desired, the antimicrobial component comprises greater than 20 wt. %, greater than 25 wt. %, or even greater than 30 wt. % of the fine fibers.
  • antimicrobial components are amphiphiles and may be surface active.
  • certain antimicrobial alkyl monoglycerides are surface active.
  • the antimicrobial component is considered distinct from a viscosity modifier component,
  • the fine fibers may further comprise organic and inorganic fillers present as either an internal particulate phase within the fibers, or as an external particulate phase on or near the surface of the fine fibers.
  • organic and inorganic fillers may be particularly appealing. These materials may help to control the degradation rate of the polymer fine fibers. For example, many calcium salts and phosphate salts may be suitable.
  • Exemplary biocompatible resorbable fillers include calcium carbonate, calcium sulfate, calcium phosphate, calcium sodium phosphates, calcium potassium phosphates, tetra-calcium phosphate, alpha-tri-calcium phosphate, beta-tri-calcium phosphate, calcium phosphate apatite, octa-calcium phosphate, di-calcium phosphate, calcium carbonate, calcium oxide, calcium hydroxide, calcium sulfate di-hydrate, calcium sulfate hemihydrate, calcium fluoride, calcium citrate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide.
  • a particularly suitable filler is tri-basic calcium phosphate (hydroxy apatite).
  • total additives other than the antishrink additive preferably are present at no more than 10% by weight, preferably no more than 5% by weight and most preferably no more than 3% by weight.
  • the surfactant may be selected from a nonionic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a zwitterionic surfactant, or combinations thereof.
  • the surfactant may be selected from a fluoro-organic surfactant, a silicone-functional surfactant, an organic wax, or a salt of anionic surfactants such as dioctylsulfosuccinate.
  • the fine fibers may comprise anionic surfactants that impart durable hydrophilicity.
  • anionic surfactants suitable for use in the present invention include those described in Applicants' co-pending publications, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US2008/0200890; and PCT International Publication No. WO2009/152345, both incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
  • the fibers may also comprise anionic surfactants that impart durable
  • Surfactants may be selected from the group of alkyl, alkaryl, alkenyl or aralkyl sulfate; alkyl, alkaryl, alkenyl or aralkyl sulfonate; alkyl, alkaryl, alkenyl or aralkyl carboxylate; or alkyl, alkaryl, alkenyl or aralkyl phosphate surfactants.
  • the compositions may optionally comprise a surfactant carrier which may aid processing and/or enhance the hydrophilic properties.
  • the viscosity modifier is present in the melt extruded fiber in an amount sufficient to impart durable hydrophilicity to the fiber at its surface.
  • the surfactant is soluble in the carrier at extrusion temperatures at the concentrations used. Solubility can be evaluated, for example, as the surfactant and carrier form a visually transparent solution in a 1cm path length glass vial when heated to extrusion temperature (e.g. 150-190°C).
  • the surfactant is soluble in the carrier at 150°C. More preferably the surfactant is soluble in the carrier at less than 100°C so that it can be more easily incorporated into the polymer melt. More preferably the surfactant is soluble in the carrier at 25°C so that no heating is necessary when pumping the solution into the polymer melt.
  • the surfactant is soluble in the carrier at greater than 10% by weight, more preferably greater than 20% by weight, and most preferably greater than 30% by weight in order to allow addition of the surfactant without too much carrier present, which may plasticize the thermoplastic.
  • the surfactants are present at present in a total amount of at least 0.25 wt-%, preferably at least 0.50 wt-%, more preferably at least 0.75 wt-%, based on the total weight of the composition.
  • the surfactant component comprises greater than 2 wt. %, greater than 3 wt. %, or even greater than 5 wt. % of the aliphatic polyester polymer composition.
  • the surfactants typically are present at 0.25 wt.% to 8 wt.% of the aliphatic polyester polymer composition.
  • the surfactant is present at less than 10 weight %, preferably less than 8 weight %, more preferably less than 7 %, more preferably less than 6 weight %, more preferably less than 3 weight %, and most preferably less than 2 % by weight based on the combined weight of the aliphatic polyester.
  • the surfactant and optional carrier should be relatively free of moisture in order to facilitate extrusion and to prevent hydrolysis of the aliphatic polyester.
  • the surfactant and optional carrier either alone or in combination, comprise less than 5% water, more preferably less than 2% water, even more preferably less than 1% water, and most preferably less than 0.5% water by weight as determined by a Karl- Fisher titration.
  • hydrocarbon, silicone, and fluorochemical surfactants have each been described as useful for imparting hydrophilicity to polyolefms.
  • These surfactants typically are contacted with the thermoplastic resin in one of two ways: (1) by topical application, e.g., spraying or padding or foaming, of the surfactants from aqueous solution to the extruded nonwoven web or fiber followed by drying, or (2) by incorporation of the surfactant into the polyolefm melt prior to extrusion of the web.
  • thermoplastic polymer as a melt additive alleviates the problems associated with topical application and in addition may provide a softer "hand" to the fabric or nonwoven web into which it is incorporated.
  • the challenge as previously stated, is finding a surfactant that will reliably bloom to the surface of the article in sufficient amount to impart hydrophilicity and then to remain properly oriented at the surface to ensure durable hydrophilicity.
  • compositions of this invention include a relatively homogenous composition comprising at least one aliphatic polyester resin (preferably polylactic acid), at least one alkylsulfate, alkylene sulfate, or aralkyl or alkaryl sulfate, carboxylate, or phosphate surfactant, typically in an amount of at 0.25 wt % to 8 wt %, and optionally a nonvolatile carrier in a concentration of lwt % to 8 wt %, based on the weight of the aliphatic polyester as described in more detail below.
  • aliphatic polyester resin preferably polylactic acid
  • alkylsulfate alkylene sulfate
  • aralkyl or alkaryl sulfate carboxylate
  • phosphate surfactant typically in an amount of at 0.25 wt % to 8 wt %
  • optionally a nonvolatile carrier in a concentration of lwt % to 8 wt %,
  • Preferred porous fabric constructions of the present invention produced as knits, wovens, and nonwovens have apparent surface energies greater than 60 dynes/cm, and preferably greater than 70 dynes/cm when tested by the Apparent Surface Energy Test disclosed in the Examples.
  • Preferred porous fabric materials of this invention wet with water and thus have an apparent surface energy of greater than 72 dynes/cm (surface tension of pure water). The most preferred materials of this invention instantly absorb water and remain water absorbent after aging for 10 days at 5°C, 23°C and 45°C.
  • the nonwoven fabrics are "instantaneously absorbent" such that when a 200ul drop of water is gently placed on an expanse of nonwoven on a horizontal surface it is completely absorbed in less than 10 seconds, preferably less than 5 seconds and most preferably less than 3 seconds.
  • Preferred film constructions of the present invention are wettable by aqueous fluids and have a contact angle with deionized water of less than 40 degrees, preferably less than 30 degrees, and most preferably less than 20 degrees when measured using a Tantec Contact Angle Meter (Shaumburg, IL), described as the half-angle technique in
  • the present invention also discloses a method of making a relatively
  • homogenous hydrophilic aliphatic polyester composition comprising an anionic surfactant and optionally a surfactant carrier by blending these in a melt process, and forming a film, fiber, or foam.
  • the present invention also discloses a method of making a relatively
  • homogenous hydrophilic aliphatic polyester composition comprising an anionic surfactant and optionally a surfactant carrier by blending these to form a concentrate, blending the concentrate with additional aliphatic polyester in a melt process, and forming a film, fiber, or foam.
  • the present invention also discloses a method of making a relatively
  • homogenous hydrophilic aliphatic polyester composition comprising an anionic surfactant and optionally a surfactant carrier by blending these in a melt process, forming a film, fiber, or foam, and post heating the film, fiber or foam to a temperature greater than 50°C.
  • the present invention also discloses a method of making a relatively
  • homogenous hydrophilic aliphatic polyester composition comprising an anionic surfactant and optionally a surfactant carrier by blending these to form a concentrate, blending the concentrate with additional aliphatic polyester in a melt process, forming a film, fiber, or foam and post heating the film, fiber, or foam to a temperature greater than 50°C.
  • the surfactant carrier and/or surfactant component in many embodiments plasticizes the polyester component allowing for melt processing and solvent casting of higher molecular weight polymers.
  • weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymers is above the entanglement molecular weight, as determined by a log-log plot of viscosity versus number average molecular weight (Mn). Above the entanglement molecular weight, the slope of the plot is about 3.4, whereas the slope of lower molecular weight polymers is
  • surfactant means an amphiphile (a molecule possessing both polar and nonpolar regions which are covalently bound) capable of reducing the surface tension of water and/or the interfacial tension between water and an immiscible liquid.
  • amphiphile a molecule possessing both polar and nonpolar regions which are covalently bound
  • the term is meant to include soaps, detergents, emulsifiers, surface active agents, and the like.
  • the surfactants useful in the compositions of the present invention are anionic surfactants selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl sulfonates, sulfates, phosphonates, phosphates and mixtures thereof. Included in these classes are alkylalkoxylated carboxylates, alkyl alkoxylated sulfates, alkylalkoxylated sulfonates, and alkyl alkoxylated phosphates, and mixtures thereof.
  • the preferred alkoxylate is made using ethylene oxide and/or propylene oxide with 0-100 moles of ethylene and propylene oxide per mole of hydrophobe.
  • the surfactants useful in the compositions of the present invention are selected from the group consisting of sulfonates, sulfates, phosphates, carboxylates and mixtures thereof.
  • the surfactant is selected from (C8-C22) alkyl sulfate salts (e.g., sodium salt); di(C8-C13 alkyl)sulfosuccinate salts; C8-C22 alkyl sarconsinate; C8-C22 alkyl lactylates; and combinations thereof. Combinations of various surfactants can also be used.
  • the anionic surfactants useful in this invention are described in more detail below and include surfactants with the following structure:
  • R is alkyl or alkylene of C8-C30, which is branched or straight chain, or C12-
  • C30 aralkyl may be optionally substituted with 0-100 alkylene oxide groups such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide groups, oligameric lactic and/or glycolic acid or a combination thereof;
  • Na + , K , or amine salts including tertiary and quaternary amines such as protonated triethanolamine, tetramethylammonium and the like,
  • n 1 or 2;
  • M may be Ca ++ or Mg ++ , however, these are less preferred.
  • Examples include C8-C18 alkane sulfonates; C8-C18 secondary alkane sulfonates; alkylbenzene sulfonates such as dodecylbenzene sulfonate; C8-C18 alkyl sulfates; alkylether sulfates such as sodium trideceth-4 sulfate, sodium laureth 4 sulfate, sodium laureth 8 sulfate (such as those available from Stepan Company, Northfield IL), docusate sodium also known as dioctylsulfosuccmate, sodium salt; lauroyl lacylate and stearoyl lactylate (such as those available from RITA Corporation, Crystal Lake, II under the PATIONIC tradename), and the like.
  • alkylbenzene sulfonates such as dodecylbenzene sulfonate
  • C8-C18 alkyl sulfates alkylether s
  • stearyl phosphate available as Sippostat 0018 from Specialty Industrial Products, Inc., Spartanburg, SC
  • Cetheth-10 PPG-5 phosphate Cetheth-10 PPG-5 phosphate (Crodaphos SG, available from Croda USA, Edison NJ)
  • laureth-4 phosphate and dilaureth-4 phosphate.
  • anionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, sarcosinates, glutamates, alkyl sulfates, sodium or potassium alkyleth sulfates, ammonium alkyleth sulfates, ammonium laureth-n-sulfates, laureth-n-sulfates, isethionates, glycerylether sulfonates, sulfosuccinates, alkylglyceryl ether sulfonates, alkyl phosphates, aralkyl phosphates, alkylphosphonates, and aralkylphosphonates. These anionic surfactants may have a metal or organic ammonium counterion.
  • Certain useful anionic surfactants are selected from the group consisting of: sulfonates and sulfates such as alkyl sulfates, alkylether sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, alkylether sulfonates, alkylbenzene sulfonates, alkylbenzene ether sulfates, alkylsulfoacetates, secondary alkane sulfonates, secondary alkylsulfates, and the like. Many of these can be represented by the formulas:
  • R 26 is defined as below provided at least one R 26 or R 27 is at least C8;
  • R 27 is a (Cl-C12)alkyl group (saturated straight, branched, or cyclic group) that may be optionally substituted by N, O, or S atoms or hydroxyl, carboxyl, amide, or amine groups;
  • Ph phenyl;
  • M + is a cationic counterion such as H, Na, K, Li, ammonium, or a protonated tertiary amine such as triethanolamine or a quaternary ammonium group.
  • R 26 may be an alkylamide group such as R 28 -C(0)N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 - as well as ester groups such as -OC(0)-CH 2 - wherein R 28 is a (C8-C22)alkyl group (branched, straight, or cyclic group).
  • alkylsulfates such as ammoniumlauryl sulfate (available under the trade designation STEPANOL AM from Stepan Company, Northfield, IL); dialkylsulfosuccinates such as
  • dioctylsodiumsulfosuccinate available as Aerosol OT from Cytec Industries
  • Suitable anionic surfactants also include phosphates such as alkyl phosphates, alkylether phosphates, aralkylphosphates, and aralkylether phosphates. Many may be represented by the formula:
  • the ethylene oxide groups (i.e., the "n6" groups) and propylene oxide groups (i.e., the "p2" groups) can occur in reverse order as well as in a random, sequential, or block arrangement.
  • Examples include a mixture of mono-, di- and tri- (alkyltetraglycolether)-o-phosphoric acid esters generally referred to as trilaureth-4- phosphate (available under the trade designation HOSTAPHAT 340KL from Clariant
  • PPG-5 ceteth 10 phosphate available under the trade designation CRODAPHOS SG from Croda Inc., Parsipanny, NJ), and mixtures thereof.
  • the surfactants when used in the composition, are present in a total amount of at least 0.25 wt. -%, at least 0.5 wt-%, at least 0.75 wt-%, at least 1.0 wt-%, or at least 2.0 wt-%, based on the total weight of the composition.
  • the surfactant component comprises greater than 2 wt. %, greater than 3 wt. %, or even greater than 5 wt. % of the degradable aliphatic polyester polymer composition.
  • the surfactants are present in a total amount of no greater than 20 wt. %, no greater than 15 wt. %, no greater than 10 wt. %, or no greater than 8 wt. %>, based on the total weight of the ready to use composition.
  • Preferred surfactants have a melting point of less than 200°C, preferably less than 190°C, more preferably less than 180°C, and even more preferably less than 170°C.
  • preferred surfactant components have low volatility and do not decompose appreciably under process conditions.
  • the preferred surfactants contain less than 10 wt. % water, preferably less than 5% water, and more preferably less than 2 wt. % and even more preferably less than 1% water (determined by Karl Fischer analysis). Moisture content is kept low in order to prevent hydrolysis of the aliphatic polyester or other hydrolytically sensitive compounds in the composition, which will help to give clarity to extruded films or fine fibers.
  • the carrier is typically thermally stable and can resist chemical breakdown at processing temperatures which may be as high as 150°C, 180 oo C, 200°C°C, 250°C, or even as high as 250°C.
  • the surfactant carrier is a liquid at 23°C.
  • Preferred carriers also may include low molecular weight esters of polyhydric alcohols such as triacetin, glyceryl caprylate/caprate, acetyltributylcitrate, and the like.
  • the solubilizing liquid carriers may alternatively be selected from non- volatile organic solvents.
  • an organic solvent is considered to be nonvolatile if greater than 80% of the solvent remains in the composition throughout the mixing and melt processes. Because these liquids remain in the melt processable composition, they function as plasticizers, generally lowering the glass transition temperature of the composition.
  • a plasticizer is a compound which when added to the polymer composition results in a decrease in the glass transition temperature.
  • Possible surfactant carriers include compounds containing one or more hydroxyl groups, and particularly glycols such glycerin; 1 ,2 pentanediol; 2,4 diethyl-1,5 pentanediol; 2-methyl-l,3-propanediol; as well as monofunctional compounds such 3-methoxy-methylbutanol ("MMB").
  • nonvolatile organic plasticizers include polyethers, including polyethoxylated phenols such as Pycal 94 (phenoxypolyethyleneglycol); alkyl, aryl, and aralkyl ether glycols (such as those sold under the DowanolTM tradename by Dow Chemical Company, Midland Mich.) including but not limited to propyelene glycolmonobutyl ether (Dowanol PnB), tripropyleneglycol monobutyl ether (Dowanol TPnB),
  • polyethers including polyethoxylated phenols such as Pycal 94 (phenoxypolyethyleneglycol); alkyl, aryl, and aralkyl ether glycols (such as those sold under the DowanolTM tradename by Dow Chemical Company, Midland Mich.) including but not limited to propyelene glycolmonobutyl ether (Dowanol PnB), tripropyleneglycol monobutyl ether (Dowanol TPnB),
  • Dowanol DPnB dipropyeleneglycol monobutyl ether
  • Dowanol PPH propylene glycol monophenyl ether
  • Dowanol PM propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • polyethoxylated alkyl phenols such as Triton X35 and Triton XI 02 (available from Dow Chemical Company, Midland Mich.); mono or polysubstituted polyethylene glycols such as PEG 400 diethylhexanoate (TegMer 809, available from CP Hall Company), PEG 400 monolaurate (CHP-30N available from CP Hall Company) and PEG 400 monooleate (CPH-41N available from CP Hall Company); amides including higher alkyl substituted N-alkyl pyrrolidones such as N-octylpyrrolidone; sulfonamides such as N-butylbenzene sulfonamide (available from CP Hall Company); triglycerides; citrate esters; esters of tartaric acid; benzoate esters (such as those available from Velsicol Chemical Corp., Rosemont 111.
  • mono or polysubstituted polyethylene glycols such as PEG 400
  • Benzoflex tradename including dipropylene glycoldibenzoate (Benzoflex 50) and diethylene glycol dibenzoate; benzoic acid diester of 2,2,4 trimethyl 1,3 pentane diol (Benzoflex 354), ethylene glycol dibenzoate, tetraetheylene glycoldibenzoate, and the like; polyethylene glycols and ethylene oxide propylene oxide random and block copolymers having a molecular weight less than 10,000 daltons, preferably less than about 5000 daltons, more preferably less than about 2500 daltons; and combinations of the foregoing.
  • polyethylene glycols refer to glycols having 26 alcohol groups that have been reacted with ethylene oxide or a 2 haloethanol.
  • Preferred polyethylene glycols are formed from ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, pentaerithritol, sucrose and the like. Most preferred polyethylene glycols are formed from ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, and trimethylolpropane. Polyalkylene glycols such as polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol, or random or block copolymers of C2 C4 alkylene oxide groups may also be selected as the carrier. Polyethylene glycols and derivatives thereof are presently preferred. It is important that the carriers be compatible with the polymer. For example, it is presently preferred to use non- volatile non-polymerizable plasticizers that have less than 2 nucleophilic groups, such as hydroxyl groups, when blended with polymers having acid functionality, since compounds having more than two
  • the non- volatile carriers preferably form a relatively homogeneous solution with the aliphatic polyester polymer composition in the extruder, and remain a relatively homogeneous composition upon cooling, such that the extruded composition is relatively uniform in surfactant concentration.
  • the preferred hydrophilic additive surfactants of the present invention allow for adhesive, thermal, and/or ultrasonic bonding of fabrics and films made thereof.
  • the embodiments comprising nonanionic surfactants are particularly suitable for use in surgical drapes and gowns due to their unique wetting properties.
  • the polylactic acid/surfactant compositions have durable hydrophilicity as described herein.
  • Non- woven web and sheets comprising the inventive compositions have good tensile strength; can be heat sealed to form strong bonds allowing specialty drape fabrication; can be made from renewable resources which can be important in disposable products; and can have high surface energy to allow wettability and fluid absorbency in the case of non-wovens (as measured for nonwovens using the Apparent Surface Energy test and absorbing water); and for films the contact angles often are less than 50 degrees, preferably less than 30 degrees, and most preferably less than 20 degrees when the contact angles are measured using distilled water on a flat film using the half angle technique described in U. S. Patent No. 5,268,733 and a Tantec Contact Angle Meter, Model CAM-micro, Schamberg, IL. In order to determine the contact angle of materials other than films, a film of the exact same composition should be made by solvent casting.
  • the processing temperature is sufficient to mix the biodegradable aliphatic polyester and surfactant, and allow extruding the composition as a film. Films made with the compositions described herein have properties that are desirable in
  • compositions may be solvent cast into a film.
  • the ingredients of the composition are typically dissolved or at least partially solvated, and thoroughly mixed in a suitable solvent which is then cast on a surface and allowed to evaporate, leaving solids comprising the hydrophilic durable resin composition.
  • Plasticizers may be used with the aliphatic polyester thermoplastic and include, for example, glycols such glycerin; propylene glycol, polyethoxylated phenols, mono or polysubstituted polyethylene glycols, higher alkyl substituted N-alkyl pyrrolidones, sulfonamides, triglycerides, citrate esters, esters of tartaric acid, benzoate esters, polyethylene glycols and ethylene oxide propylene oxide random and block copolymers having a molecular weight less than 10,000 daltons, preferably less than about 5000 daltons, more preferably less than about 2500 daltons; and combinations thereof.
  • Other additional components include antioxidants, colorants such as dyes and/or pigments, antistatic agents, fluorescent brightening agents, odor control agents, perfumes and fragrances, active ingredients to promote wound healing or other dermatological activity, combinations thereof, and the like.
  • total additives other than the antishrink additive preferably are present at no more than 10% by weight, preferably no more than 5% by weight and most preferably no more than 3% by weight.
  • Exemplary processes that are capable of producing oriented fine fibers include: oriented film filament formation, melt-spinning, plexifilament formation, spunbonding, wet spinning, and dry spinning. Suitable processes for producing oriented fibers are also known in the art (see, for example, Ziabicki, Andrzej, Fundamentals of Fibre
  • Orientation does not need to be imparted within a fiber during initial fiber formation, and may be imparted after fiber formation, most commonly using drawing or stretching processes.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs may include fine fibers that are substantially sub-micrometer fibers, fine fibers that are substantially microfibers, or combinations thereof.
  • a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web may be formed of sub-micrometer fibers commingled with coarser microfibers providing a support structure for the sub -micrometer nonwoven fibers.
  • the support structure may provide the resiliency and strength to hold the fine sub -micrometer fibers in the preferred low solidity form.
  • the support structure could be made from a number of different components, either singly or in concert. Examples of supporting components include, for example, microfibers, discontinuous oriented fibers, natural fibers, foamed porous cellular materials, and continuous or discontinuous non oriented fibers.
  • Sub-micrometer fibers are typically very long, though they are generally regarded as discontinuous. Their long lengths - with a length-to-diameter ratio approaching infinity in contrast to the finite lengths of staple fibers - causes them to be better held within the matrix of microfibers. They are usually organic and polymeric and often of the molecularly same polymer as the microfibers. As the streams of sub- micrometer fiber and microfibers merge, the sub-micrometer fibers become dispersed among the microfibers. A rather uniform mixture may be obtained, especially in the x- y dimensions, or plane of the web, with the distribution in the z dimension being controlled by particular process steps such as control of the distance, the angle, and the mass and velocity of the merging streams.
  • the relative amount of sub-micrometer fibers to microfibers included in a blended nonwoven composite fibrous web of the present disclosure can be varied depending on the intended use of the web.
  • An effective amount i.e., an amount effective to accomplish desired performance, need not be large in weight amount.
  • the microfibers account for at least one weight percent and no greater than about 75 weight percent of the fibers of the web. Because of the high surface area of the microfibers, a small weight amount may accomplish desired performance.
  • the microfibers generally account for at least 5 percent of the fibrous surface area of the web, and more typically 10 or 20 percent or more of the fibrous surface area.
  • a particular advantage of exemplary embodiments of the present invention is the ability to present small-diameter fibers to a needed application such as filtration or thermal or acoustic insulation.
  • a microfiber stream is formed and a sub- micrometer fiber stream is separately formed and added to the microfiber stream to form the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web.
  • a sub -micrometer fiber stream is formed and a microfiber stream is separately formed and added to the sub-micrometer fiber stream to form the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web.
  • either one or both of the sub-micrometer fiber stream and the microfiber stream is oriented.
  • an oriented sub-micrometer fiber stream is formed and discontinuous microfibers are added to the sub-micrometer fiber stream, e.g. using a process as described in US Patent No. 4, 118,531 (Hauser).
  • the method of making a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web comprises combining the sub-micrometer fiber population and the microfiber population into a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web by mixing fiber streams, hydroentangling, wet forming, plexifilament formation, or a combination thereof.
  • combining the sub-micrometer fiber population with the microfiber population multiple streams of one or both types of fibers may be used, and the streams may be combined in any order. In this manner, nonwoven composite fibrous webs may be formed exhibiting various desired concentration gradients and/or layered structures.
  • the population of sub- micrometer fibers may be combined with the population of microfibers to form an inhomogenous mixture of fibers.
  • the population of sub -micrometer fibers may be formed as an overlayer on an underlayer comprising the population of microfibers.
  • the population of microfibers may be formed as an overlayer on an underlayer comprising the population of sub-micrometer fibers
  • the nonwoven fibrous article may be formed by depositing the population of sub-micrometer fibers onto a support layer, the support layer optionally comprising microfibers, so as to form a population of sub-micrometer fibers on the support layer or substrate.
  • the method may comprise a step wherein the support layer, which optionally comprises polymeric microfibers, is passed through a fiber stream of sub -micrometer fibers having a median fiber diameter of no greater than 1 micrometer ( ⁇ ). While passing through the fiber stream, sub-micrometer fibers may be deposited onto the support layer so as to be temporarily or permanently bonded to the support layer.
  • the fibers When the fibers are deposited onto the support layer, the fibers may optionally bond to one another, and may further harden while on the support layer.
  • the sub -micrometer fiber population is combined with an optional support layer that comprises at least a portion of the microfiber population. In other presently preferred embodiments, the sub- micrometer fiber population is combined with an optional support layer and
  • microfiber population subsequently combined with at least a portion of the microfiber population.
  • a number of processes may be used to produce and deposit sub-micrometer fibers, including, but not limited to melt blowing, melt spinning, or combination thereof.
  • Particularly suitable processes include, but are not limited to, processes disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 3,874,886 (Levecque et al), U.S. Patent No. 4,363,646 (Torobin), U.S. Patent No. 4,536,361 (Torobin), U.S. Patent No. 5,227,107 (Dickenson et al), U.S. Patent No. 6,183,670 (Torobin), U.S. Patent No. 6,743,273 (Chung et al), U.S. Patent No. 6,800,226 (Gerking), and DE 19929709 C2 (Gerking), the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Suitable processes for forming sub-micrometer fibers also include
  • electrospinning processes for example, those processes described in U.S. Patent No.
  • the methods of making dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may be used to form a sub-micrometer fiber component containing fibers formed from any of the above-mentioned polymeric materials.
  • the sub -micrometer fiber forming method step involves melt extruding a thermoformable material at a melt extrusion temperature ranging from about 130°C to about 350°C.
  • a die assembly and/or coaxial nozzle assembly (see, for example, the Torobin process referenced above) comprises a population of spinnerets and/or coaxial nozzles through which molten thermoformable material is extruded.
  • the coaxial nozzle assembly comprises a population of coaxial nozzles formed into an array so as to extrude multiple streams of fibers onto a support layer or substrate. See, for example, U.S. Patents Nos. 4,536,361 ( Figure 2) and 6,183,670 ( Figures 1-2).
  • microfibers A number of processes may be used to produce and deposit microfibers, including, but not limited to, melt blowing, melt spinning, filament extrusion, plexifilament formation, spunbonding, wet spinning, dry spinning, or a combination thereof. Suitable processes for forming microfibers are described in US Patent No. 6,315,806 (Torobin); US Patent No. 6,114,017 (Fabbricante et al); US Patent No. 6,382,526 Bl (Reneker et al); and US Patent No. 6,861,025 B2 (Erickson et al).
  • a population of microfibers may be formed or converted to staple fibers and combined with a population of sub-micrometer fibers using, for example, using a process as described in US Patent No. 4,118,531 (Hauser), the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the population of microfibers comprises a web of bonded microfibers, wherein bonding is achieved using thermal bonding, adhesive bonding, powdered binder, hydroentangling, needlepunching, calendering, or a combination thereof, as described below.
  • melt processing equipment include, but are not limited to, extruders (single and twin screw), Banbury mixers, and Brabender extruders for melt processing the inventive fine fibers.
  • the (BMF) meltblowing process is one particular exemplary method of forming a nonwoven web of molecularly unoriented fibers where a polymer fluid, either molten or as a solution, is extruded through one or more rows of holes then impinged by a high velocity gas jet.
  • the gas jet typically heated air, entrains and draws the polymer fluid and helps to solidify the polymer into a fiber.
  • the solid fiber is then collected on solid or porous surface as a nonwoven web.
  • This process is described by Van Wente in "Superfine Thermoplastic Fibers", Industrial Engineering Chemistry, vol. 48, pp. 1342- 1346.
  • An improved version of the meltblowing process is described by Buntin et al. as described in US Patent No. 3,849,241, and incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • a thermoplastic polyester and polypropylene in a melt form may be mixed in a sufficient amount relative to an optional viscosity modifier to yield fine fibers having average diameter characteristics as described hereinabove.
  • the ingredients of the fine fibers may be mixed in and conveyed through an extruder to yield a polymer, preferably without substantial polymer degradation or uncontrolled side reactions in the melt.
  • the processing temperature is sufficient to mix the biodegradable aliphatic polyester viscosity modifier, and allow extruding the polymer.
  • Potential degradation reactions include transesterification, hydrolysis, chain scission and radical chain define fibers, and process conditions should minimize such reactions.
  • the viscosity modifiers in the present disclosure need not be added to the fiber extrusion process in a pure state.
  • the viscosity modifiers may be compounded with the aliphatic polyester, or other materials prior to extrusion.
  • additives such as viscosity modifiers are compounded prior to extrusion, they are compounded at a higher concentration than desired for the final fiber. This high concentration compound is referred to as a master batch.
  • the master batch will generally be diluted with pure polymer prior to entering the fiber extrusion process.
  • Multiple additives may be present in a masterbatch, and multiple master batches may be used in the fiber extrusion process.
  • bonding means adhering the fibers together firmly, so they generally do not separate when the web is subjected to normal handling).
  • this preferred technique involves subjecting the collected web of microfibers and sub- micrometer fibers to a controlled heating and quenching operation that includes a) forcefully passing through the web a gaseous stream heated to a temperature sufficient to soften the microfibers sufficiently to cause the microfibers to bond together at points of fiber intersection (e.g., at sufficient points of intersection to form a coherent or bonded matrix), the heated stream being applied for a discrete time too short to wholly melt the fibers, and b) immediately forcefully passing through the web a gaseous stream at a temperature at least 50°C no greater than the heated stream to quench the fibers (as defined in the above-mentioned U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
  • sub-micrometer fibers do not substantially melt or lose their fiber structure during the bonding operation, but remain as discrete microfibers with their original fiber dimensions. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, Applicant's believe that sub-micrometer fibers have a different, less crystalline morphology than microfibers, and we theorize that the limited heat applied to the web during the bonding operation is exhausted in developing crystalline growth within the sub-micrometer fibers before melting of the sub-micrometer fibers occurs. Whether this theory is correct or not, bonding of the microfibers without substantial melting or distortion of the sub-micrometer fibers does occur and may be beneficial to the properties of the finished web.
  • crystallite-characterized molecular phases because of a relatively large presence of chain-extended, or strain-induced, crystalline domains
  • amorphous-characterized phases because of a relatively large presence of domains of lower crystalline order (i.e., not chain-extended) and domains that are amorphous, though the latter may have some order or orientation of a degree insufficient for crystallinity.
  • the first phase characterized by a larger presence of chain-extended crystalline domains melts at a temperature (e.g., the melting point of the chain-extended crystalline domain) that is higher than the temperature at which the second phase melts or softens (e.g., the glass transition temperature of the amorphous domain as modified by the melting points of the lower-order crystalline domains).
  • a temperature e.g., the melting point of the chain-extended crystalline domain
  • softens e.g., the glass transition temperature of the amorphous domain as modified by the melting points of the lower-order crystalline domains
  • heating is at a temperature and for a time sufficient for the amorphous-characterized phase of the fibers to melt or soften while the crystallite-characterized phase remains unmelted.
  • the heated gaseous stream is at a temperature greater than the onset melting temperature of the polymeric material of the fibers.
  • the amorphous-characterized phase the amount of molecular material of the phase susceptible to undesirable (softening- impeding) crystal growth is not as great as it was before treatment.
  • the amorphous- characterized phase is understood to have experienced a kind of cleansing or reduction of molecular structure that would lead to undesirable increases in crystallinity in conventional untreated fibers during a thermal bonding operation.
  • Treated fibers of certain exemplary embodiments of the present invention may be capable of a kind of "repeatable softening,” meaning that the fibers, and particularly the amorphous- characterized phase of the fibers, will undergo to some degree a repeated cycle of softening and resolidifying as the fibers are exposed to a cycle of raised and lowered temperature within a temperature region lower than that which would cause melting of the whole fiber.
  • repeatable softening is indicated when a treated web (which already generally exhibits a useful bonding as a result of the heating and quenching treatment) can be heated to cause further autogenous bonding of the fibers.
  • the cycling of softening and resolidifying may not continue indefinitely, but it is generally sufficient that the fibers may be initially bonded by exposure to heat, e.g., during a heat treatment according to certain exemplary embodiments of the present invention, and later heated again to cause re-softening and further bonding, or, if desired, other operations, such as calendering or re-shaping.
  • a web may be calendered to a smooth surface or given a nonplanar shape, e.g., molded into a face mask, taking advantage of the improved bonding capability of the fibers (though in such cases the bonding is not limited to autogenous bonding).
  • the crystallite-characterized phase of the fiber also may have an important role, namely to reinforce the basic fiber structure of the fibers.
  • the crystallite-characterized phase generally can remain unmelted during a bonding or like operation because its melting point is higher than the melting/softening point of the amorphous-characterized phase, and it thus remains as an intact matrix that extends throughout the fiber and supports the fiber structure and fiber dimensions.
  • heating the web in an autogenous bonding operation may cause fibers to weld together by undergoing some flow and coalescence at points of fiber intersection
  • the basic discrete fiber structure is substantially retained over the length of the fibers between intersections and bonds; preferably, the cross-section of the fibers remains unchanged over the length of the fibers between intersections or bonds formed during the operation.
  • calendering of a web may cause fibers to be reconfigured by the pressure and heat of the calendering operation (thereby causing the fibers to permanently retain the shape pressed upon them during calendering and make the web more uniform in thickness)
  • the fibers generally remain as discrete fibers with a consequent retention of desired web porosity, filtration, and insulating properties.
  • One aim of the quenching is to withdraw heat before undesired changes occur in the micro fibers contained in the web.
  • Another aim of the quenching is to rapidly remove heat from the web and the fibers and thereby limit the extent and nature of crystallization or molecular ordering that will subsequently occur in the fibers.
  • rapid quenching from the molten/softened state to a solidified state the amorphous- characterized phase is understood to be frozen into a more purified crystalline form, with reduced molecular material that can interfere with softening, or repeatable softening, of the fibers.
  • quenching may not be absolutely required though it is strongly preferred for most purposes.
  • the mass is desirably cooled by a gas at a temperature at least 50°C no greater than the nominal melting point; also the quenching gas is desirably applied for a time on the order of at least one second (the nominal melting point is often stated by a polymer supplier; it can also be identified with differential scanning calorimetry, and for purposes herein, the "Nominal Melting Point" for a polymer is defined as the peak maximum of a second-heat, total-heat-flow DSC plot in the melting region of a polymer if there is only one maximum in that region; and, if there are more than one maximum indicating more than one melting point (e.g., because of the presence of two distinct crystalline phases), as the temperature at which the highest-amplitude melting peak occurs).
  • the quenching gas or other fluid has sufficient heat capacity to rapidly solidify the fibers.
  • One advantage of certain exemplary embodiments of the present invention may be that the sub-micrometer fibers held within a microfiber web may be better protected against compaction than they would be if present in an all-sub-micrometer fiber layer.
  • the microfibers are generally larger, stiffer and stronger than the sub-micrometer fibers, and they can be made from material different from that of the microfibers.
  • the presence of the microfibers between the sub-micrometer fibers and an object applying pressure may limit the application of crushing force on the sub-micrometer fibers.
  • the increased resistance against compaction or crushing that may be provided by certain exemplary embodiments of the present invention offers an important benefit.
  • webs according to the present disclosure are subjected to pressure, e.g., by being rolled up in jumbo storage rolls or in secondary processing, webs of the present disclosure may offer good resistance to compaction of the web, which could otherwise lead to increased pressure drop and poor loading performance for filters.
  • the presence of the microfibers also may add other properties such as web strength, stiffness and handling properties.
  • the diameters of the fibers can be tailored to provide needed filtration, acoustic absorption, and other properties. For example it may be desirable for the microfibers to have a median diameter of 5 to 50 micrometers ( ⁇ ) and the sub-micrometer fibers to have a median diameter from 0.1 ⁇ to no greater than 1 ⁇ , for example, 0.9 ⁇ .
  • the microfibers have a median diameter between 5 ⁇ and 50 ⁇ , whereas the sub-micrometer fibers preferably have a median diameter of 0.5 ⁇ to no greater than 1 ⁇ , for example, 0.9 ⁇ .
  • certain exemplary embodiments of the present invention may be particularly useful to combine very small microfibers, for example ultrafme microfibers having a median diameter of from 1 ⁇ to about 2 ⁇ , with the sub- micrometer fibers.
  • it may be desirable to form a gradient through the web, e.g., in the relative proportion of sub-micrometer fibers to microfibers over the thickness of the web, which may be achieved by varying process conditions such as the air velocity or mass rate of the sub-micrometer fiber stream or the geometry of the intersection of the microfiber and sub-micrometer fiber streams, including the distance of the die from the microfiber stream and the angle of the sub-micrometer fiber stream.
  • a higher concentration of sub-micrometer fibers near one edge of a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web according to the present disclosure may be particularly advantageous for gas and/or liquid filtration applications.
  • different fiber-forming materials may be extruded through different orifices of a meltspinning extrusion head or meltblowing die so as to prepare webs that comprise a mixture of fibers.
  • Various procedures are also available for electrically charging a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web to enhance its filtration capacity: see e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,496,507 (Angadjivand).
  • a web could be prepared from the sub-micrometer fibers themselves, such a web would be flimsy and weak.
  • a strong and self-supporting web or sheet material can be obtained, either with or without an optional support layer.
  • one or more of the following process steps may be carried out on the web once formed:
  • a surface treatment or other composition e.g., a fire retardant composition, an adhesive composition, or a print layer
  • the present disclosure is also directed to methods of using the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure in a variety of applications.
  • the disclosure relates to an article comprising a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web according to the present disclosure.
  • the article may be used as a gas filtration article, a liquid filtration article, a sound absorption article, a thermal insulation article, a surface cleaning article, a cellular growth support article, a drug delivery article, a personal hygiene article, a dental hygiene article, a surgical drape, a surgical equipment isolation drape, a medical isolation drape, a surgical gown, a medical gown, healthcare patient gowns and attire, an apron or other apparel, a sterilization wrap, a wipe, agricultural fabrics, food packaging, packaging, a tape backing, or a wound dressing article.
  • a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web of the present disclosure may be advantageous in gas filtration applications due to the reduced pressure drop that results from lower Solidity. Decreasing the Solidity of a sub- micrometer fiber web will generally reduce its pressure drop. Lower pressure drop increase upon particulate loading of low Solidity sub-micrometer dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web of the present disclosure may also result. Current technology for forming particle-loaded sub-micrometer fibers results in much higher pressure drop than for coarser microfiber webs, partially due to the higher Solidity of the fine sub- micrometer fiber web.
  • sub-micrometer fibers may capture small diameter airborne particulates better than coarser fibers.
  • sub-micrometer fibers may more efficiently capture airborne particulates having a dimension smaller than about 1000 nanometers (nm), more preferably smaller than about 500 nm, even more preferably smaller than about 100 nm, and most preferably below about 50 nm,.
  • Gas filters such as this may be particularly useful in personal protection respirators; heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) filters; automotive air filters (e.g. automotive engine air cleaners, automotive exhaust gas filtration, automotive passenger compartment air filtration); and other gas-particulate filtration applications.
  • HVAC heating, ventilation and air conditioning
  • Liquid filters containing sub-micrometer fibers in the form of dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may also have the advantage of improved depth loading while maintaining small pore size for capture of sub- micrometer, liquid-borne particulates. These properties improve the loading performance of the filter by allowing the filter to capture more of the challenge particulates without plugging.
  • a fiber-containing dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web of the present disclosure may also be a preferred substrate for supporting a membrane.
  • the low Solidity fine web could act a both a physical support for the membrane, but also as a depth pre-filter, enhancing the life of the membrane.
  • the use of such a system could act as a highly effective symmetric or asymmetric membrane.
  • Applications for such membranes include ion-rejection, ultrafiltration, reverse osmosis, selective binding and/or adsorption, and fuel cell transport and reaction systems.
  • Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may also be useful synthetic matrices for promoting cellular growth.
  • the open structure with fine sub-micrometer fibers may mimic naturally occurring systems and promotes more in vz ' vo-like behavior. This is in contrast to current products (such as Donaldson ULTRA- WEBTM Synthetic ECM, available from Donaldson Corp., Minneapolis, Minnesota) where high Solidity fiber webs act as a synthetic support membrane, with little or no penetration of cells within the fiber matrix.
  • the structure provided by the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may also be an effective wipe for surface cleaning, where the fine sub-micrometer fibers form a soft wipe, while low Solidity may have the advantage of providing a reservoir for cleaning agents and high pore volume for trapping debris.
  • the hydrophilic dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present invention may be used as absorbent dry wipes or as so called wet wipes which typically have cleaning agents such as surfactants in a volatile solvent. They also may be very useful as cosmetic wipes for use on skin and mucosal tissue.
  • the fine sub-micrometer fibers in a low Solidity form improves acoustic absorbance by exposing more of the surface area of the sub-micrometer fibers, as well as specifically improving low frequency acoustic absorbance by allowing for a thicker web for a given basis weight.
  • a fine sub-micrometer fiber insulation containing sub-micrometer fibers would have a soft feel and high drapability, while providing a very low Solidity web for trapping insulating air.
  • the nonwoven web may comprise hollow fibers or filaments or fibers containing gas voids.
  • a spunbond process may be used to prepare nonwoven fabric of continuous, hollow fibers or filaments containing voids that are particularly useful for acoustic and thermal insulation; the voids may allow for an improvement in acoustic damping, reduction in thermal conductivity, and a reduction in weight of the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and articles made therefrom.
  • an entire area may be surrounded by a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web prepared according to embodiments of the present disclosure, provided alone or on a support layer.
  • the support structure and the fibers comprising the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web may, but need not be homogeneously dispersed within one another. There may be advantages in cushioning, resiliency and filter loading for asymmetric loading to provide ranges of pore sizes, higher density regions, exterior skins or flow channels.
  • the fine fibers are particularly useful for making absorbent or repellent aliphatic polyester nonwoven gowns and film laminate drapes used in surgery as well as personal care absorbents such as feminine hygiene pads, diapers, incontinence pads, wipes, fluid filters, insulation and the like.
  • Various embodiments of the presently disclosed invention also provides useful articles made from fabrics and webs of fine fibers including medical drapes, medical gowns, aprons, filter media, industrial wipes and personal care and home care products such as diapers, facial tissue, facial wipes, wet wipes, dry wipes, disposable absorbent articles and garments such as disposable and reusable garments including infant diapers or training pants, adult incontinence products, feminine hygiene products such as sanitary napkins and panty liners and the like.
  • the fine fibers of this invention also may be useful for producing thermal insulation for garments such as coats, jackets, gloves, cold weather pants, boots, and the like as well as acoustical insulation.
  • this invention provides multi-layer, aqueous liquid- absorbent articles comprising an aqueous media impervious backing sheet.
  • aqueous media impervious backing sheet For example, importantly some surgical drapes are liquid impervious to prevent liquid that is absorbed into the top sheet from wicking through to the skin surface where it would be contaminated with bacteria present on the skin.
  • the construction may further comprise an aqueous media permeable topsheet, and an aqueous liquid-absorbent (i.e., hydrophilic) layer constructed of the above-described web or fabric juxtaposed there between useful, for instance, in constructing disposable diapers, wipes or towels, sanitary napkins, and incontinence pads.
  • a single or multi-layer water and body fluid repellent article such as a surgical or medical gown or apron can be formed at least in part of a web of fine fibers described herein, and having aqueous fluid repellent properties.
  • an SMS web may be formed having fine fibers in at least the M (melt blown, blow microfiber) layer but they may also comprise the S (spunbond layer as well).
  • the M layer may have further incorporated therein a repellent additive such as a fluorochemical.
  • the gown is rendered fluid repellent to avoid absorption of blood or other body fluids that may contain pathogenic microorganisms.
  • the web may be post treated with a repellent finish such as a
  • a wrap may be formed that is used to wrap clean instruments prior to surgery or other procedure requiring sterile tools. These wraps allow penetration of sterilizing gasses such as steam, ethylene oxide, hydrogen peroxide, ozone, etc. but they do not allow penetration of bacteria.
  • the wraps may be made of a single or multi-layer water repellent article such as a sterilization wrap which can be formed at least in part of a web of fine fibers described herein, and having aqueous fluid repellent properties.
  • a SMS, SMMS, or other nonwoven construction web may be formed having fine fibers in at least the M (melt blown, blown microfiber) layer but they may also comprise the S (spunbond layer as well).
  • the M layer may have further incorporated therein or thereon a repellent additive such as a fluorochemical.
  • a repellent additive such as a fluorochemical.
  • Preferred fluorochemicals comprise a perfluoroalkyl group having at least 4 carbon atoms. These fluorochemicals may be small molecules, oligamers, or polymers. Suitable fluorochemicals may be found in US Patent Nos. 6,127,485 (Klun at al.) and 6,262,180 (Klun et al), the disclosures of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Other suitable repellants may include fluorochemicals and silicone fluids repellents disclosed in Applicants co-pending publication, PCT
  • hydrocarbon type repellents may be suitable.
  • fluorochemicals and silicones that serve as repellent additives are described below.
  • a sterilization wrap constructed from such a single or multi-layer repellent article described herein possesses all of the properties required of a sterilization wrap; i.e., permeability to steam or ethylene oxide or other gaseous sterilant during sterilization (and during drying or aeration) of the articles it encloses, repellency of liquid water during storage to avoid contamination of the contents of the wrap by water-borne contaminants, and a tortuous path barrier to contamination by air- or water-borne microbes during storage of the sterilized pack.
  • the fine fiber webs of exemplary embodiments of the presently disclosed invention may be rendered more repellent by treatment with numerous compounds.
  • the fabrics may be post web forming surface treatments which include paraffin waxes, fatty acids, bee's wax, silicones, fluorochemicals and combinations thereof.
  • the repellent finishes may be applied as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,027,803; 6,960,642; and 7,199,197, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • Repellent finishes may also be melt additives such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 6,262,180, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • Preferred fluorochemicals comprise a perfluoroalkyl group having at least 4 carbon atoms. These fluorochemicals may be small molecules, oligamers, or polymers.
  • Silicone fluid repellents also may be suitable. In some instances hydrocarbon-type repellents may also be suitable.
  • Classes of fluorochemical agents or compositions useful in this invention include compounds and polymers containing one or more fluoroaliphatic radicals, Rf.
  • fluorochemical agents or compositions useful as a repellent additive comprise fluorochemical compounds or polymers containing fluoroaliphatic radicals or groups, Rf.
  • the fluoroaliphatic radical, Rf is a fluorinated, stable, inert, non-polar, preferably saturated, monovalent moiety which is both hydrophobic and oleophobic. It can be straight chain, branched chain, or, if sufficiently large, cyclic, or combinations thereof, such as alkylcycloaliphatic radicals.
  • the skeletal chain in the fluoroaliphatic radical can include catenary divalent oxygen atoms and/or trivalent nitrogen atoms bonded only to carbon atoms.
  • Rf will have 3 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably
  • the terminal portion of the Rf group has at least one trifluoromethyl group, and preferably has a terminal group of at least three fully fluorinated carbon atoms, e.g., CF 3 CF 2 CF 2 — .
  • the preferred Rf groups are fully or substantially fluorinated, as in the case where Rf is perfluroalkyl, CnF 2 n+l— .
  • Examples of such compounds include, for example, fluorochemical urethanes, ureas, esters, amines (and salts thereof), amides, acids (and salts thereof),
  • carbodiimides guanidines, allophanates, biurets, and compounds containing two or more of these groups, as well as blends of these compounds.
  • Useful fluorochemical polymers containing Rf radicals include copolymers of fluorochemical acrylate and/or methacrylate monomers with co-polymerizable monomers, including fluorine-containing and fluorine-free monomers, such as methyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, octadecyl methacrylate, acrylate and methacrylate esters of poly(oxyalkylene) polyol oligomers and polymers, e.g., poly(oxyethylene) glycol dimethacrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, ethylene, vinyl acetate, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, vinylidene fluoride, acrylonitrile, vinyl chloroacetate, isoprene, chloroprene, styrene, butadiene, vinylpyridine, vinyl alkyl esters, vinyl alkyl ketones, acrylic and methacrylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, N-methylo
  • the relative amounts of various comonomers which can be used with the fluorochemical monomer will generally be selected empirically, and will depend on the substrate to be treated, the properties desire from the fluorochemical treatment, i.e., the degree of oil and/or water repellency desired, and the mode of application to the substrate.
  • Useful fluorochemical agents or compositions include blends of the various classes of fluorochemical compounds and/or polymers described above. Also, blends of these fluorochemical compounds or polymers with fluorine-free compounds, e.g., N- acyl aziridines, or fluorine-free polymers, e.g., polyacrylates such as poly(methyl methacrylate) and poly(methyl methacrylate-co-decyl acrylate), polysiloxanes and the like.
  • fluorine-free compounds e.g., N- acyl aziridines
  • fluorine-free polymers e.g., polyacrylates such as poly(methyl methacrylate) and poly(methyl methacrylate-co-decyl acrylate), polysiloxanes and the like.
  • the fluorochemical agents or compositions can include non-interfering adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifiers, solvents (aqueous and organic), dyes, biocides, fillers, catalysts, curing agents and the like.
  • the final fluorochemical agent or composition should contain, on a solids basis, at least about 5 weight percent, preferably at least about 10 weight percent carbon-bound fluorine in the form of said Rf groups in order to impart the benefits described in this invention.
  • Such fluorochemicals are generally known and commercially available as perfluoroaliphatic group bearing water/oil repellent agents which contain at least 5 percent by weight of fluorine, preferably 7 to 12 percent of fluorine in the available formulations.
  • the perfluoroaliphatic group-bearing polycarbodimides are, e.g., obtained by reaction of perfluoroaliphatic sulfonamide alkanols with polyisocyanates in the presence of suitable catalysts.
  • This class of compounds can be used by itself, but often is used with other Rf-group bearing compounds, especially with (co)polymers.
  • Another group of compounds which can be used in dispersions is mentioned.
  • all known polymers bearing f uoroaliphatic residues can be used, also condensation polymers, such as polyesters and polyamides which contain the corresponding perfluoroaliphatic groups, are considered but especially (co)polymers on the basis of e.g.
  • Rf -acrylates and Rf -methacrylates which can contain different fluorine-free vinyl compounds as comonomers.
  • these compounds are discussed in detail.
  • the manufacture of Rf -group bearing polycarbodimides as well as the combination of these compounds with each other is also described in detail.
  • fluorochemical components may be used, for example, Rf -group-bearing guanidines, U.S. Patent No. 4,540,479, Rf -group-bearing allophanates, U.S. Patent No. 4,606,737 and Rf -group-bearing biurets, U.S. Patent No. 4,668,406, the disclosures which are incorporated herein by reference. These classes are mostly used in combination. Others include fluoroalkyl-substituted siloxanes, e.g., CF 3 (CF 2 ) 6 CH 2 0(CH 2 ) 3 Si(OC 2 H 5 )3- .
  • the useful compounds show, in general, one or more perfluoroaliphatic residues with preferably at least 4 carbon atoms, especially 4 to 14 atoms each.
  • An exemplary fluorochemical is a formulation of 70% solvents and 30% emulsified solid
  • the formulation includes as solvents 1 1% methyl isobutyl ketone, 6% ethylene glycol and 53% water.
  • the second component of the 50/50 blend is a copolymer prepared from 1 mole of a tri- functional phenyl isocyanate (available from Upjohn Company under the name PAPI), 2 moles of C 8 Fi 7 N(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 CFi 2 OFi and 1 mole of stearyl alcohol prepared as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,401 ,780, incorporated herein by reference (see especially Table 1 , C2 under footnote A).
  • Emulsifiers used are conventional commercially available materials such as polyethoxylated quaternary ammonium compounds (available under the name 5% Ethoquad 18/25 from Akzo Chemie
  • fluorochemicals are non-yellowing and particularly non-irritating to the skin as well as providing articles that are stable having excellent long term aging properties.
  • fluorochemicals are available under the trade designations SCOTCHGARD, SCOTCH-RELEASE, and 3M BRAND TEXTILE CHEMICAL and are commercially from the 3M Company.
  • Other commercially available materials include materials that use fluorotelomer chemistry materials provided by DuPont (available from duPont deNemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.).
  • Suitable silicones for use to obtain the low surface energy layers of the instant invention include any of the silicones known to those skilled in the art to provide water repellency and optionally oil repellency to fibers and films.
  • Silicone fluids typically consist of linear polymers of rather low molecular weight, namely about 4000-25,000. Most commonly the polymers are polydimethylsiloxanes.
  • silicones containing both methyl and phenyl groups are often used. Generally, the phenyl groups make up 10- 45% of the total number of substituent groups present.
  • Such silicones are generally obtained by hydrolysis of mixtures of methyl- and phenylchlorosilanes.
  • Fluids for use in textile treatment may incorporate reactive groups so that they may be cross-linked to give a permanent finish.
  • these fluids contain Si— H bonds (introduced by including methyldichlorosilane in the polymerization system) and cross-linking occurs on heating with alkali.
  • Suitable silicones are those available from Dow-Corning
  • Articles that may be made of fine fibers or the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may include medical drapes and gowns, including surgical drapes, procedural drapes, plastic specialty drapes, incise drapes, barrier drapes, barrier gowns, SMS gowns, and the like; sterilization wraps; wound dressings, wound absorbents, and wound contact layers; surgical sponges use to absorb blood and body fluids during surgery; surgical implants; and other medical devices.
  • Articles made of the fine fibers may be solvent, heat, or ultrasonically welded together as well as being welded to other compatible articles.
  • the fine fibers may be used in conjunction with other materials to form constructions such as sheath/core materials, laminates, compound structures of two or more materials, or useful as coatings on various medical devices.
  • the fine fibers described herein may be useful in the fabrication of surgical sponges.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web is a component of a surgical drape.
  • a "surgical drape” is a textile that is used to cover the patient and/or instrumentation and other objects during invasive procedures such as surgery but include other procedures such as urinary and vascular access catherization, spinal block placement, etc where maintaining a sterile field is desirable.
  • the drapes are most often provided sterile.
  • the fiber webs of this invention can be sterilized by conventional methods such as sterilizing gases including steam, ethylene oxide, hydrogen peroxide, ozone, combinations thereof, and the like.
  • a significant advantage is that the fine fiber webs can be sterilized by gamma irradiation without significant loss in physical properties.
  • the fine fiber web may be coated with an impervious film. Any suitable film can be used. When laminated to an impervious film the fine fiber web rendered hydrophilic as also described in
  • the drape is absorbent and still a barrier.
  • the drape may be constructed of a fine fiber-containing web which has been treated with a repellent additive as described above.
  • the fiber web is a component of a surgical gown.
  • a "surgical gown” is a textile that is used to cover the clinician during invasive procedures such as surgery. Additionally, the gowns may be used for many other procedures where the clinician wishes to protect themselves from contamination.
  • the gowns are most often provided sterile and may be sterilized as described above for the surgical drapes.
  • the gown is constructed of a fine fiber-containing web which may have been treated with the repellent additive as described above. The purpose of the gown is to provide a sterile surface and to contain microbial
  • the gowns also may be used to protect the clinician from exposure to infectious agents such as bacteria, spores, virus, mycobacterium etc.
  • the fine fiber web may be coated with an impervious film. Any suitable film can be used. Preferably, if a film is used it is microporous to allow moisture evaporation.
  • the gown may be constructed of a fine fiber containing web which has been treated to be repellent additive as described above. In this manner, any blood or body fluids that contact the gown are repelled and will not soak in to contact the clinician.
  • the preferred hydrophilic additive surfactants of the present invention allow for adhesive, thermal, and/or ultrasonic bonding of fabrics and films made thereof.
  • the fine fibers are particularly suitable for use in surgical drapes and gowns.
  • Non- woven web and sheets comprising the fine fibers can be heat sealed to form strong bonds allowing specialty drape fabrication; can be made from renewable resources which can be important in disposable products; and can have high surface energy to allow wettability and fluid absorbency in the case of non-wovens. In other applications, a low surface energy may be desirable to impart fluid repellency.
  • non- woven materials can be sterilized by gamma radiation or electron beam without significant loss of physical strength (tensile strength for a 1 mil thick film does not decrease by more than 20% and preferably by not more than 10% after exposure to 2.5 Mrad gamma radiation from a cobalt gamma radiation source and aged at 23°C - 25°C for 7 days.
  • the nonwoven materials of this invention can be sterilized by exposure to electron beam irradiation.
  • the materials of this invention can be sterilized by gas or vapor phase antimicrobial agents such as ethylene oxide, hydrogen peroxide plasma, peracetic acid, ozone, and similar alkylating and/or oxidizing agents.
  • the hydrophilic characteristic of the fibers may improve articles such as wound and surgical dressings by improving absorbency.
  • the film may be partially (e.g. zone or pattern) coated or completely coated with various adhesives, including but not limited to pressure sensitive adhesives (PSAs), such as acrylic and block copolymer adhesives, hydrogel adhesives, hydrocolloid adhesives, and foamed adhesives.
  • PSAs can have a relatively high moisture vapor transmission rate to allow for moisture evaporation.
  • Suitable pressure sensitive adhesives include those based on acrylates, polyurethanes, KRATON and other block copolymers, silicones, rubber based adhesives as well as combinations of these adhesives.
  • the preferred PSAs are medical adhesives that are applied to skin such as the acrylate copolymers described in U.S. Patent No. RE 24,906, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference, particularly a 97:3 iso-octyl
  • Other medical devices that may be made, in whole or in part, of the fine fibers include: surgical mesh, slings, orthopedic pins (including bone filling augmentation material), adhesion barriers, stents, guided tissue repair/regeneration devices, articular cartilage repair devices, nerve guides, tendon repair devices, atrial septal defect repair devices, pericardial patches, bulking and filling agents, vein valves, bone marrow scaffolds, meniscus regeneration devices, ligament and tendon grafts, ocular cell implants, spinal fusion cages, skin substitutes, dural substitutes, bone graft substitutes, bone dowels, and hemostats.
  • Articles comprising the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure fine fibers may be made by processes known in the art for making products like polymer sheets from polymer resins. For many applications, such articles can be placed in water at 23°C without substantial loss of physical integrity
  • these articles contain little or no water.
  • the water content in the article after extruding, injection molding or solvent casting is typically no greater than 10% by weight, preferably no greater than 5% by weight, more preferably no greater than 1% by weight and most preferably no greater than 0.2% by weight.
  • Articles made of the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may be solvent, heat, or ultrasonically welded together as well as being welded to other compatible articles.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may be used in conjunction with other materials to form constructions such as sheath/core materials, laminates, compound structures of two or more materials, or useful as coatings on various medical devices.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs described herein may be particularly useful in the fabrication of surgical sponges.
  • the hydrophilic characteristic of some exemplary dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may improve articles such as wound and surgical dressings by improving absorbency. If the fine fibers is used in a wound dressing backing film, the film may be partially (e.g.
  • PSAs pressure sensitive adhesives
  • acrylic and block copolymer adhesives such as acrylic and block copolymer adhesives, hydrogel adhesives, hydrocolloid adhesives, and foamed adhesives.
  • PSAs can have a relatively high moisture vapor transmission rate to allow for moisture evaporation.
  • Suitable pressure sensitive adhesives include those based on acrylates, polyurethanes, KRATON and other block copolymers, silicones, rubber based adhesives as well as combinations of these adhesives.
  • the preferred PSAs are the normal adhesives that are applied to skin such as the acrylate copolymers described in U.S. Patent No. RE 24,906, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference, particularly a 97:3 iso-octyl acrylate :acrylamide copolymer. Also preferred is an 70: 15: 15 iso-octyl acrylate-ethyleneoxide acrylate: acrylic acid terpolymer, as described in U.S. Patent No.
  • exemplary dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure include: sutures, suture fasteners, surgical mesh, slings, orthopedic pins (including bone filling augmentation material), adhesion barriers, stents, guided tissue repair/regeneration devices, articular cartilage repair devices, nerve guides, tendon repair devices, atrial septal defect repair devices, pericardial patches, bulking and filling agents, vein valves, bone marrow scaffolds, meniscus regeneration devices, ligament and tendon grafts, ocular cell implants, spinal fusion cages, skin substitutes, dural substitutes, bone graft substitutes, bone dowels, and hemostats.
  • the aliphatic polyester in a melt form is mixed in a sufficient amount relative to the viscosity modifier to yield fine fibers having average diameter characteristics as described herein.
  • a variety of equipment and techniques are known in the art for melt processing polymeric fine fibers. Such equipment and techniques are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 3,565,985 (Schrenk et al); U.S. Patent No. 5,427,842 (Bland et. al); U.S. Patent Nos. 5,589,122 and 5,599,602 (Leonard); and U.S. Patent No. 5,660,922 (Henidge et al).
  • melt processing equipment include, but are not limited to, extruders (single and twin screw), Banbury mixers, and Brabender extruders for melt processing the inventive fine fibers.
  • the ingredients of the fine fibers may be mixed in and conveyed through an extruder to yield a polymer, preferably without substantial polymer degradation or uncontrolled side reactions in the melt.
  • Potential degradation reactions include transesterification, hydrolysis, chain scission and radical chain define fibers, and process conditions should minimize such reactions.
  • the processing temperature is sufficient to mix the biodegradable aliphatic polyester viscosity modifier, and allow extruding the polymer.
  • the (BMF) me ltb lowing process is a method of forming a nonwoven fiber web where a polymer fluid, either melt or solution, is extruded through one or more rows of holes then impinged by a high velocity gas jet.
  • the gas jet typically heated air, entrains and draws the polymer fluid and helps to solidify the polymer into a fiber.
  • the solid fiber is then collected on solid or porous surface as a nonwoven web. This process is described by Van Wente in "Superfine Thermoplastic Fibers", Industrial
  • the viscosity modifiers described herein need not be added to the fiber extrusion process in a pure state.
  • the viscosity modifiers may be compounded with the aliphatic polyester, or other materials prior to extrusion. Commonly, when additives such as viscosity modifiers are compounded prior to extrusion, they are compounded at a higher concentration than desired for the final fiber. This high concentration compound is referred to as a masterbatch. When a masterbatch is used, the masterbatch will generally be diluted with pure polymer prior to entering the fiber extrusion process.
  • the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may also be useful in consumer hygiene products, such as adult incontinence, infant diapers, feminine hygiene products, and others as described in Applicants' co-pending application.
  • An alternative melt blown process that may benefit from the use of viscosity modifiers as provided herein is described in U.S. Patent Application
  • Embodiment 1 is a nonwoven web including a plurality of fibers comprising: one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters; and
  • polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web
  • the web has at least one dimension in the plane of the web which decreases by no greater than 10% when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers in an unrestrained condition.
  • Embodiment 2 is the web of embodiment 1 , wherein the one or more anionic surfactant has a melting point of less than 200°C.
  • Embodiment 3 is the web of any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the nonwoven web remains hydrophilic after more than 10 days at 45°C.
  • Embodiment 4 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, further comprising a surfactant carrier.
  • Embodiment 5 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the anionic surfactant is selected from the group consisting of one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl sulfonates; alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl sulfates; alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl phosphonates; alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl phosphates; alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl carboxylates; alkyl alkoxylated carboxylates; alkyl alkoxylated sulfates; alkylalkoxylated sulfonates; alkyl alkoxylated phosphates; and combinations thereof.
  • the anionic surfactant is selected from the group consisting of one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl sulfonates; alky
  • Embodiment 6 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the anionic surfactant is selected from the group consisting of (C 8 -C 22 ) alkyl sulfate salts, di(Cg-Ci8) sulfosuccinate salts, C8-C22 alkyl sarconsinate salts, C8-C22 alkyl lactyalte salts, and combinations thereof.
  • the anionic surfactant is selected from the group consisting of (C 8 -C 22 ) alkyl sulfate salts, di(Cg-Ci8) sulfosuccinate salts, C8-C22 alkyl sarconsinate salts, C8-C22 alkyl lactyalte salts, and combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 7 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the anionic surfactant is present in an amount of at least 0.25% and no greater than 8% by weight of the composition.
  • Embodiment 8 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the anionic surfactant is present in an amount greater than 1% by weight of the composition.
  • Embodiment 9 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the surfactant carrier is a liquid at 23°C.
  • Embodiment 10 is the web of any one of the previous embodiments, wherein the surfactant carrier is selected from the group consisting of polyalkylene glycol, polyhydric alcohols, glycerin triglcyerides, citric acid esters, aliphatic diesters and combinations thereof.
  • the surfactant carrier is selected from the group consisting of polyalkylene glycol, polyhydric alcohols, glycerin triglcyerides, citric acid esters, aliphatic diesters and combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 11 is the web of any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the anionic surfactant comprise less than 5% water.
  • Embodiment 12 is the web of any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the surfactant carrier comprises less than 5% water.
  • Embodiment 13 is the web of any of the preceding claims, further comprising a plasticizer distinct from the anionic surfactant and distinct from the surfactant carrier.
  • Embodiment 14 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the anionic surfactant is present in an amount greater than 2 percent by weight of the aliphatic polyester.
  • Embodiment 15 is a nonwoven web including a plurality of fine fibers comprising:
  • thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters
  • polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web
  • a viscosity modifier having the following structure:
  • R is an alkyl or alkylene of C8-C30 as a branched or straight carbon chain, or C12-C30 aralkyl, and may be optionally substituted with 0-100 alkylene oxide groups such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide groups, oligameric lactic and/or glycolic acid or a combination thereof; and
  • M is H, an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, or an ammonium group, a protonated tertiary amine or a quaternary amine;
  • n 1 or 2 and is equal to the valence of the cation
  • the web has at least one dimension in the plane of the web which decreases by no greater than 10% when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers but below the melting temperature when measured in an unrestrained condition.
  • Embodiment 16 is the web of embodiment 15, wherein the ammonium group is a protonated tertiary amine or a quaternary amine.
  • Embodiment 17 is the web of any one of embodiments 15-16, wherein M is an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal.
  • Embodiment 18 is the web of any one of embodiments 15-17, wherein the viscosity modifier is selected from the group consisting of selected from the group consisting of alkyl carboxylates, alkenyl carboxylates, aralkyl carboxylates, alkylethoxylated carboxylates, aralkylethoxylated carboxylates, alkyl lactylates, alkenyl lactylates, stearoyl lactylates, stearates, the carboxylic acids thereof, and mixtures thereof.
  • the viscosity modifier is selected from the group consisting of selected from the group consisting of alkyl carboxylates, alkenyl carboxylates, aralkyl carboxylates, alkylethoxylated carboxylates, aralkylethoxylated carboxylates, alkyl lactylates, alkenyl lactylates, stearoyl lactylates, stearates, the
  • Embodiment 19 is the web of any one of embodiments 15-18, wherein the viscosity modifier is present in an amount of no greater than about 10 percent by weight of the web.
  • Embodiment 20 is the web any one of the preceding embodiments, further comprising a thermoplastic polymer distinct from the thermoplastic aliphatic polyester.
  • Embodiment 21 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the viscosity modifier is present in an amount less than 2% by weight.
  • Embodiment 22 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the viscosity modifier comprises less than 5% water.
  • Embodiment 23 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the molecular orientation of the fibers results in a bi-refringence value of at least 0.01.
  • Embodiment 24 is the web of any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the thermoplastic polyester is at least one aliphatic polyester selected from the group consisting of one or more poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), polybutylene succinate, polyhydroxybutyrate, polyhydroxyvalerate, blends, and copolymers thereof.
  • Embodiment 25 is the web of any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the aliphatic polyester is semicrystalline.
  • Embodiment 26 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments 1-20, further comprising a thermoplastic (co)polymer distinct from the thermoplastic polyester.
  • Embodiment 27 is the web of any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the thermoplastic aliphatic polyester is present in an amount greater than 90% by weight of the thermoplastic polymer present in the composition.
  • Embodiment 28 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the polypropylene is present in an amount from about 1% to about 6% by weight of the web.
  • Embodiment 29 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of no greater than about one micrometer ( ⁇ ).
  • Embodiment 30 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of no greater than about 12 ⁇ .
  • Embodiment 31 is the web of embodiment 30, wherein the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of at least 1 ⁇ .
  • Embodiment 32 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the web is biocompatible.
  • Embodiment 33 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the web is a nonwoven web formed from a molten mixture comprising the
  • thermoplastic polyester and the polypropylene.
  • Embodiment 34 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the nonwoven web is selected from the group consisting of a spunbond web, a blown microfiber web, a hydroentangled web, or combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 35 is an article comprising the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, selected from the group consisting of a gas filtration article, a liquid filtration article, a sound absorption article, a thermal insulation article, a surface cleaning article, a cellular growth support article, a drug delivery article, a personal hygiene article, a dental hygiene article, an adhesive coated tape, and a wound dressing article.
  • Embodiment 36 a surgical or medical drape comprising the web of any one of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34.
  • Embodiment 37 a surgical or medical gown comprising the web of any of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34.
  • Embodiment 38 a sterilization wrap comprising the web of any of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34.
  • Embodiment 39 is the sterilization wrap of embodiment 38, further comprising a repellent additive on or in the web.
  • Embodiment 40 is a wound contact material or adhesive coated tape comprising the web of any of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34.
  • Embodiment 41 is a personal hygiene article such as a diaper or feminine hygiene pad comprising the web of any of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34.
  • Embodiment 42 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, further comprising an antimicrobial component.
  • Embodiment 43 is the web of embodiment 41, wherein the antimicrobial component is present in an amount greater than 5 percent by weight of the aliphatic polyester.
  • Embodiment 44 is the web of any one of embodiments 42-43, wherein the antimicrobial component is selected from a fatty acid monoester, a fatty acid di-ester, an organic acid, a silver compound, a quaternary ammonium compound, a cationic (co)polymer, an iodine compound, or combinations thereof.
  • the antimicrobial component is selected from a fatty acid monoester, a fatty acid di-ester, an organic acid, a silver compound, a quaternary ammonium compound, a cationic (co)polymer, an iodine compound, or combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 45 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the plurality of fibers are bonded together in at least point locations.
  • Embodiment 46 is a method of making a web according to any one of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34 comprising:
  • thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters, polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture, and
  • the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers but below the melting temperature when measured in an unrestrained condition.
  • Embodiment 47 is the method of embodiment 46, further comprising a surfactant carrier.
  • Embodiment 48 is the method of any one of embodiments 46 or 47, further comprising the step or extruding the polyester blended with the anionic surfactants.
  • Embodiment 49 is the method of any one of embodiments 46-48, wherein the blending of the polyester and the anionic surfactants comprises extruding the polyester and the anionic surfactants.
  • Embodiment 50 is the method of any one of embodiments 46-49, further comprising the subsequent step of adding additional polyester.
  • Embodiment 51 is the method of any one of embodiments 46-50, further comprising post heating the extruded web.
  • Embodiment 52 is a method of making a web according to any one of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34 comprising:
  • thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters
  • polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture
  • a viscosity modifier selected from the group consisting of alkyl carboxylates, alkenyl carboxylates, aralkyl carboxylates, alkylethoxylated carboxylates, aralkylethoxylated carboxylates, alkyl lactylates, alkenyl lactylates, and mixtures thereof
  • simulataneously forming a plurality of fibers from the mixture simulataneously forming a plurality of fibers from the mixture; and collecting at least a portion of the fibers to form a web, wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers but below the melting temperature when measured in an unrestrained condition.
  • Embodiment 53 is the method of embodiment 52, wherein the web is formed using a melt-blowing, spun-bonding, or melt-spinning process.
  • Embodiment 54 is the method of any one of embodiments 52-53, wherein the thermoplastic polyester and the viscosity modifier are mixed prior to the web forming process.
  • Embodiment 55 is the method of any one of embodiments 52-54, further comprising the step of extruding the polyester blended with the viscosity modifier.
  • Embodiment 56 is the method of any one of embodiments 52-55, wherein the mixing of the polyester and the viscosity modifier comprises extruding the polyester and the viscosity modifier.
  • Embodiment 57 is the method of any of the preceding embodiment 52-56, further comprising post heating the web.
  • Embodiment 58 is the method of any of the preceding embodiments 52-57, wherein the web is formed using melt-spinning, filament extrusion, electrospinning, gas jet fibrillation or combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 59 is a method of making a web according to any one of the preceding embodiments 46-58, wherein the fibers do not exhibit molecular orientation.
  • the method for measuring the surface energy is AATCC Test Method 118-
  • AATCC test method 118-1983 determines the surface energy of a fabric by evaluating the fabric's resistance to wetting by a series of selected hydrocarbon compositions.
  • the hydrocarbons set forth in AATCC 118-1983 only provide for measurements of surface energy from about 19.8 to 27.3 dynes per centimeter at 25°C. This range is extended by employing various mixtures of methanol and water in the fabric resistance test.
  • the compositions and their representative surface tensions are as follows: Liquid No. Volume % Methanol/Water Surface Tension
  • test procedure is as follows. A specimen of the covering material is placed flat on a smooth, horizontal surface. Using the method of AATCC 118-1983 except that beginning with the lowest number test liquid, 5 drops of the liquid are placed on the surface of the fabric on the side which will face the resin impregnated sheet in various locations. If three of the five drops wick into the fabric within 60 seconds, the liquid of the next higher surface tension is used. When at least 3 drops remain on the fabric surface, the apparent surface energy is recorded as the range of the last two liquids.
  • Fiber diameter is measured using the Effective Fiber Diameter (EFD) method developed by Davies using basis weight, web thickness, and pressure drop to estimate the average fiber diameter of a fiber web.
  • EFD Effective Fiber Diameter
  • Average fiber diameter can be measured in several ways including microscopy, laser diffraction, and fluid flow resistance.
  • the fine fiber webs were also measured for shrinkage by placing 10 cm x 10 cm squares of the web on aluminum trays in an oven at 80°C for approximately 14 hours. After aging the squares were measured and the average linear shrinkage was recorded.
  • Hostapon STCI-85 Sodium cocoyl isethionate, 85%, (Clariant, Wayne NJ)
  • Hostapur SAS-93G Sodium C14-C17 alkyl sec. sulfonate, (Clariant, Wayne NJ)
  • Citroflex A4 acetyl tributyl citrate (Morflex Inc., Greensboro, N.C.) Crodaphos SG PPG-5 ceteth 10 phosphate (Croda, Inc., Parsipanny, NJ) Pationic CSL Calcium Stearoyl Lactylate (CSL) (RITA Corp. Crystal Lake,
  • the polymer resin used in the examples is 625 ID PLA available as pellets from Natureworks, LLC, Minnetonka, Minnesota. Natureworks reports 6215D PLA to have a relative viscosity of 2.50 and a d-isomer content of 1.4%. Using GPC, the molecular weight of the resin was found to be 94,700 daltons for Mw, and 42,800 daltons for Mn.
  • compositions listed in Table 1 were extruded on an experimental spunbond making line.
  • the spunbond nonwovens were made using the equipment and processing techniques for spunbond nonwovens described in U.S. Patent No. 6,916,752.
  • Non- woven spunbond PLA samples were made with different concentrations of surfactants. A non- woven spunbond PLA sample without any surfactant was also made. This was done for the purpose of evaluating and comparing the different samples' wettability, aging stability, and general mechanical properties.
  • the initial step was to pre-compound the wetting agents into higher
  • concentration masterbatches This was done using a 25mm Berstorff UTX twin screw extruder, fitted with a standard pelletizing die. The strands were run through a 12 foot water bath and into a pelletizing puller.
  • the PLA was fed using a K-tron Feeder.
  • the other additives were all fed using a grid melter and were fed into Zone 4. Feed rates were as follows:
  • the zone temperatures were as follows:
  • the strands passed through the water bath and the pelletizer, they were collected in 5 gallon pail liners, with holes in the bottom to allow any excess water to run off.
  • the liners were placed in 5 gallon pails and were raised from the bottom about 4 inches. Once the samples had been "drip dried", the batches were distributed into multiple pans and allowed to crystallize in a batch oven at 65°C for 12 to 24 hours.
  • the masterbatches and the virgin PLA were dried for a minimum of 6 hours in a recirculated drier at 60°C.
  • a web was made with 60 g/sq/m. Melt temperatures were about 190-210°C. When running Masterbatch 4 with Pationic 138C, a dramatic viscosity reduction occurred, so the temperature had to be dropped 160°C.
  • the webs were passed through a through air bonder on a screen support at a temperature of 90-
  • Spunbond nonwoven examples were prepared using the masterbatches described above blended with neat 6202D PLA. All the materials were dried prior to use.
  • the spunbond nonwovens were obtained using a Davis-Standard BLUE RIBBON (DS-20 ® ) extruder (Davis Standard Corporation, Pawcatuck, CT) using a 2.0 inch/50 mm single screw extruder to feed into through a pump to an extrusion head including multiple die orifices.
  • the die head had a total of 512 orifice holes with an aliphatic polyester polymer melt throughput of 0.50 g/hole/min (33.83 Ib/hr).
  • the die had a transverse length of 7.875 inches (200 mm).
  • the hole diameter was 0.040 inch (0.889 mm) and L/D ratio of 6.
  • the melt extrusion temperature at the die of the neat PLA was set at 215°C, while the melt extrusion temperature of PLA with the surfactant additives was dependent on the type and amount of additives. The temperature was adjusted in order to make similar webs to the control (pure aliphatic polyester, PLA).
  • a representative description of the web forming and bonding process is exemplified by U.S. Patent
  • the Braebender chamber was purged using Unipurge purge resin (Dow Chemical, Midland, MI), after every run.
  • the molten mixtures were pulled from the Brabender and pressed into uniform sheets using a hydraulic press. Samples were pressed at 195°C and with 20,000 lbs of pressure for 60 seconds between two liners.
  • the liner was a silicone coated kraft paper release liner. Films were 50-125 micron thick.
  • the virgin PLA was relatively hydrophobic. Addition of Montanov 202 did not result in a hydrophilic film. Even after heating, the contact angle was still greater than 50°C.
  • the Pationic (alkyl carboxylate) resulted in a very hydrophilic film and heating to 72°C did not alter the result.
  • the two sulfonate surfactants behaved differently.
  • the isethionate surfactant produced a film which was initially relatively hydrophobic but after heating the contact angle decreased to 37 degrees.
  • the C14-C17 alkyl sulfonate (Hostapur SAS) produced a hydrophilic film, however, aging for 24 hrs at 72°C increased the contact angle to 29 degrees.
  • the inventive compositions resisted fogging when breathed on.
  • CSL was added to the system in the concentrations shown in Table 4 by dry blending the CSL powder with warm PLA pellets from the polymer dryer. The resin was predried by heating to 71 C overnight. The CSL melted on contact with the warm PLA pellets and was blended by hand to form slightly sticky pellets that were then fed to the extruder.
  • die temperature was held at 225°C and all other process conditions were held constant.
  • the pump exit pressure measured the entire pressure drop of the polymer stream through the die and the necktube.
  • Example 10 with 2.0% CSL produced a small amount of polymer particles along with the fibers. This phenomenon is referred to as "sand", and is a common flaw in BMF processing.
  • the finer diameter webs are noticeably softer and more conformable compared to the control sample.
  • the shrinkage of the webs that included CSL was substantial.
  • CSL was pre-blended at high concentration prior to fiber formation. This high concentration mixture is commonly called a masterbatch.
  • the masterbatch is typically dry blended with neat polymer pellets when feeding to the fiber extruder. The extrusion process then provides additional mixing.
  • a masterbatch of 10% CSL in 625 ID PLA was prepared on a twin screw extruder, cooled as strands in a water bath, then pelletized using a dry pelletizer. The solid pellets were dried in an 80°C oven overnight to remove any trace water from the water bath.
  • the polynomial shows that the viscosity modifier dramatically effects melt viscosity.
  • Ca-S Calcium Stearate
  • SBL Sodium Behenoyl Lactylate
  • Example 20 Spunbond PL A with Polypropylene.
  • Nonwoven webs were made using the spunbond process from neat poly(lactic acid) (PLA) and a mixture of PLA and polypropylene (PP).
  • PLA poly(lactic acid)
  • PP polypropylene
  • the PLA used was grade 6202D from Natureworks, LLC (Minnetonka, MN).
  • the PP used was grade 3860X from Total Petrochemicals (Houston, TX).
  • One sample also contained a 50/50 mixture Dioctyl sulfosuccinate sodium salt (DOSS) and poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) as a plasticizer, diluent, and hydrophilic surfactant.
  • DOSS Dioctyl sulfosuccinate sodium salt
  • PEG poly(ethylene glycol)
  • hydrophilic surfactant was compounded with 6202D PLA and added as a master batch to the spunbond process.
  • the spunbond apparatus used is that described in U.S. Patent No. 6,196,752 (Berrigan et al.).
  • the extruder used was a 2 inch (5 cm) single screw extruder from Davis-Standard (Pawcatuck, CT).
  • the die used had an effective width of 7.875 inches (20.0 cm) and was fed polymer melt from a metering pump at the rate of 42 pounds (19.1 kg) per hour.
  • the die had 648 holes, each hole being 0.040 inches (10.2 mm) in diameter with a L/D of 6.
  • the extrusion temperature was 230°C.
  • the air attenuator was set at a pressure of 5 pounds per square inch (34.5 kilopascal). Process conditions were kept constant for the different mixtures.
  • Spinning speed is the filament speed calculated using the final average fiber diameter, measured microscopically, and the polymer rate per hole. In all cases the spinning speed is no greater than 2500 meters per minute, the speed at which strain induced crystallization begins in
  • the webs were also measured for shrinkage by placing an unrestrained 10 cm x 10 cm square section cut from the middle of each web using a die cutter onto an aluminum tray in a convection oven at 80°C overnight (e.g. for approximately 14 hours).
  • the Tg of the PLA webs was approximately 54-56°C.
  • the heated samples were then allowed to cool and measured for length (in the machine direction) and width (in the cross direction), and the average linear shrinkage of three samples was reported.
  • the shrinkage reported was the average change of three samples in sample length and width, as opposed to change in sample area. Thus for each reported composition a total of three lengths and three widths were averaged. It was found that there no significant difference in length and width shrinkage.
  • Example 21 Meltblown PLA with Polypropylene
  • Nonwoven webs were produced using a meltblowing process from poly(lactic acid), PLA, and polypropylene, PP.
  • the PLA used was grade 625 ID from
  • the meltblowing apparatus consisted of a twin screw extruder, and metering pump and a meltblowing die.
  • the extruder used was a 31 mm conical twin screw extruder (C.W. Brabender Instruments (Southhackensack, NJ). After the extruder a positive displacement gear pump was used to meter and pressurize the polymer melt. The metered melt was sent to a drilled orifice meltblowing die. Drilled orifice meltblowing dies are described in U.S. Patent No. 3,825,380.
  • the die used was 10 inches (25.4 cm) wide with 20 polymer orifices per inch (per 2.54 cm) of width, each orifice being 0.015 inches (381 micrometers) in diameter. The die was operated at a temperature of 225°C. Different mixtures of polymer pellets were fed to the process with amounts of PP added to the PLA. Process conditions were kept constant throughout the experiment.
  • Fiber diameter was measured using the airflow resistance technique described by Davies (Davies, C.N., The Separation of Airborne Dust and Particles, Inst, of Mech. Engineers, London, Proceedings IB, 1952), this measurement is referred to as Effective Fiber Diameter or EFD.
  • Shrinkage was measured using the technique described in Example 20. Some samples expanded during heating, and these samples are reported as having negative shrinkage values.
  • Example 22 Meltblown PLA with viscosity modifying salts
  • Nonwoven webs were produced using the meltblowing process using PLA and a number of salts that greatly reduce the apparent viscosity of the melt during processing.
  • the fiber diameters of the finished nonwoven webs were also smaller when the salts are added.
  • Polypropylene was also added to some mixtures to reduce the shrinkage of the nonwoven webs.
  • the resulting web had the properties of both reduced fiber diameter and reduced shrinkage.
  • the polypropylene used was grade 3960 from Total Petrochemicals (Houston, TX).
  • the PLA used was grade 625 ID from
  • CSL Calcium Stearoyl Lactylate
  • SSL Stearoyl Lactylate
  • Ca-S Calcium Stearate
  • SBL Sodium Behenoyl Lactylate
  • RITA Corp Cistal Lake, IL
  • Formula 1 Chemical Structure of Calcium Stearoyl Lactylate (from RITA Corp.)
  • the meltb lowing process is the same as that used in Example 2.
  • the process was operated with a die temperature of 225°C.
  • the salts were added to the system by dry blending the powder with warm PLA pellets from the polymer dryer.
  • the resin was predried by heating to 71°C overnight.
  • the salt additive melted on contact with the warm PLA pellets and was blended by hand to form slightly sticky pellets that were then fed to the extruder.
  • Fiber webs of were made using the meltb lowing process with blends of PP in PET.
  • the PET resin used was grade 8603A from Invista (Wichita, KS).
  • the polypropylene used was grade 3868 from Total Petrochemicals (Houston, TX).
  • the meltblowing apparatus used consisted of a single screw extruder, and metering pump, and a meltblowing die.
  • the extruder used was a 2 inch (5.1cm) single screw extruder (David Standard, Pawcatuck, CT). After the extruder a positive displacement gear pump was used to meter and pressurize the polymer melt. The metered melt was sent to a drilled orifice meltblowing die. Drilled orifice meltblowing dies are described in US Patent 3,825,380. The die used was 20 inches (50.8 cm) wide with 25 polymer orifices per inch of width, each orifice being 0.015 inches (381 micrometers) in diameter. Blending was accomplished by feeding a dry-blended mixture of the PET and PP pellets to the extruder. Process conditions were kept constant for the different mixtures.
  • the nonwoven webs were formed, they were tested for shrinkage in the same manner as the previous PLA samples. However due to the higher glass transition of PET the convection oven was set to 150°C, rather than the previous 80°C.
  • Example 21 Additional samples were melt blended with PLA and extruded as meltblown fibers using the same equipment as described in Example 21 with the following parameters.
  • the die used was 10 inches (25.4 cm) wide with 25 polymer orifices per inch (per 2.54 cm) of width, each orifice being 0.015 inches (381 micrometers) in diameter; the die was operated at a temperature of 225°C; the air heater temperature was 275°C; the air pressure was 9.8 psi (67.6 kilopascal); the collector distance was 6.75 inches (17.1 cm) and the collector speed was 2.3 ft/min (0.70 meters/min).
  • the air gap was 0.030 inches and air knife set back was 0.010 inches (254 micrometers).
  • Air gap is the thickness of the air slots formed by the gaps between the air knives and die tip.
  • the air knife set back is defined as the distance that the face of the air knives are set behind the apex of the die tip. (i.e. a positive set back implies the apex of the die tip extends beyond the face of the air knives)
  • Nonwoven webs were produced using a meltblowing process from poly(lactic acid).
  • the PLA used was grade 625 ID from Natureworks, LLC, (Minnetonka, MN).
  • the polymer additives are shown in Table 11 below.
  • MFI for the polypropylenes has the units of grams per 10 min.
  • the effective fiber diameter (EFD) was measured by the same technique described in Example 21.
  • the basis weight was measured by weighing a 10 cm x 10 cm die cut sample and calculating to a meter base.
  • the % shrinkage was measured as described in Example 20 using 10 x 10 centimeter samples. Three samples were measured. The shrinkage reported was the average change of three samples in sample length and width, as opposed to change in sample area. The results are shown in Table 12 below.
  • MFI melt flow index
  • low or no shrinkage fibers were obtained from polypropylene over a broad molecular weight as indicated by the broad melt index polymers used.
  • Low shrinkage fibers were also obtained using polycaprolactone, a high molecular weight polyethylene oxide, and linear low density polyethylene (when used at a lower concentration).
  • polycaprolactone a high molecular weight polyethylene oxide
  • linear low density polyethylene when used at a lower concentration.
  • the results shown here are only for polymer additives at a single concentration (5%).
  • Each polymer type may have a unique optimum concentration to optimize web fiber formation, feel, shrinkage and physical properties such as tensile and elongation.
  • Figures 2-3 show the dispersed polypropylene as described herein. All are from samples in Table VI. All are at 2000X and done by embedding the sample followed by microtoming, staining to enhance constrast and imaging by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM).
  • Figure 2 is PLA alone (Control in Table IV); and
  • Figure 3 is PLA with 5% by weight Total 3860 PP.
  • Example 25 illustrates the interactions of the various blends without additives
  • Example 26 illustrates the interactions of the various blends in presence of additives
  • Example 27 demonstrates the efficacy of using the PLA polymer blends for making spunbond webs at a pilot plant operating at typical production conditions.
  • Spunbond nonwoven webs were made from various blends of poly(lactic acid) (PLA).
  • the PLA grades used were 6202D, 675 ID, and 6302D from Natureworks, LLC (Minnetonka, MN). Characteristics of the PLA grades are shown in Table 13. All the PLA materials were dried before use.
  • D-content % of the D isomer present in the PLA derived from a mixture of L and D lactic acid residues.
  • the spunbond apparatus used is that described in U.S. Patent No. 6,196,752 (Berrigan et al.).
  • the extruder used was a 2 inch (5 cm) single screw extruder from Davis-Standard (Pawcatuck, CT).
  • the die used had an effective width of 7.875 inches (20.0 cm) and was fed polymer melt from a metering pump at the rate of 45 pounds (20.4 kg) per hour (0.52 g/hole/min).
  • the die had 648 holes, each hole being 0.040 inches (1.02 mm) in diameter with a L/D of 6.
  • the extrusion temperature was 240°C.
  • the spinning speed is the filament speed calculated using the final average fiber diameter measure microscopically, and using the polymer rate per hole.
  • TAB through-air-bonder
  • the tensile properties of the calendared webs were determined using the ASTM D5035 test method.
  • the fiber samples were obtained at lay down before the TAB and their sizes measure using an optical microscope - Olympus DP71 Microscope with a digital camera.
  • the percent crystallinity of the webs were determined using TA Instruments Q2000 (#131 , Cell RC-00858) Modulated® Differential Scanning
  • Table 15 are summary of the fiber and web mechanical and thermal characteristics, and also process spinning speeds.
  • the thermal shrinkage of the webs was measured by placing a 10cm x 10cm sample in an air oven for 1 hour at 70°C and 100°C. All samples exhibited less than 4% shrinkage.
  • Spunbond nonwoven webs were made from neat poly(lactic acid) (PLA) 6202D, various blends of PLA, and a mixtures of PLAs with polypropylene (PP), and finally mixtures of PLAs with additives - 50/50 mixture Dioctyl sulfosuccinate sodium salt (DOSS) and poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) and Citroflex A4.
  • DOSS Dioctyl sulfosuccinate sodium salt
  • PEG poly(ethylene glycol)
  • Citroflex A4 Citroflex A4.
  • Masterbatches of the additives were compounding in PLA 6202D.
  • the PLA grades used were 6202D, 675 ID, and 6302D from Natureworks, LLC (Minnetonka, MN). Characteristics of the PLA grades are shown in Table 13. All PLA materials including masterbatches were dried before use. The spunbond process conditions are similar as in with Example 25.
  • the average spinning speeds were maintained at 4500 m/min +/- 200 m/min.
  • the calendaring was done over two smooth rolls as in Example 25 and the operating conditions were as follows: Temperature of top and bottom rolls was 77 °C (170 F), for 20 - 25 gsm webs the line speed was 85 - 95 fpm (26 - 29 m/min), and nip pressures of
  • Example 25 Similar to Example 25, the tensile properties of the calendared webs were determined using the ASTM D5035 test method. The tensile properties of the web in the cross direction are shown in Table 17. The tensile properties of the web in the machine direction are shown in Table 18.
  • Example 27 The data shows that minor additions of additives such as Citroflex A4 plasticizer and the PEG/DOSS hydrophilic surfactant/carrier can significantly reduce the tensile strength.
  • the PLA blends had the highest normalized tensile strength.
  • Spunbond nonwoven webs were made from neat poly(lactic acid) (PLA) 6202D, various blends of PLA, and a mixtures of PLAs with polypropylene (PP), and finally mixtures of PLAs with additives - 50/50 mixture dioctyl sulfosuccinate sodium salt (DOSS) and poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) and Citroflex A4.
  • DOSS mixture dioctyl sulfosuccinate sodium salt
  • PEG poly(ethylene glycol)
  • Citroflex A4 Citroflex A4.
  • Masterbatches of the additives were compounded in PLA 6202D.
  • the PLA grades used were 6202D, 675 ID, and 6302D from Natureworks, LLC (Minnetonka, MN). Characteristics of the PLA grades are shown in Table 13. All PLA materials including masterbatches were dried before use.
  • the spunbond were made on a 1 meter wide Reicofil 4 line line with a single beam with holes of about 5800 capillaries/meter with capillary diameter of 0.6 mm.
  • the process air temperatures in the upper and lower quench chambers were 70°and 50°C respectively. Also the humidity in both the upper and lower quench chambers was 30% and 25% respectively.
  • Both the extrusion and calendaring process conditions are presented in Table 19.
  • the confirmation of good compaction at high speeds is given in Table 20.
  • tensile properties of the webs are given in Table 21.
  • the tensile properties were obtained using the WSP 110.4 (05) ED ANA ERT 20.2.89 (Option B) test method.
  • A PLA 6202
  • B PLA 6751
  • C PLA 6302
  • D PP
  • E PEG/DOSS
  • F Pigment Table 20: Compaction at High Line Speeds
  • the draft of the calender is the speed differential between the spinbelt and the calender. Low numbers is an indication of stable webs after compaction.

Abstract

Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs include a multiplicity of continuous fibers formed from one or more thermoplastic polyesters and polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web. The webs have at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers. A spunbond process may be used to produce substantially continuous fibers that exhibit molecular orientation. A meltblown process may be used to produce discontinuous fibers that do not exhibit molecular orientation. In some embodiments, the fibers comprise a viscosity modifier and/or an anionic surfactant. The webs may be used as articles for filtration, sound absorption, thermal insulation, surface cleaning, cellular growth support, drug delivery, personal hygiene, medical apparel, or wound dressing.

Description

DIMENSIONALITY STABLE NONWOVEN FIBROUS WEBS, MELT BLOWN FINE FIBERS, AND METHODS OF MAKING AND USING THE SAME
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.
61/287,697, filed December 17, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND
Melt-spinning (or spunbonding) is the process of forming fibers by extruding molten polymer through small orifices in a die, collecting the spun filaments on a belt in a uniform random fashion, and bonding the fibers to form a cohesive web. Melt- blowing (or MB) is the process of forming fibers by extruding molten polymer through small orifices surrounded by high speed heated gas jets, and collecting the blown filaments as a cohesive web. This process is also referred to as a blown micro fiber (or
BMF) process. The most common thermoplastic material used for the BMF process is polypropylene, which produces a very fine fiber with good thermal stability.
Polyesters such as poly(ethylene) terephthalate (PET) and polyolefms such as poly(propylene) (PP) are two commonly used classes of petroleum based polymers in the commercial production of textile fibers, packaging films, beverage bottles, and injection molded goods by processes such as BMF and spunbond. Although PET has a higher melting point and superior mechanical and physical properties compared to other commercially useful polymers, it exhibits poor dimensional stability at temperatures above its glass transition temperature. Polyester fibers, e.g. aromatic polyesters such as PET and poly(ethylene) terephthalate glycol (PETG), and/or aliphatic polyesters such as poly(lactic acid) (PLA), and webs including such fibers, may shrink up to 40% of the original length when subjected to elevated temperatures due to the relaxation of the oriented amorphous segments of the molecules to relax upon exposure to heat {See Narayanan, V.; Bhat, G.S. and L.C. Wadsworth. TAPPI Proceedings: Nonwovens Conference & Trade Fair. (1998) 29-36).
Furthermore, PET has generally not been considered as suitable for applications involving high-speed processing because of its slow crystallization from the melt state; at commercial production rates, the polymer has minimal opportunity to form well developed crystallites. Articles prepared from PET fibers typically need to undergo an additional stage of drawing and heat-setting (e.g. annealing) during the fiber spinning process to dimensionally stabilize the produced structure.
Additionally, there is also a growing interest in replacing petroleum-based polymers, such as PET and polypropylene (PP), with resource renewable polymers, i.e., polymers derived from plant based materials. Ideal resource renewable polymers are "carbon dioxide neutral" meaning that as much carbon dioxide is consumed in growing the plants base material as is given off when the product is made and disposed of.
Biodegradable materials have adequate properties to permit them to break down when exposed to conditions which lead to composting. Examples of materials thought to be biodegradable include aliphatic polyesters such as poly(lactic acid) (PLA),
poly(glycolic acid), poly(caprolactone), copolymers of lactide and glycolide, poly(ethylene succinate), and combinations thereof.
However, difficulty is often encountered in the use of aliphatic polyesters such as poly(lactic acid) for BMF due to aliphatic polyester thermoplastics having relatively high melt viscosities which yields nonwoven webs that generally cannot be made at the same fiber diameters that polypropylene can on standard nonwoven production equipment such as spunbond and BMF production lines. The coarser fiber diameters of polyester webs can limit their application as many final product properties are controlled by fiber diameter. For example, course fibers lead to a noticeably stiffer and less appealing feel for skin contact applications. Furthermore, course fibers produce webs with larger porosity that can lead to webs that have less of a barrier property, e.g. less repellency to aqueous fluids.
The processing of aliphatic polyesters as micro fibers has been described in U.S. Patent No. 6,645,618 (Hobbs et al.) and 6,645,618. U.S. Patent No. 6,111,160 (Gruber et .al.) discloses the use of melt stable polylactides to form nonwoven articles via melt blown and spunbound processes. JP6466943A (Shigemitsu et al.) describes a low shrinkage-characteristic polyester system and its manufacture approach. U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0160861 (Berrigan et al.) describes a method for making a bonded nonwoven fibrous web comprising extruding melt blown fibers of a polyethylene terephthalate and polylactic acid, collecting the melt blown fibers as an initial nonwoven fibrous web, and annealing the initial nonwoven fibrous web with a controlled heating and cooling operation. U.S. Patent No. 5,364,694 (Okada et al.) describes a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) based meltblown nonwoven fabric and its manufacture. U.S. Patent No. 5,753,736 (Bhat et al.) describes the manufacture of polyethylene terephthalate fiber with reduced shrinkage through the use of nucleation agent, reinforcer and a combination of both.
U.S. Patent Nos. 5,585,056 and 6,005,019 describe a surgical article comprising absorbable polymer fibers and a plasticizer containing stearic acid and its salts.
Thermoplastic polymers are widely employed to create a variety of products, including blown and cast films, extruded sheets, foams, fibers, monofilament and multifilament yarns, and products made therefrom, woven and knitted fabrics, and non- woven fibrous webs. Traditionally, many of these articles have been made from petroleum-based thermoplastics such as polyolefms.
Degradation of aliphatic polyesters can occur through multiple mechanisms including hydrolysis, transesterification, chain scission, and the like. Instability of such polymers during processing can occur at elevated temperatures as described in
WO94/07941 (Gruber et al).
Many thermoplastic polymers used in these products, such as
polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHA), are inherently hydrophobic. That is, as a woven, knit, or nonwoven such as a spunbond fabric, they will not absorb water. There are a number of uses for thermoplastic polymers where their hydrophobic nature either limits their use or requires some effort to modify the surface of the shaped articles made therefrom.
For example, polylactic acid has been reported to be used in the manufacture of nonwoven webs that are employed in the construction of absorbent articles such as diapers, feminine care products, and personal incontinence products (U.S. Patent No. 5,910,368). These materials were rendered hydrophilic through the use of a post treatment topical application of a silicone copolyol surfactant. Such surfactants are not thermally stable and can break down in an extruder to yield formaldehyde.
U.S. Patent No. 7,623,339 discloses a polyolefm resin rendered antimicrobial and hydrophilic using a combination of fatty acid monoglycerides and enhancer(s).
Coating methods to provide a hydrophilic surface are known, but also have some limitations. First of all, the extra step required in coating preparation is expensive and time consuming. Many of the solvents used for coating are flammable liquids or have exposure limits that require special production facilities. The quantity of surfactant can also be limited by the solubility of the surfactant in the coating solvent and the thickness of the coating.
Post treatment of the thermoplastic polymer can be undesirable for at least two other reasons. First, it can be more expensive since it requires additional processing steps of surfactant application and drying. Second, PHAs are polyesters, and thus prone to hydrolysis. It is desirable to limit the exposure of PHA polymers to water which can be present in the surfactant application solution. Furthermore, the subsequent drying step at elevated temperature in the wet web is highly undesirable.
Brief Description of the Drawings
FIGURE 1 is a graph showing the drop in pump exit back pressure with the addition of an exemplary viscosity modifier.
FIGURE 2 is an image of a Transmission Electron Microscopy of PLA fiber alone as a control.
FIGURE 3 is an image of a Transmission Electron Microscopy of PLA fiber with 5% by weight of polypropylene dispersed in the fiber.
FIGURE 4 is a graph showing the normalized tensile load in the cross direction for spunbond nonwoven webs made according to Example 26.
FIGURE 5 is a graph showing the normalized tensile load in the machine direction for spunbond nonwoven webs made according to Example 26.
SUMMARY
The present disclosure relates to dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using such webs. The disclosure further relates to dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs including blends of polypropylene and an aliphatic and/or aromatic polyester useful in making articles, such as biodegradable and biocompatible articles.
In one aspect, the disclosure relates to a web including a plurality of continuous fibers comprising one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters; and polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, wherein the fibers exhibit molecular orientation and extend substantially endlessly through the web, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers, but below the melting point of the fibers in an unrestrained condition. In some exemplary embodiments, the molecular orientation of the fibers results in a birefringence value of at least 0.01. In most embodiments, the fibers are microfibers, and particularly fine fibers.
In some exemplary embodiments, the thermoplastic polyester comprises at least one aromatic polyester. In certain exemplary embodiments, the aromatic polyester is selected from poly(ethylene) terephthalate (PET), poly(ethylene) terephthalate glycol (PETG), poly(butylene) terephthalate (PBT), poly(trimethyl) terephthalate (PTT), their copolymers, or combinations thereof. In other exemplary embodiments, the
thermoplastic polyester comprises at least one aliphatic polyester. In certain exemplary embodiments, the aliphatic polymer is selected from one or more poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), polybutylene succinate, polyethylene adipate, polyhydroxy-butyrate, polyhydroxyvalerate, blends, and copolymers thereof. In certain exemplary embodiments, the aliphatic polyester is semicrystalline.
In another aspect, the disclosure relates to a web including a plurality of fibers comprising one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters; and polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, wherein the fibers do not exhibit molecular orientation, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers, but below the melting point of the fibers. In certain exemplary
embodiments, the thermoplastic polyester comprises at least one aliphatic polyester selected from the group consisting of one or more poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), polybutylene succinate, polyethylene adipate,
polyhydroxy-butyrate, polyhydroxyvalerate, blends, and copolymers thereof. In certain exemplary embodiments, the aliphatic polyester is semicrystalline. In most
embodiments, the fibers are microfibers, particularly fine fibers.
In additional exemplary embodiments related to both of the previously described aspects of the disclosure, the plurality of fibers may comprise a thermoplastic
(co)polymer distinct from the thermoplastic polyester. In further exemplary
embodiments, the fibers may comprise at least one of a plasticizer, a diluent, a surfactant, a viscosity modifier, an antimicrobial component, or combinations thereof. In some particular exemplary embodiments, the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of no greater than about 25 μιη. In certain of these embodiments, the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of no greater than 12 μιη. In other embodiments, the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of no greater than 8 μιη. In certain of these embodiments, the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of at least 1 μιη. In additional exemplary embodiments, the web is biocompatible.
The present disclosure is also directed to fine fibers of aliphatic polyesters, articles made with the fine fibers, and a method for making the aliphatic polyester fine fibers by a blown microfiber (BMF) process. The fibers may be melt-processable and have utility in a variety of food safety, medical, personal hygiene, disposable and reusable garments, and water purification applications.
A melt blown web of the fine fibers is formed by use of a viscosity modifier to reduce the viscosity of the aliphatic polyesters, such as PLA. In certain exemplary embodiments, the viscosity modifier is selected from the group consisting of alkyl carboxylates and carboxylic acids, alkenyl carboxylates and carboxylic acids, aralkyl carboxylates and carboxylic acids, alkylethoxylated carboxylates and carboxylic acids, aralkylethoxylated carboxylates and carboxylic acids, alkyl lactylates and carboxylic acids, alkenyl lactylates and carboxylic acids, and mixtures thereof. By dramatically reducing the viscosity of the aliphatic polyester during the BMF process, the average diameter of the fibers is reduced, resulting in fine fibers, typically less than 12 microns, in the melt blown web.
In some exemplary embodiments, the web is a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web formed from a molten mixture of the thermoplastic polyester and the polypropylene. In further exemplary embodiments, the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web is selected from the group consisting of a spunbond web, a blown microfiber web, a hydroentangled web, or combinations thereof.
In a further aspect, the disclosure relates to a method of making a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web comprising forming a mixture of one or more
thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters with polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture; forming a plurality of fibers from the mixture; and collecting at least a portion of the fibers to form a web, wherein the fibers exhibit molecular orientation and extend substantially endlessly through the web, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension in the plane of the web which decreases by no greater than 10% when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers, but below the melting point of the fibers when measured with the web in an unrestrained condition. In some embodiments, the fibers may be formed using melt-spinning, filament extrusion, electrospinning, gas jet fibrillation or combinations thereof.
In still another aspect, the disclosure relates to a method of making a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web comprising forming a mixture of one or more thermoplastic aliphatic polyesters with polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture; forming a plurality of fibers from the mixture; and collecting at least a portion of the fibers to form a web, wherein the fibers do not exhibit molecular orientation, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers, but below the melting point of the fibers. In some exemplary embodiments, the fibers may be formed using a melt-blowing (e.g. BMF) process.
In some exemplary embodiments, the methods may further comprise post heating the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web, for example, by controlled heating or cooling of the web.
In a further aspect, the disclosure relates to an article comprising a
dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web as described above, wherein the article is selected from a gas filtration article, a liquid filtration article, a sound absorption article, a thermal insulation article, a surface cleaning article, a cellular growth support article, a drug delivery article, a personal hygiene article, a wound dressing article, an adhesive coated tape, and a dental hygiene article. In certain exemplary embodiments, the article may be a surgical or medical drape. In other exemplary embodiments, the article may be a surgical or medical gown. In other exemplary embodiments, the article may be a sterilization wrap. In further exemplary embodiments, the article may be a wound contact material.
Exemplary aliphatic polyesters are poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), polybutylene succinate, polyhydroxybutyrate,
polyhydroxyvalerate, blends, and copolymers thereof.
Articles made with the fine fibers comprise molded polymeric articles, polymeric sheets, polymeric fibers, woven webs, nonwoven webs, porous membranes, polymeric foams, layered fine fibers, composite webs such as SMS (Spunbond, Meltblown, Spunbond), SMMS, and combinations thereof made of the fine fibers described herein including thermal or adhesive laminates. Examples of useful articles of this disclosure are wound contact materials made of a film, foam and/or woven or nonwoven comprising the fine fibers and sterilization wraps, surgical drapes or surgical gowns made at least in part of the fine fibers.
Products such as medical gowns, medical drapes, sterilization wraps, wipes, absorbents, insulation, and filters can be made from melt-blown fine fibers of aliphatic polyesters, such as PLA. Films, membranes, nonwovens, scrims and the like can be extrusion bonded or thermally laminated directly to the webs.
Exemplary embodiments of the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs according to the present disclosure may have structural features that enable their use in a variety of applications, have exceptional absorbent properties, exhibit high porosity and permeability due to their low solidity, and/or be manufactured in a cost-effective manner. Due to the small diameter of the fibers formed (fine fibers), the webs may have a soft feel similar to polyolefm webs but in many cases exhibit superior tensile strength due to the higher modulus of the aliphatic polyester used.
Bi-component fibers, such as core-sheath or side-by-side bi-component fibers, may be prepared, as may be bicomponent microfibers, including sub-micrometer fibers. However, exemplary embodiments of the disclosure may be particularly useful and advantageous with monocomponent fibers. Among other benefits, the ability to use monocomponent fibers reduces complexity of manufacturing and places fewer limitations on use of the web.
Exemplary methods of producing dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs according to the present disclosure may have advantages in terms of higher production rate, higher production efficiency, lower production cost, and the like.
Blends may be made using a variety of other polymers including aromatic polyesters, aliphatic/aromatic copolyesters such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 7,241,838 which is incorporated herein by reference, cellulose esters, cellulose ethers, thermoplastic starches, ethylene vinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol, ethylenevinyl alcohol, and the like. In blended compositions which include thermoplastic polymers which are not aliphatic polyesters, the aliphatic polyester is typically present at a concentration of greater than 70% by weight of total thermoplastic polymer, preferably greater than 80% by weight of total thermoplastic polymer and most preferably greater than about 90% by weight of thermoplastic polymer. It was found that incorporation of other polymers can significantly degrade the physical properties of the nonwovens made. This may be due to reduced crystallinity in the aliphatic polyester. Thus, for applications requiring strong nonwovens such as surgical drapes and gowns the amount of blended polymer or other additive other than the PP to reduce shrinkage, the surfactant to provide hydrophilicity and the viscosity modifier to enable fine fiber formation should be minimized. In these applications the amount of additives other than the PP and surfactant should be kept to less than 10%> by weight of the aliphatic polyester, preferably less than 8% by weight of the aliphatic polyester, more preferably less than
5% by weight of the aliphatic polyester, and even more preferably less than 3% by weight of the polyester.
The present disclosure is also directed to a composition, article and method for making a durable hydrophilic and preferably biocompatible composition. The composition and articles comprise the thermoplastic polyesters and the surfactants as described herein. The method comprises providing the thermoplastic polyesters and the surfactants as described herein, and mixing these materials sufficiently to yield a biocompatible, durable hydrophilic composition.
In another aspect, the polymer is solvent soluble or dispersible and the composition may be solvent cast, solvent spun to form films or fibers, or foams.
The melt processable composition of aliphatic polyesters and surfactants exhibit durable hydrophilicity. In some cases the surfactant may be dissolved in or along with a surfactant carrier. The surfactant carrier and/or surfactant may be a plasticizer for the thermoplastic aliphatic polyester.
The compositions of this invention are "relatively homogenous". That is, the compositions can be produced by melt extrusion with good mixing and at the time of extrusion would be relatively homogenous in concentration throughout. It is recognized, however, that over time and/or with heat treatment the surfactant(s) may migrate to become higher or lower in concentration at certain points, such as at the surface of the fiber.
In another aspect, a method of preparing durable hydrophilic fibers from a mixture or blend of thermoplastic film- forming aliphatic polyester, and at least one surfactant, is provided. The melt of the blend is processed or shaped, for example, by extrusion or molding to produce fibers with the surfactants dissolved or dispersed within the fiber and present at the surfaces of the fiber to render those surfaces durably hydrophilic. Because some surfactants demonstrate thermal sensitivity, the processing temperatures in the extruder are preferably kept below about 300°C, more preferably below about 250°C, and even more preferably below 200°C where those surfactants are exposed to such temperatures given the particular processing technique. The durable hydrophilicity is achieved without requiring post fiber finishing operations, e.g.
application of additional surfactant, because the fiber is durably hydrophilic as extruded, however, heating the web after extrusion may help to bloom surfactant to the surface and improve hydrophilicity. This is done at temperatures at or above the glass transition temperature of the thermoplastic(s) and is typically less than 120°C and even less than 100°C.
The hydrophilicity imparted to the fiber compositions described herein is done using at least one melt additive surfactant. Suitable anionic surfactants include alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl, or arakyl sulfate, alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl, or arakyl sulfonate, alkyl, alkenyl alkaryl, or arakyl phosphate, alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl, or arakyl carboxylate or a combination thereof. The alkyl and alkenyl groups may be linear or branched. These surfactants may be modified as is known in the art. For example, as used herein an "alkyl carboxylate" is a surfactant having an alkyl group and a carboxylate group but it may also include, for example, bridging moieties such as polyalkylene oxide groups, e.g., isodeceth-7 carboxylate sodium salt is an alkyl carboxylate having a branched chain of ten carbons (CIO) alkyl group, seven moles of ethylene oxide and terminated in a carboxylate.
Various aspects and advantages of exemplary embodiments of the present invention have been summarized. The above Summary is not intended to describe each illustrated embodiment or every implementation of the present invention. The Detailed Description and the Examples that follow more particularly exemplify certain presently preferred embodiments using the principles disclosed herein. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
The present disclosure relates generally to dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs or fabrics. The webs include a plurality of fibers formed from a
(co)polymer mixture that is preferably melt processable, such that the (co)polymer mixture is capable of being extruded. Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs may be prepared by blending an aliphatic and/or aromatic polyester with polypropylene (PP) in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, before or during extrusion. The resulting webs have at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web, when the web is heated to a
temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers while in an unrestrained condition. In certain embodiments, the fibers may exhibit molecular orientation.
In the plane of the web refers to the x-y plane of the web, which may also be referred to as the machine direction and/or cross direction of the web. Thus, fibers and webs described herein have at least one dimension in the plane of the web, e.g., the machine or the cross direction, that decreases by no greater than 10%, when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers.
The fibrous webs or fabrics as described herein are dimensionally stable when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers. The webs may be heated 15°C, 20°C, 30°C, 45°C and even 55°C above the glass transition temperature of the aromatic and/or aliphatic polyester fibers, and the web will remain dimensionally stable, e.g., having at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web. The web should not be heated to a temperature that melts the fibers, or causes the fibers to appreciably degrade, as demonstrated by such characteristics as loss of molecular weight or discoloration.
While not intending to be bound by theory, it is believed that aggregates of PP may thereby be evenly distributed through the core of the filament; the polyolefin is believed to act as a selectively miscible additive. At low weight percents of the web, PP mixes with the polyester and physically inhibits chain movement, thereby suppressing cold crystallization, and macroscopic shrinkage is not observed. If the weight percent of the PP is increased further beyond 10 percent by weight, the PP and polyester phase separate and rearrangement of the polyester is not affected.
In one preferred embodiment, the method of the present disclosure comprises providing the aliphatic polyesters and the viscosity modifier(s) as described herein, and melt blowing these materials sufficiently to yield a web of fine fibers. While not intending to be bound by theory, the viscosity modifier likely does not plasticize the melt processable fine fibers of aliphatic polyesters. The compositions are preferably non-irritating and non-sensitizing to mammalian skin and biodegradable. The aliphatic polyester generally has a lower melt processing temperature and can yield a more flexible output material.
In another preferred embodiment the present invention discloses the use of melt additive anionic surfactants, optionally combined with surfactant carriers such as polyethylene glycol, to impart stable durable hydrophilicity to aliphatic polyester thermoplastics such as polyhydroxyalkanoates (e.g. polylactic acid). Embodiments comprising the anionic surfactants described herein are particularly useful for making hydrophilic absorbent polylactic acid nonwoven film laminate drapes used in surgery, as well as personal care absorbents such as feminine hygiene pads, diapers, incontinence pads, and the like. The use of these anionic surfactants also provides useful antifog films when using transparent aliphatic polyesters. These antifog films may be used in food packaging, for safety eyewear and the like.
Hydrophilicity, or the lack thereof, can be measured in a variety of ways. For example, when water contacts a porous nonwoven web that is hydrophobic or has lost its hydrophilicity, the water does not flow, or flows undesirably slowly, through the web. Importantly the fibers and webs of the present invention exhibit stable
hydrophilicity (water absorbency). That is, they remain hydrophilic after aging in a clean but porous enclosure such as a poly/Tyvek pouch for over 30 days at 23°C or lower and preferably for over 40 days.
Preferred materials of this invention wet with water and thus have an apparent surface energy of great than 72 dynes/cm (surface tension of pure water). The most preferred materials of this invention instantly absorb water and remain water absorbent after aging for 10 days at 5°C, 23°C and 45°C. More preferred materials of this invention instantly absorb water and remain water absorbent after aging for 20 days at 5°C, 23°C and 45°C. Even more materials of this invention instantly absorb water and remain water absorbent after aging for 30 days at 5°C, 23°C and 45°C.
Most preferred compositions remain hydrophilic (water absorbent) after more than 10 days at 45°C, preferably more than 30 days and most preferably greater than 40 days, when tested according to the methods described in the Examples. The preferred fabrics are instantaneously wettable and absorbent and are capable of absorbing water at very high initial rates.
For the following defined terms, these definitions shall be applied, unless a different definition is given in the claims or elsewhere in the specification. The term "biodegradable" means degradable by the action of naturally occurring microorganisms such as bacteria, fungi and algae and/or natural
environmental factors such as hydrolysis, transesterification, exposure to ultraviolet or visible light (photodegradable) and enzymatic mechanisms or combinations thereof.
The term "biocompatible" means biologically compatible by not producing toxic, injurious or immunological response in living tissue. Biocompatible materials may also be broken down by biochemical and/or hydrolytic processes and absorbed by living tissue. Test methods used include ASTM F719 for applications where the fine fibers contact tissue such as skin, wounds, mucosal tissue including in an orifice such as the esophagus or urethra, and ASTM F763 for applications where the fine fibers are implanted in tissue.
The term "bi-component fiber" or "multi-component fiber" means fibers with two or more components, each component occupying a part of the cross-sectional area of the fiber and extending over a substantial length of the fiber. Suitable multi- component fiber configurations include, but are not limited to, a sheath-core configuration, a side -by-side configuration, and an "islands-in-the-sea" configuration (for example, fibers produced by Kuraray Company, Ltd., Okayama, Japan).
The term "monocomponent fiber" means fibers in which the fibers have essentially the same composition across their cross-section, but monocomponent includes blends or additive-containing materials, in which a continuous phase of substantially uniform composition extends across the cross-section and over the length of the fiber. Fibers made of blends in which the additive is heterogeneiously dispersed in the polymer phase both across the cross section and along the fiber length is considered a monocomponent fiber.
The term "biodegradable" means degradable by the action of naturally occurring microorganisms such as bacteria, fungi and algae and/or natural
environmental factors such as hydrolysis, transesterification, exposure to ultraviolet or visible light (photodegradable) and enzymatic mechanisms or combinations thereof.
The term "biocompatible" means biologically compatible by not producing toxic, injurious or immunological response in living tissue. Biocompatible materials may also be broken down by biochemical and/or hydrolytic processes and absorbed by living tissue. Test methods used include ASTM F719 for applications where the fine fibers contact tissue such as skin, wounds, mucosal tissue including in an orifice such as the esophagus or urethra, and ASTM F763 for applications where the fine fibers are implanted in tissue.
The term " durable hydrophilic" means that the composition, typically in fiber or fabric form, remains water absorbent when aged at least 30 days at 23°C and preferably at least 40 days at 23°C
The term "median fiber diameter" means fiber diameter determined by producing one or more images of the fiber structure, such as by using a scanning electron microscope; measuring the fiber diameter of clearly visible fibers in the one or more images resulting in a total number of fiber diameters, x; and calculating the median fiber diameter of the x fiber diameters. Typically, x is greater than about 20, more preferably greater than about 50, and desirably ranges from about 50 to about 200.
The term "fine fiber" generally refers to fibers having a median fiber diameter of no greater than about 50 micrometers (μιη), preferably no greater than 25 μιη, more preferably no greater than 20 μιη, still more preferably no greater than 12 μιη, even more preferably no greater than 10 μιη, and most preferably no greater than 5 μιη.
"Microfibers" are a population of fibers having a median fiber diameter of at least one μιη but no greater than 100 μιη.
"Ultrafme microfibers" are a population of microfibers having a median fiber diameter of two μιη or less.
"Sub-micrometer fibers" are a population of fibers having a median fiber diameter of no greater than one μιη.
When reference is made herein to a batch, group, array, etc. of a particular kind of microfiber, e.g., "an array of sub-micrometer fibers," it means the complete population of microfibers in that array, or the complete population of a single batch of microfibers, and not only that portion of the array or batch that is of sub-micrometer dimensions.
"Continuous oriented microfibers" herein refers to essentially continuous fibers issuing from a die and traveling through a processing station in which the fibers are drawn and at least portions of the molecules within the fibers are oriented into alignment with the longitudinal axis of the fibers ("oriented" as used with respect to fibers means that at least portions of the molecules of the fibers are aligned along the longitudinal axis of the fibers). "Melt-blown fibers" herein refers to fibers prepared by extruding molten fiber-forming material through orifices in a die into a high-velocity gaseous stream, where the extruded material is first attenuated and then solidifies as a mass of fibers.
"Separately prepared sub-micrometer fibers" means a stream of sub-micrometer fibers produced from a sub-micrometer fiber-forming apparatus (e.g., a die) positioned such that the sub-micrometer fiber stream is initially spatially separate (e.g., over a distance of about 1 inch (25 mm) or more from, but will merge in flight and disperse into, a stream of larger size micro fibers.
"Autogenous bonding" is defined as bonding between fibers at an elevated temperature as obtained in an oven or with a through-air bonder without application of direct contact pressure such as in point-bonding or calendering.
"Molecularly same" polymer refers to polymers that have essentially the same repeating molecular unit, but which may differ in molecular weight, method of manufacture, commercial form, etc.
"Self supporting" or "self sustaining" in describing a web means that the web can be held, handled and processed by itself, e.g., without support layers or other support aids.
"Solidity" is a nonwoven web property inversely related to density and characteristic of web permeability and porosity (low Solidity corresponds to high permeability and high porosity), and is defined by the equation:
Solidity (%) = [3.937 * Web Basis Weight (g/m2)]
[Web Thickness (mils) * Bulk Density (g/cm3)]
"Web Basis Weight" is calculated from the weight of a 10 cm x 10 cm web sample.
"Web Thickness" is measured on a 10 cm x 10 cm web sample using a thickness testing gauge having a tester foot with dimensions of 5 cm x 12.5 cm at an applied pressure of 150 Pa.
"Bulk Density" is the bulk density of the polymer or polymer blend that makes up the web, taken from the literature.
"Web" as used herein generally is a network of entangled fibers forming a sheet like or fabric like structure.
"Nonwoven" generally refers to fabric consisting of an assembly of polymeric fibers (oriented in one direction or in a random manner) held together (1) by mechanical interlocking; (2) by fusing of thermoplastic fibers; (3) by bonding with a suitable binder such as a natural or synthetic polymeric resin; or (4) any combination thereof.
As used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a", "an", and "the" include plural referents unless the content clearly dictates otherwise.
Thus, for example, reference to fine fibers containing "a compound" includes a mixture of two or more compounds. As used in this specification and the appended claims, the term "or" is generally employed in its sense including "and/or" unless the content clearly dictates otherwise.
As used in this specification, the recitation of numerical ranges by endpoints includes all numbers subsumed within that range (e.g. 1 to 5 includes 1, 1.5, 2, 2.75, 3, 3.8, 4, and 5).
Unless otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities or ingredients, measurement of properties and so forth used in the specification and claims are to be understood as being modified in all instances by the term "about." Accordingly, unless indicated to the contrary, the numerical parameters set forth in the foregoing specification and attached claims are approximations that can vary depending upon the desired properties sought to be obtained by those skilled in the art utilizing the teachings of the present invention. At the very least, and not as an attempt to limit the application of the doctrine of equivalents to the scope of the claims, each numerical parameter should at least be construed in light of the number of reported significant digits and by applying ordinary rounding techniques.
Various exemplary embodiments of the disclosure will now be described. Exemplary embodiments of the present invention may take on various modifications and alterations without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure.
Accordingly, it is to be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not to be limited to the following described exemplary embodiments, but is to be controlled by the limitations set forth in the claims and any equivalents thereof.
Reference throughout this specification to "one embodiment," "certain embodiments," "one or more embodiments" or "an embodiment," whether or not including the term "exemplary" preceding the term "embodiment," means that a particular feature, structure, material, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. Thus, the appearances of the phrases such as "in one or more embodiments," "in certain embodiments," "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment of the present invention. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, materials, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
A. Dimensionally Stable Nonwoven Fibrous Webs
In some embodiments, dimensionally stable nonwoven webs may be formed from a molten mixture of a thermoplastic polyester and a polypropylene. In certain embodiments, the dimensionally stable nonwoven webs may be a spunbond web, a blown microfiber web, a hydroentangled web, or combinations thereof. These webs may be post processed into other forms. For example, they may be embossed, apertured, perforated, microcreped, laminated, etc. in order to provide additional properties. It is particularly advantageous that post processing thermal processes can be accomplished without shrinkage or loss of hydrophilicity on fine fiber fabrics.
1. Molecularly Oriented Fibers
In certain embodiments, dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs can be prepared by fiber- forming processes in which filaments of fiber- forming material are formed by extrusion of a mixture of one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic and aromatic polyesters with polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture, subjected to orienting forces, and passed through a turbulent field of gaseous currents while at least some of the extruded filaments are in a softened condition and reach their freezing temperature (e.g., the temperature at which the fiber-forming material of the filaments solidifies) while in the turbulent field. Such fiber formations processes include, for example, melt-spinning
(i.e. spunbond), filament extrusion, electrospinning, gas jet fibrillation or combinations thereof.
The resulting webs have at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers. The glass transition temperature of the fibers may be determined conventionally as is known in the art, for example, using differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), or modulated DSC. In certain exemplary embodiments, the thermoplastic polyester may be selected to include at least one aromatic polyester. In other exemplary embodiments, the aromatic polyester may be selected from PET, PETG, poly(butylene) terephthalate (PBT), poly(trimethyl) terephthalate (PTT), or combinations thereof.
As noted above, the fibers are preferably molecularly oriented; i.e., the fibers preferably comprise molecules that are aligned lengthwise of the fibers and are locked into (i.e., are thermally trapped into) that alignment. Oriented fibers are fibers where there is molecular orientation within the fiber. Fully oriented and partially oriented polymeric fibers are known and commercially available. Orientation of fibers can be measured in a number of ways, including birefringence, heat shrinkage, X-ray scattering, and elastic modulus (see e.g. Principles of Polymer Processing, Zehev
Tadmor and Costas Gogos, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1979, pp. 77-84). It is important to note that molecular orientation is distinct from crystallinity, as both crystalline and amorphous materials can exhibit molecular orientation independent from crystallization. Thus, even though commercially known sub-micrometer fibers made by melt-blowing or electrospinning are not oriented, there are known methods of imparting molecular orientation to fibers made using those processes.
Oriented fibers prepared according exemplary embodiments of the disclosure may show a difference in birefringence from segment to segment. By viewing a single fiber through a polarized microscope and estimating retardation number using the Michel-Levy chart (see On-Line Determination of Density and Crystallinity During
Melt Spinning, Vishal Bansal et al, Polymer Engineering and Science, November 1996, Vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 2785-2798), birefringence is obtained with the following formula: birefringence = retardation (nm)/1000D, where D is the fiber diameter in micrometers. We have found that exemplary fibers susceptible to birefringence measurements generally include segments that differ in birefringence number by at least 5%, and preferably at least 10%. Some exemplary fibers may include segments that differ in birefringence number by 20 or even 50 percent. In some exemplary embodiments, the molecular orientation of the fibers results in a bi-refringence value of at least 0.00001, more preferably at least about 0.0001, still more preferably at least about 0.001, most preferably at least about 0.01.
Different oriented fibers or portions of an oriented fiber also may exhibit differences in properties as measured by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC). For example, DSC tests on exemplary webs prepared according to the disclosure may reveal the presence of chain-extended crystallization by the presence of a dual melting peak. A higher-temperature peak may be obtained for the melting point for a chain- extended, or strain-induced, crystalline portion; and another, generally lower- temperature peak may occur at the melting point for a non-chain-extended, or less- ordered, crystalline portion. The term "peak" herein means that portion of a heating curve that is attributable to a single process, e.g., melting of a specific molecular portion of a fiber such as a chain-extended portion. The peaks may be sufficiently close to one another that one peak has the appearance of a shoulder of the curve defining the other peak, but they are still regarded as separate peaks, because they represent melting points of distinct molecular fractions.
In certain exemplary embodiments, the passive longitudinal segments of the fibers may be oriented to a degree exhibited by typical spunbond fibrous webs. In crystalline or semi-crystalline polymers, such segments preferably exhibit strain- induced or chain-extended crystallization (i.e., molecular chains within the fiber have a crystalline order aligned generally along the fiber axis). As a whole, the web can exhibit strength properties like those obtained in spunbond webs, while being strongly bondable in ways that a typical spunbond web cannot be bonded. And autogenously bonded webs of the invention can have a loft and uniformity through the web that are not available with the point-bonding or calendering generally used with spunbond webs.
While not intending to be bound by theory, it is believed that molecular orientation is improved through the use of fiber attenuation as is known in the art (See U. W. Gedde, Polymer Physics, 1st Ed. Chapman & Hall, London, 1995, 298.) An increase in percent crystallinity of the attenuated fibers may thus be observed. The crystallites stabilize the filaments by acting as anchoring which inhibit chain motion, and rearrangement and crystallization of the rigid amorphous fraction; as the percentage of crystallinity is increased the rigid amorphous and amorphous fraction is decreased. Semi-crystalline, linear polymers consist of a crystalline and an amorphous phase with both phases being connected by tie molecules. The tie-molecule appears in both phases; strain builds at the coupled interface and it appears particularly obvious in the amorphous phase as observed in the broadening of the glass transition to higher temperatures in semi-crystalline polymers. In cases of strong coupling, the affected molecular segments are produce a separate intermediate phase of the amorphous phase called the rigid amorphous fraction. The intermediate phase, forming the extended boundary between the crystalline and amorphous phases, is characterized by lower local entropy than that of the fully amorphous phase.
At temperatures above the glass transition and below the melting temperature of the material, the rigid amorphous fraction rearranges and crystallizes; it undergoes cold crystallization. The percentages of crystalline and rigid amorphous material present in the fibers determine the macroscopic shrinkage value. The presence of crystallites may act to stabilize the filaments by acting as anchoring or tie points and inhibit chain motion.
Furthermore, it is presently believed that a total percent crystallinity of at least about 30% is required for PET to show dimensional stability at elevated temperatures; this level of crystallinity can generally only be obtained in a pure polyester system by thermally annealing the web after the fiber forming process. Additionally, in conventional melt spinning, 0.08g/denier stress is generally required to induce crystallization in-line without any type of additive. In a typical spunbonding operation at production rates of 1 g/die hole/minute, spinning speeds of 6000 meters per minute are generally needed to produce the required thread-line tension. However, most spunbonding systems provide only filament speeds from 3,000-5,000 meters per minute (m/min).
We have found that preferred aliphatic polyester fabrics such as those made from PL A have at least 20 % crystallinity, preferably at least 30% crystallinity and most preferably at least 50% crystallinity in order to have optimum dimensional stability at elevated temperatures and mechanical properties such as tensile strength.
Thus, exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure may be particularly useful in forming dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs including molecularly oriented fibers using a high production rate spunbonding process. For example, dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may, in some embodiments, be prepared using a spunbonding process at rates of at least 5,000 m/min, more preferably at least 6,000 m/min.
2. Non-molecularly Oriented Fibers
In alternative embodiments, dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs can be prepared by fiber- forming processes in which substantially non-molecularly oriented filaments of fiber- forming material are formed from a mixture of one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters with polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture, before or during extrusion. The resulting webs have at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers. In some exemplary embodiments, the fibers may be formed using a melt-blowing (e.g. BMF) process.
3. Fiber Sizes
In some exemplary embodiments of the above referenced fiber-forming processes used to produce dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, a preferred fiber component is a fine fiber. In certain more preferred embodiments, a fine fiber component is a sub-micrometer fiber component comprising fibers having a median fiber diameter of no greater than one micrometer (μιη). Thus, in certain exemplary embodiments, the fibers exhibit a median diameter of no greater than about one micrometer (μιη). In some exemplary embodiments, the sub-micrometer fiber component comprises fibers have a median fiber diameter ranging from about 0.2 μιη to about 0.9 μιη. In other exemplary embodiments, the sub-micrometer fiber component comprises fibers have a median fiber diameter ranging from about 0.5 μιη to about 0.7 μιη.
The sub-micrometer fiber component may comprise monocomponent fibers comprising the above-mentioned polymers or copolymers (i.e. (co)polymers. In this exemplary embodiment, the monocomponent fibers may also contain additives as described below. Alternatively, the fibers formed may be multi-component fibers.
In other exemplary embodiments, the nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may additionally or alternatively comprise one or more coarse fiber components such as microfiber component. In some exemplary embodiments, the coarse fiber component may exhibit a median diameter of no greater than about 50 μιη, more preferably no greater than 25 μιη, more preferably no greater than 20 μιη, even more preferably no greater than 12 μιη, still more preferably no greater than 10 μιη, and most preferably no greater than 5 μιη. In other exemplary embodiments, a preferred coarse fiber component is a microfiber component comprising fibers having a median fiber diameter of at least 1 μιη, more preferably at least 5 μιη, more preferably still at least 10 μιη, even more preferably at least 20 μιη, and most preferably at least 25 μιη. In certain exemplary embodiments, the microfiber component comprises fibers having a median fiber diameter ranging from about 1 μιη to about 100 μιη. In other exemplary embodiments, the microfiber component comprises fibers have a median fiber diameter ranging from about 5 μιη to about 50 μιη.
4. Layered Structures
In other exemplary embodiments, a multi-layer nonwoven fibrous web may be formed by overlaying on a support layer a dimensionally stable dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web comprising an overlayer of microfibers on an underlayer comprising a population of sub-micrometer fibers, such that at least a portion of the sub -micrometer fibers contact the support layer at a major surface of the single-layer nonwoven web. In such embodiments of a multi-layer nonwoven fibrous web, it will be understood that the term "overlayer" is intended to describe an embodiment wherein at least one layer overlays another layer in a multi-layer composite web. However, it will be understood that by flipping any multi-layer nonwoven fibrous web 180 degrees about a centerline, what has been described as an overlayer may become an underlayer, and the disclosure is intended to cover such modification to the illustrated
embodiments. Furthermore, reference to "a layer" is intended to mean at least one layer, and therefore each illustrated embodiment of a multi-layer nonwoven fibrous web may include one or more additional layers (not shown) within the scope of the disclosure. In addition, reference to "a layer" is intended to describe a layer at least partially covering one or more additional layers (not shown).
For any of the previously described exemplary embodiments of a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web according to the present disclosure, the web will exhibit a basis weight, which may be varied depending upon the particular end use of the web. Typically, the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web has a basis weight of no greater than about 1000 grams per square meter (gsm). In some embodiments, the nonwoven fibrous web has a basis weight of from about 1.0 gsm to about 500 gsm. In other embodiments, the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web has a basis weight of from about 10 gsm to about 300 gsm. For use in some applications such as medical fabrics such as surgical drapes, surgical gowns and sterilization wraps the basis weight is from about lOgsm to about lOOgsm and preferably 15 gsm to about 60gsm.
As with the basis weight, the nonwoven fibrous web will exhibit a thickness, which may be varied depending upon the particular end use of the web. Typically, the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web has a thickness of no greater than about 300 millimeters (mm). In some embodiments, the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web has a thickness of from about 0.5 mm to about 150 mm. In other embodiments, the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web has a thickness of from about 1.0 mm to about 50 mm. For use in some applications such as medical fabrics such as surgical drapes, surgical gowns and sterilization wraps the thickness is from about 0.1 mm to about 10 mm and preferably 0.25 mm to about 2.5 mm.
5. Optional Support Layer
The dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may further comprise a support layer. When present, the support layer may provide most of the strength of the nonwoven fibrous article. In some embodiments, the above- described sub-micrometer fiber component tends to have very low strength, and can be damaged during normal handling. Attachment of the sub-micrometer fiber component to a support layer lends strength to the sub-micrometer fiber component, while retaining the low Solidity and hence the desired absorbent properties of the sub- micrometer fiber component. A multi-layer dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web structure may also provide sufficient strength for further processing, which may include, but is not limited to, winding the web into roll form, removing the web from a roll, molding, pleating, folding, stapling, weaving, and the like.
A variety of support layers may be used in the present disclosure. Suitable support layers include, but are not limited to, a nonwoven fabric, a woven fabric, a knitted fabric, a foam layer, a film, a paper layer, an adhesive-backed layer, a foil, a mesh, an elastic fabric (i.e., any of the above-described woven, knitted or nonwoven fabrics having elastic properties), an apertured web, an adhesive -backed layer, or any combination thereof. In one exemplary embodiment, the support layer comprises a polymeric nonwoven fabric. Suitable nonwoven polymeric fabrics include, but are not limited to, a spunbonded fabric, a meltblown fabric, a carded web of staple length fibers (i.e., fibers having a fiber length of no greater than about 100 mm), a needle- punched fabric, a split film web, a hydroentangled web, an airlaid staple fiber web, or a combination thereof. In certain exemplary embodiments, the support layer comprises a web of bonded staple fibers. As described further below, bonding may be effected using, for example, thermal bonding, ultrasonic bonding, adhesive bonding, powdered binder bonding, hydroentangling, needlepunching, calendering, or a combination thereof. The support layer may have a basis weight and thickness depending upon the particular end use of the nonwoven fibrous article. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, it is desirable for the overall basis weight and/or thickness of the nonwoven fibrous article to be kept at a minimum level. In other embodiments, an overall minimum basis weight and/or thickness may be required for a given application.
Typically, the support layer has a basis weight of no greater than about 150 grams per square meter (gsm). In some embodiments, the support layer has a basis weight of from about 5.0 gsm to about 100 gsm. In other embodiments, the support layer has a basis weight of from about 10 gsm to about 75 gsm. In some embodiments where higher strength support layers are possible the support layer should have a basis weight of at least lgsm, preferably at least 2 gsm, even more preferably at least 5 gsm, and even more preferably at least 10 gsm. Preferably the support layer has a basis weight of less than 50 gsm, preferably less than 25 gsm, even more preferably less than 20 gsm, and even more preferably less than 15 gsm.
As with the basis weight, the support layer may have a thickness, which varies depending upon the particular end use of the nonwoven fibrous article. Typically, the support layer has a thickness of no greater than about 150 millimeters (mm). In some embodiments, the support layer has a thickness of from about 1.0 mm to about 35 mm. In other embodiments, the support layer has a thickness of from about 2.0 mm to about 25 mm. In other embodiments the support layer has a thickness of 0.1 mm to about
10mm preferably from about 0.25 mm to about 2.5 mm and even more preferably from about 0.25 mm to about 1mm.
In certain exemplary embodiments, the support layer may comprise a microfiber component, for example, a plurality of micro fibers. In such embodiments, it may be preferred to deposit the above-described sub-micrometer fiber population directly onto the microfiber support layer to form a multi-layer dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web. Optionally, the above-described microfiber population may be deposited with or over the sub-micrometer fiber population on the microfiber support layer. In certain exemplary embodiments, the plurality of microfibers comprising the support layer is compositionally the same as the population of microfibers forming the overlayer.
The sub-micrometer fiber component may be permanently or temporarily bonded to a given support layer. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the sub-micrometer fiber component is permanently bonded to the support layer (i.e., the sub-micrometer fiber component is attached to the support layer with the intention of being permanently bonded thereto).
In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the above-described sub- micrometer fiber component may be temporarily bonded to (i.e., removable from) a support layer, such as a release liner. In such embodiments, the sub-micrometer fiber component may be supported for a desired length of time on a temporary support layer, and optionally further processed on a temporary support layer, and subsequently permanently bonded to a second support layer.
In one exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure, the support layer comprises a spunbonded fabric comprising polypropylene fibers. In a further exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure, the support layer comprises a carded web of staple length fibers, wherein the staple length fibers comprise: (i) low-melting point or binder fibers; and (ii) high-melting point or structural fibers. Typically, the binder fibers have a melting point of at least 10°C greater than a melting point of the structural fibers, although the difference between the melting point of the binder fibers and structural fibers may be greater than 10°C. Suitable binder fibers include, but are not limited to, any of the above-mentioned polymeric fibers. Suitable structural fibers include, but are not limited to, any of the above-mentioned polymeric fibers, as well as inorganic fibers such as ceramic fibers, glass fibers, and metal fibers; and organic fibers such as cellulosic fibers.
As described above, the support layer may comprise one or more layers in combination with one another. In one exemplary embodiment, the support layer comprises a first layer, such as a nonwoven fabric or a film, and an adhesive layer on the first layer opposite the sub-micrometer fiber component. In this embodiment, the adhesive layer may cover a portion of or the entire outer surface of the first layer. The adhesive may comprise any known adhesive including pressure-sensitive adhesives, heat activatable adhesives, etc. When the adhesive layer comprises a pressure-sensitive adhesive, the nonwoven fibrous article may further comprise a release liner to provide temporary protection of the pressure-sensitive adhesive. Preferred pressure sensitive adhesives include acrylates, silicones, rubber based adhesives, polyisobutylene based adhesives, block copolymer adhesives such as those based on Kraton™ type polymers, polyalpha olefin adhesives and the like. Most preferred adhesives are acrylate and silicone based pressure sensitive adhesives.
6. Optional Additional Layers
The dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may comprise additional layers in combination with the sub-micrometer fiber component, the support layer, or both. One or more additional layers may be present over or under an outer surface of the sub-micrometer fiber component, under an outer surface of the support layer, or both.
Suitable additional layers include, but are not limited to, a color-containing layer (e.g., a print layer); any of the above-described support layers; one or more additional sub-micrometer fiber components having a distinct median fiber diameter and/or physical composition; one or more secondary fine sub-micrometer fiber layers for additional insulation performance (such as a melt-blown web or a fiberglass fabric); foams; layers of particles; foil layers; films; decorative fabric layers; membranes (i.e., films with controlled permeability, such as dialysis membranes, reverse osmosis membranes, etc.); netting; mesh; wiring and tubing networks (i.e., layers of wires for conveying electricity or groups of tubes/pipes for conveying various fluids, such as wiring networks for heating blankets, and tubing networks for coolant flow through cooling blankets); or a combination thereof.
7. Optional Attachment Devices
In certain exemplary embodiments, the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may further comprise one or more attachment devices to enable the nonwoven fibrous article to be attached to a substrate. As discussed above, an adhesive may be used to attach the nonwoven fibrous article. In addition to adhesives, other attachment devices may be used. Suitable attachment devices include, but are not limited to, any mechanical fastener such as screws, snaps, nails, clips, staples, stitching, thread, hook and loop materials, etc.
The one or more attachment devices may be used to attach the nonwoven fibrous article to a variety of substrates. Exemplary substrates include, but are not limited to, a vehicle component; an interior of a vehicle (i.e., the passenger
compartment, the motor compartment, the trunk, etc.); a wall of a building (i.e., interior wall surface or exterior wall surface); a ceiling of a building (i.e., interior ceiling surface or exterior ceiling surface); a building material for forming a wall or ceiling of a building (e.g., a ceiling tile, wood component, gypsum board, etc.); a room partition; a metal sheet; a glass substrate; a door; a window; a machinery component; an appliance component (i.e., interior appliance surface or exterior appliance surface); a surface of a pipe or hose; a computer or electronic component; a sound recording or reproduction device; a housing or case for an appliance, computer, etc.
The fine fibers are particularly useful for making absorbent or repellent aliphatic polyester nonwoven gowns and film laminate drapes used in surgery sterilization wraps for sterilization of equipment, as well as personal care absorbents such as feminine hygiene pads, diapers, incontinence pads, wipes, fluid filters, insulation and the like.
In one embodiment, this invention provides fine fibers comprising a
thermoplastic aliphatic polyester polymer, e.g., polylactic acid, polyhydroxybutyrate and the like, and one or more viscosity modifiers selected from the group of alkyl, alkenyl, aralkyl, or alkaryl carboxylates, or combinations thereof. The viscosity modifier is present in the melt extruded fiber in an amount sufficient to modify the melt viscosity of the aliphatic polyester. Typically, the viscosity modifier is present at less than 10 weight %, preferably less than 8 weight %, more preferably less than 7 %, more preferably less than 6 weight %, more preferably less than 3 weight %, and most preferably less than 2 % by weight based on the combined weight of the aliphatic polyester and viscosity modifier. Also the viscosity modifier is typically added at a concentration of at least 0.25% by weight of the aliphatic polyester, preferably at least 0.5% by weight of the aliphatic polyester, and most preferably at least 1% by weight of the aliphatic polyester.
In another aspect, films, fabrics and webs constructed from the fine fibers are provided. The invention also provides useful articles made from fabrics and webs of fine fibers including medical drapes, sterilization wraps, medical gowns, aprons, filter media, industrial wipes and personal care and home care products such as diapers, facial tissue, facial wipes, wet wipes, dry wipes, disposable absorbent articles and garments such as disposable and reusable garments including infant diapers or training pants, adult incontinence products, feminine hygiene products such as sanitary napkins, panty liners and the like. The fine fibers of this invention also may be useful for producing thermal insulation for garments such as coats, jackets, gloves, cold weather pants, boots, and the like as well as acoustical insulation. In yet another aspect, this invention provides multi-layer, aqueous liquid- absorbent articles comprising an aqueous media impervious backing sheet. For example, importantly some surgical drapes are liquid impervious to prevent liquid that is absorbed into the top sheet from wicking through to the skin surface where it would be contaminated with bacteria present on the skin. In other embodiments the construction may further comprise an aqueous media permeable topsheet, and an aqueous liquid-absorbent (i.e., hydrophilic) layer constructed of the above-described web or fabric juxtaposed there between useful, for instance, in constructing disposable diapers, wipes or towels, sanitary napkins, and incontinence pads.
In yet another aspect, a single or multi-layer aqueous repellent article such as a sterilization wrap, a surgical or medical gown or apron can be formed at least in part of a web of fine fibers described herein, and have aqueous fluid repellent properties. For example, an SMS web may be formed having fine fibers in at least the M (melt blown, blow microfiber) layer but they may also comprise the S (spunbond layer) as well. The M layer may have further incorporated a repellent additive at the surface of the fibers, such as a fluorochemical, silicone, hydrocarbon wax or combinations thereof. The repellent additive may be incorporated into the melt as the web is made, coated onto the fibers prior to web formation, or coated onto the formed or semi-formed web. In this manner, the sterilization wrap is rendered water repellent or the gown is rendered fluid repellent to avoid absorption of blood or other body fluids that may contain pathogenic microorganisms .
The fine fiber fabrics (nonwovens, wovens, or knits) of this invention may be rendered more repellent by treatment with numerous compounds. For example, the fabrics may be post web forming surface treatments which include paraffin waxes, fatty acids, bee's wax, silicones, fluorochemicals and combinations thereof. For example, the repellent finishes may be applied as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,027,803;
6,960,642; and 7,199,197, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Repellent finishes may also be melt additives such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 6,262,180, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
This invention also provides a method of preparing the fine fibers from a mixture or blend of thermoplastic film- forming aliphatic polyester polymer, and at least one viscosity modifier. The viscosity modifier can be conveniently compounded with the resin in the hopper or elsewhere along the extruder as long as good mixing is achieved to render a substantially uniform mixture. Alternatively, the viscosity modifier may be added into the extruder directly (without precompounding), for example, using a positive displacement pump or weight loss feeder. B. Dimensionally Stable Nonwoven Fibrous Web Components
Various components of exemplary dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs according to the present disclosure will now be described. In some exemplary embodiments, the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs may include a plurality of continuous fibers comprising one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters; and polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, wherein the fibers exhibit molecular orientation and extend substantially endlessly through the web, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers. Such dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs may be produced, in certain exemplary embodiments, using a spunbond or melt spinning process.
In other exemplary embodiments, the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs may include a plurality of fibers comprising one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters; and polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, wherein the fibers do not exhibit molecular orientation, and further wherein the web has at least one dimension in the plane of the web which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers. Such dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs may be produced, in certain exemplary embodiments, using a meltblown or BMF process.
1. Thermoplastic Polyesters
The fibrous webs of the present disclosure include at least one thermoplastic polyester. In some exemplary embodiments an aromatic polyester is used as a major component in the fiber-forming mixture. In certain exemplary embodiments, the aromatic polyester is selected poly(ethylene) terephthalate (PET), poly(ethylene) terephthalate glycol (PETG), poly(butylene) terephthalate (PBT), poly(trimethyl) terephthalate (PTT), their copolymers, and combinations thereof. In other exemplary embodiments, an aliphatic polyester is used as a major component in the fiber- forming mixture. Aliphatic polyesters useful in practicing embodiments of the present invention include homo- and copolymers of
poly(hydroxyalkanoates), and homo- and copolymers of those aliphatic polyesters derived from the reaction product of one or more polyols with one or more
polycarboxylic acids that is typically formed from the reaction product of one or more alkanediols with one or more alkanedicarboxylic acids (or acyl derivatives). Polyesters may further be derived from multifunctional polyols, e.g. glycerin, sorbitol,
pentaerythritol, and combinations thereof, to form branched, star, and graft homo— and copolymers. Miscible and immiscible blends of aliphatic polyesters with one or more additional semicrystalline or amorphous polymers may also be used.
Exemplary aliphatic polyesters are poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), polybutylene succinate, polyethylene adipate,
polyhydroxybutyrate, polyhydroxyvalerate, blends, and copolymers thereof. One particularly useful class of aliphatic polyesters are poly(hydroxyalkanoates), derived by condensation or ring-opening polymerization of hydroxy acids, or derivatives thereof. Suitable poly(hydroxyalkanoates) may be represented by the formula:
H(0-R-C(0)-)nOH
where R is an alkylene moiety that may be linear or branched having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms optionally substituted by catenary (bonded to carbon atoms in a carbon chain) oxygen atoms; n is a number such that the ester is polymeric, and is preferably a number such that the molecular weight of the aliphatic polyester is at least 10,000, preferably at least 30,000, and most preferably at least 50,000 daltons. Although higher molecular weight polymers generally yield films with better mechanical properties, for both melt processed and solvent cast polymers excessive viscosity is typically undesirable. The molecular weight of the aliphatic polyester is typically no greater than 1,000,000, preferably no greater than 500,000, and most preferably no greater than 300,000 daltons. R may further comprise one or more catenary (i.e. in chain) ether oxygen atoms. Generally, the R group of the hydroxy acid is such that the pendant hydroxyl group is a primary or secondary hydroxyl group.
Useful poly(hydroxyalkanoates) include, for example, homo- and copolymers of poly(3-hydroxybutyrate), poly(4-hydroxybutyrate), poly(3-hydroxyvalerate), poly(lactic acid) (as known as polylactide), poly(3-hydroxypropanoate), poly(4- hydropentanoate), poly(3— hydroxypentanoate), poly(3-hydroxyhexanoate), poly(3- hydroxyheptanoate), poly(3— hydroxyoctanoate), polydioxanone, polycaprolactone, and polyglycolic acid (i.e., polyglycolide). Copolymers of two or more of the above hydroxy acids may also be used, for example, poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3- hydroxyvalerate), poly(lactate-co-3-hydroxypropanoate), poly(glycolide-co-p- dioxanone), and poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid). Blends of two or more of the poly(hydroxyalkanoates) may also be used, as well as blends with one or more polymers and/or copolymers.
Aliphatic polyesters useful in the inventive fine fibers may include
homopolymers, random copolymers, block copolymers, star-branched random copolymers, star-branched block copolymers, dendritic copolymers, hyperbranched copolymers, graft copolymers, and combinations thereof.
Another useful class of aliphatic polyesters includes those aliphatic polyesters derived from the reaction product of one or more alkanediols with one or more alkanedicarboxylic acids (or acyl derivatives). Such polyesters have the general formula:
Figure imgf000032_0001
where R' and R" each represent an alkylene moiety that may be linear or branched having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and m is a number such that the ester is polymeric, and is preferably a number such that the molecular weight of the aliphatic polyester is at least 10,000, preferably at least 30,000, and most preferably at least 50,000 daltons, but no greater than 1,000,000, preferably no greater than 500,000 and most preferably no greater than 300,000 daltons. Each n is independently 0 or 1. R' and R" may further comprise one or more caternary (i.e. in chain) ether oxygen atoms.
Examples of aliphatic polyesters include those homo-and copolymers derived from (a) one or more of the following diacids (or derivative thereof): succinic acid;, adipic acid;, 1,12 dicarboxydodecane;, fumaric acid;, glutartic acid;, diglycolic acid;, and maleic acid; and (b) one of more of the following diols: ethylene glycol;, polyethylene glycol;, 1,2-propane diol;, 1,3— propanediol;, 1,2-propanediol;, 1,2- butanediol;, 1,3-butanediol;, 1,4-butanediol;, 2,3-butanediol;, 1,6-hexanediol;, 1,2 alkane diols having 5 to 12 carbon atoms;, diethylene glycol;, polyethylene glycols having a molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 daltons, preferably 400 to 8,000 daltons;, propylene glycols having a molecular weight of 300 to 4000 daltons;, block or random copolymers derived from ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, or butylene oxide;, dipropylene glycol; and polypropylene glycol, and (c) optionally a small amount , i.e., 0.5—7.0- mole% of a polyol with a functionality greater than two such as glycerol, neopentyl glycol, and pentaerythritol.
Such polymers may include polybutylenesuccinate homopolymer, polybutylene adipate homopolymer, polybutyleneadipate-succinate copolymer,
polyethylenesuccinate-adipate copolymer, polyethylene glycol succinate homopolymer and polyethylene adipate homopolymer.
Commercially available aliphatic polyesters include poly(lactide),
poly(glycolide), poly(lactide-co-glycolide), poly(L-lactide-co-trimethylene carbonate), poly(dioxanone), poly(butylene succinate), and poly(butylene adipate).
Preferred aliphatic polyesters include those derived from semicrystalline polylactic acid. Poly(lactic acid) or polylactide has lactic acid as its principle degradation product, which is commonly found in nature, is non-toxic and is widely used in the food, pharmaceutical and medical industries. The polymer may be prepared by ring-opening polymerization of the lactic acid dimer, lactide. Lactic acid is optically active and the dimer appears in four different forms: L,L-lactide, D,D-lactide, D,L- lactide (meso lactide) and a racemic mixture of L,L- and D,D-. By polymerizing these lactides as pure compounds or as blends, poly(lactide) polymers may be obtained having different stereochemistries and different physical properties, including crystallinity. The L,L- or D,D-lactide yields semicrystalline poly(lactide), while the poly(lactide) derived from the D,L-lactide is amorphous.
The polylactide preferably has a high enantiomeric ratio to maximize the intrinsic crystallinity of the polymer. The degree of crystallinity of a poly(lactic acid) is based on the regularity of the polymer backbone and the ability to crystallize with other polymer chains. If relatively small amounts of one enantiomer (such as D-) is copolymerized with the opposite enantiomer (such as L-) the polymer chain becomes irregularly shaped, and becomes less crystalline. For these reasons, when crystallinity is favored, it is desirable to have a poly(lactic acid) that is at least 85% of one isomer, more preferably at least 90% of one isomer, or even more preferably at least 95% of one isomer in order to maximize the crystallinity. An approximately equimolar blend of D-polylactide and L-polylactide is also useful. This blend forms a unique crystal structure having a higher melting point (~210°C) than does either the D-poly(lactide) and L-(polylactide) alone (~160°C), and has improved thermal stability, see. See H. Tsuji et al, Polymer, 40 (1999) 6699-6708.
Copolymers, including block and random copolymers, of poly(lactic acid) with other aliphatic polyesters may also be used. Useful co-monomers include glycolide, beta-propiolactone, tetramethylglycolide, beta-butyrolactone, gamma-butyrolactone, pivalolactone, 2-hydroxybutyric acid, alpha-hydroxyisobutyric acid, alpha- hydroxyvaleric acid, alpha-hydroxyisovaleric acid, alpha-hydroxycaproic acid, alpha- hydroxyethylbutyric acid, alpha-hydroxyisocaproic acid, alpha-hydroxy-beta- methylvaleric acid, alpha-hydroxyoctanoic acid, alpha-hydroxydecanoic acid, alpha- hydroxymyristic acid, and alpha-hydroxystearic acid.
Blends of poly(lactic acid) and one or more other aliphatic polyesters, or one or more other polymers may also be used. Examples of useful blends include poly(lactic acid) and poly( vinyl alcohol), polyethylene glycol/polysuccinate, polyethylene oxide, polycaprolactone and polyglycolide.
Poly(lactide)s may be prepared as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,111,060 (Gruber, et al), 5,997,568 (Liu), 4,744,365 (Kaplan et al), 5,475,063 (Kaplan et al), 6,143,863 (Gruber et al), 6,093,792 (Gross et al), 6,075,118 (Wang et al), and
5,952,433 (Wang et al.),WO 98/24951 (Tsai et al), WO 00/12606 (Tsai et al), WO
84/04311 (Lin), U.S. 6,117,928 (Hiltunen et al), U.S. 5,883,199 (McCarthy et al), WO 99/50345 (Kolstad et al), WO 99/06456 (Wang et al), WO 94/07949 (Gruber et al), WO 96/22330 (Randall et al), and WO 98/50611 (Ryan et al), the disclosure of each patent incorporated herein by reference. Reference may also be made to J.W. Leenslag, et al, J. Appl. Polymer Science, vol. 29 (1984), pp 2829-2842, and H.R. Kricheldorf,
Chemosphere, vol. 43, (2001) 49-54.
The molecular weight of the polymer should be chosen so that the polymer may be processed as a melt. For polylactide, for example, the molecular weight may be from about 10,000 to 1,000,000 daltons, and is preferably from about 30,000 to
300,000 daltons. By "melt-processible", it is meant that the aliphatic polyesters are fluid or can be pumped or extruded at the temperatures used to process the articles (e.g. make the fine fibers in BMF), and do not degrade or gel at those temperatures to the extent that the physical properties are so poor as to be unusable for the intended application. Thus, many of the materials can be made into nonwovens using melt processes such as spun bond, blown microfiber, and the like. Certain embodiments also may be injection molded. The aliphatic polyester may be blended with other polymers but typically comprises at least 50 weight percent, preferably at least 60 weight percent, and most preferably at least 65 weight percent of the fine fibers.
2. Polypropylenes
Polypropylene (homo)polymers and copolymers useful in practicing
embodiments of the present disclosure may be selected from polypropylene
homopolymers, polypropylene copolymers, and blends thereof (collectively
polypropylene (co)polymers). The homopolymers may be atactic polypropylene, isotactic polypropylene, syndiotactic polypropylene and blends thereof. The copolymer can be a random copolymer, a statistical copolymer, a block copolymer, and blends thereof. In particular, the inventive polymer blends described herein include impact (co)polymers, elastomers and plastomers, any of which may be physical blends or in situ blends with the polypropylene.
The method of making the polypropylene (co)polymer is not critical, as it can be made by slurry, solution, gas phase or other suitable processes, and by using catalyst systems appropriate for the polymerization of polyolefms, such as Ziegler-Natta-type catalysts, metallocene-type catalysts, other appropriate catalyst systems or
combinations thereof. In a preferred embodiment the propylene (co)polymers are made by the catalysts, activators and processes described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,342,566; 6,384,142; WO 03/040201; WO 97/19991 and U.S. Patent No. 5,741,563. Likewise, (co)polymers may be prepared by the process described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,342,566 and 6,384,142. Such catalysts are well known in the art, and are described in, for example, ZIEGLER CATALYSTS (Gerhard Fink, Rolf Mulhaupt and Hans H.
Brintzinger, eds., Springer- Verlag 1995); Resconi et al, Selectivity in Propene
Polymerization with Metallocene Catalysts, 100 CHEM. REV. 1253-1345 (2000); and I, II METALLOCENE-BASED POLYOLEFINS (Wiley & Sons 2000).
Propylene (co)polymers that are useful in practicing some embodiments of the presently disclosed invention include those sold under the tradenames ACHIEVE and
ESCORENE by Exxon-Mobil Chemical Company (Houston, TX), and various propylene (co)polymers sold by Total Petrochemicals (Hoston, TX). Presently preferred propylene homopolymers and copolymers useful in this invention typically have: 1) a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of at least 30,000 Da, preferably at least 50,000 Da, more preferably at least 90,000 Da, as measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC), and/or no more than 2,000,000 Da, preferably no more than 1,000,000 Da, more preferably no more than 500,000 Da, as measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC); and/or 2) a polydispersity (defined as Mw/Mn, wherein Mn is the number average molecular weight determined by GPC) of 1 , preferably 1.6, and more preferably 1.8, and/or no more than 40, preferably no more than 20, more preferably no more than 10, and even more preferably no more than 3; and/or 3) a melting temperature Tm (second melt) of at least 30oC, preferably at least
50oC, and more preferably at least 60oC as measured by using differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), and/or no more than 200oC, preferably no more than 185oC, more preferably no more than 175oC, and even more preferably no more than 170oC as measured by using differential scanning calorimetry (DSC); and/or 4) a crystallinity of at least 5%, preferably at least 10%, more preferably at least 20% as measured using
DSC, and/or no more than 80%, preferably no more than 70%, more preferably no more than 60%> as measured using DSC; and/or 5) a glass transition temperature (Tg) of at least -40°C, preferably at least -10°C, more preferably at least -10°C, as measured by dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMTA),and/or no more than 20°C, preferably no more than 10°C, more preferably no more than 50°C, as measured by dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMT A); and/or 6) a heat of fusion (Hf) of 180 J/g or less, preferably 150 J/g or less, more preferably 120 J/g or less as measured by DSC and/or at least 20 J/g, more preferably at least 40 J/g as measured by DSC; and/or 7) a crystallization temperature (Tc) of at least 15°C, preferably at least 20°C, more preferably at least 25°C, even more preferably at least 60°C and/or, no more than
120°C, preferably no more than 115°C, more preferably no more than 110°C, even more preferably no more than 145°C .
Exemplary webs of the present disclosure may include propylene (co)polymers (including both poly(propylene) homopolymers and copolymers) in an amount of at least 1%> by weight of the web, more preferably at least about 2%> by weight of the web, most preferably at least 3% by weight of the web. Other exemplary webs may include propylene (co)polymers (including both poly(propylene) homopolymers and copolymers) in an amount no more than 10% by weight of the web, more preferably in an amount no more than 8% by weight of the web, most preferably in an amount no more than 6% by weight of the web. In certain presently preferred embodiments, the webs comprise polypropylene from about 1% to about 6% by weight of the web, more preferably from about 3% to no more than 5% by weight of the web.
3. Optional Additives
Fibers also may be formed from blends of materials, including materials into which certain additives have been blended, such as pigments or dyes. In addition to the fiber-forming materials mentioned above, various additives may be added to the fiber melt and extruded to incorporate the additive into the fiber. Typically, the amount of additives other than the PP and viscosity modifier is no greater than about 25 wt% of the polyester, desirably, no greater than about 10% by weight of the polyester, more desirably no greater than 5.0 %, by weight of the polyester. Suitable additives include, but are not limited to, particulates, fillers, stabilizers, plasticizers, tackifiers, flow control agents, cure rate retarders, adhesion promoters (for example, silanes and titanates), adjuvants, impact modifiers, expandable microspheres, thermally conductive particles, electrically conductive particles, silica, glass, clay, talc, pigments, colorants, glass beads or bubbles, antioxidants, optical brighteners, antimicrobial agents, surfactants, wetting agents, fire retardants, and repellents such as hydrocarbon waxes, silicones, and fluorochemicals.
One or more of the above-described additives may be used to reduce the weight and/or cost of the resulting fiber and layer, adjust viscosity, or modify the thermal properties of the fiber or confer a range of physical properties derived from the physical property activity of the additive including electrical, optical, density-related, liquid barrier or adhesive tack related properties.
Fillers (i.e. insoluble organic or inorganic materials generally added to augment weight, size or to fill space in the resin for example to decrease cost or impart other properties such as density, color, impart texture, effect degradation rate and the like) can detrimentally effect fiber properties. Fillers can be particulate nonthermoplastic or thermoplastic materials. Fillers also may be non-aliphatic polyesters polymers which often are chosen due to low cost such as starch, lignin, and cellulose based polymers, natural rubber, and the like. These filler polymers tend to have little or no cyrstallinity.
Fillers, plasticizers, and other additives when used at levels above 3% by weight and certainly above 5% by weight of the aliphatic polyester resin can have a significant negative effect on physical properties such as tensile strength of the nonwoven web. Above 10% by weight of the aliphatic polyester these additives can have a dramatic negative effect on physical properties. Therefore, total additives other than the polypropylene preferably are present at no more than 10% by weight, preferably no more than 5% by weight and most preferably no more than 3% by weight based on the weight of the polyester in the final nonwoven article. The compounds may be present at much higher concentrations in masterbatch concentrates used to make the nonwoven. For example, nonwoven spunbond webs of the present invention having a basis weight of 45g/meter2 preferably have a tensile strength of at least 30 N/mm width, preferably at least 40N/mm width. More preferably at least 50 N/mm width and most preferably at least 60 N/mm width when tested on mechanical test equipment as specified in the Examples.
i) Plasticizers
In some exemplary embodiments, a plasticizer for the thermoplastic polyester may be used in forming the fine fibers. In some exemplary embodiments, the plasticizer for the thermoplastic polyester is selected from poly(ethylene glycol), oligomeric polyesters, fatty acid monoesters and di-esters, citrate esters, or
combinations thereof. Suitable plasticizers that may be used with the aliphatic polyesters include, for example, glycols such glycerin; propylene glycol,
polyethoxylated phenols, mono or polysubstituted polyethylene glycols, higher alkyl substituted N-alkyl pyrrolidones, sulfonamides, triglycerides, citrate esters, esters of tartaric acid, benzoate esters, polyethylene glycols and ethylene oxide propylene oxide random and block copolymers having a molecular weight no greater than 10,000 Daltons (Da), preferably no greater than about 5,000 Da, more preferably no greater than about 2,500 Da; and combinations thereof.
ii) Diluent
In some exemplary embodiments, a diluent may be added to the mixture used to form the fine fibers. In certain exemplary embodiments, the diluent may be selected from a fatty acid monoester (FAME), a PLA oligomer, or combinations thereof.
Diluent as used herein generally refers to a material that inhibits, delays, or otherwise affects crystallinity as compared to the crystallinity that would occur in the absence of the diluent. Diluents may also function as plasticizers. Hi) Viscosity Modifiers
In some exemplary embodiments, fine fibers comprising a thermoplastic aliphatic polyester polymer, e.g., polylactic acid, polyhydroxybutyrate and the like, greater than 0% but 10% or less by weight of polypropylene, and one or more viscosity modifiers selected from the group of alkyl, alkenyl, aralkyl, or alkaryl carboxylates, or combinations thereof, are formed using a fiber forming process.
The fine fibers disclosed herein may include one or more viscosity modifier(s) to reduce the average diameter of the fiber during the melt process (e.g. blown micro fiber (BMF), spunbond, or injection molding). By reducing the viscosity of the aliphatic polyester during the BMF process, the average diameter of the fibers may be reduced, resulting in fine fibers, typically no greater than 20 micrometers, in the melt blown web. We have found that the addition of most known plasticizers for the aliphatic polyester thermoplastics result in a very gradual viscosity reduction. This is generally not useful for producing fine fibers of sufficient mechanical strength since the plasticizers degrade polymer strength. Viscosity reduction can be detected in the extrusion/BMF equipment by recording the pressures within the equipment.
The viscosity modifiers of the present invention result in a dramatic viscosity reduction, and thus reduce back pressure during extrusion or thermal processing. In many cases, the viscosity reduction is so great that the melt processing temperature must be reduced in order to maintain sufficient melt strength. Often the melt temperature is reduced by 30°C or more.
In applications in which biodegradability is important, it may be desirable to incorporate biodegradable viscosity modifiers, which typically include ester and/or amide groups that may be hydrolytically or enzymatically cleaved. Exemplary viscosity modifiers useful in the fine fibers described herein include viscosity modifiers with the following structure:
(R-C02")nMn+
where R is alkyl or alkylene of C8-C30, which is branched or straight chain, or C12- C30 aralkyl, and may be optionally substituted with 0-100 alkylene oxide groups such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide groups, oligameric lactic and/or glycolic acid or a combination thereof; and M is H, an alkali metal or an alkaline earth metal salt, preferably Na+, K+, or Ca++, or amine salts including tertiary and quaternary amines such as protonated triethanolamine, tetramethylammonium and the like;
n is 1 or 2 and is the valence of the M group.
In the formula above, the ethylene oxide groups and propylene oxide groups can occur in reverse order as well as in a random, sequential, or block arrangement.
In certain preferred embodiments, the viscosity modifiers useful to form fine fibers are selected from the group consisting of alkyl carboxylates, alkenyl
carboxylates, aralkyl carboxylates, alkylethoxylated carboxylates, aralkylethoxylated carboxylates, alkyl lactylates, alkenyl lactylates, and mixtures thereof. The carboxylic acid equivalents of the carboxylates may also function as viscosity modifiers.
Combinations of various viscosity modifiers can also be used. As used herein a lactylate is a surfactant having a hydrophobe and a hydrophile wherein the hydrophile is at least in part an oligamer of lactic acid having 1-5 lactic acid units, and typically having 1-3 lactic acid units. A preferred lactylate is calcium stearoyl lactylate from
Rita Corp. which is reported to have the following structure: [CH3(CH2)i6C(0)0- CH(CH3)-C(0)0-CH(CH3)-C(0)0-]2 Ca++ . Alkyl lactylates are a preferred class of viscosity modifiers since these also are made from resource renewable materials.
The viscosity modifiers typically melt at or below the extrusion temperature of the thermoplastic aliphatic polyester composition. This greatly facilitates dispersing or dissolving the viscosity modifier in the polymer composition. Mixtures of viscosity modifiers may be employed to modify the melting point. For example, mixtures of alkyl carboxylates may be preformed or an alkyl carboxylate may be blended with a nonionic surfactant such as a polyethoxylated surfactant. The necessary processing temperature may be altered by addition of nonsurfactant components as well such as plasticizers for the thermoplastics aliphatic polyester. For example, when added to polylactic acid compositions, the viscosity modifiers preferably have a melting point of no greater than 200°C, preferably no greater than 180°C, more preferably no greater than 170°C, and even more preferably no greater than 160°C.
The viscosity modifier can be conveniently compounded with the resin in the hopper or elsewhere along the extruder as long as good mixing is achieved to render a substantially uniform mixture. Alternatively, the viscosity modifier may be added into the extruder directly (without pre-compounding), for example, using a positive displacement pump or weight loss feeder.
The viscosity modifier may be present in the melt extruded fiber in an amount sufficient to modify the melt viscosity of aliphatic polyester. In most embodiments, the viscosity modifier is present at no greater than 10 weight %, preferably no greater than
8 weight %, more preferably no greater than 7 %, more preferably no greater than 6 weight %, more preferably no greater than 3 weight %, and most preferably no greater than 2 % by weight based on the combined weight of the aliphatic polyester and viscosity modifier.
In some embodiments, when used in the fine fibers, the viscosity modifiers are present in a total amount of at least 0.25 wt. -%, at least 0.5 wt. -%, at least 1.0 wt. -%, or at least 2.0 wt. -%, based on the total weight of the fine fibers. In certain
embodiments, in which a very low viscosity melt is desired and/or a low melt temperature is preferred, the fine fibers comprise greater than 2 wt. %, greater than 3 wt. %, or even greater than 5 wt. % of the viscosity modifier based on the weight of the aliphatic polyester polymer in the fine fibers.
For melt processing, preferred viscosity modifiers have low volatility and do not decompose appreciably under process conditions. The preferred viscosity modifiers contain no greater than 10 wt. % water, preferably no greater than 5% water, and more preferably no greater than 2 wt. % and even more preferably no greater than 1% water
(determined by Karl Fischer analysis). Moisture content is kept low in order to prevent hydrolysis of the aliphatic polyester or other hydrolytically sensitive compounds in the fine fibers.
Even though some of the viscosity modifiers are waxes at room temperature and often used as mold release agents, lubricants, and the like surprisingly we have found that the nonwoven fabrics of this invention are able to be thermally bonded to themselves as well as other fabrics. For example, the nonwoven fabrics of this invention have been successfully heat seal bonded to a second fabric of this invention as well as to polyolefm films, polyacrylate films, polyester nonwovens and the like. It is believed that these fabrics may be bonded to a fabric, film, or foam using thermal heat, ultrasonic welding, and the like. Typically some pressure is applied to facilitate bonding. In the process typically at least a portion of the fibers of the nonwoven fabric of this invention melt to form the bond. Bond patterns may be continuous (e.g. a continuous 5-10mm wide seal) or patterned (e.g. a 5-10mm wide pattern of dots or any other geometric shape of bond patterns).
The viscosity modifiers may be carried in a nonvolatile carrier. Importantly, the carrier is typically thermally stable and can resist chemical breakdown at processing temperatures which may be as high as 150°C, 200°C, 250°C, or even as high as 300°C.
Preferred carriers for hydrophilic articles include polyalkylene oxides such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, random and block copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, thermally stable polyhydric alcohols such as propylene glycol, glycerin, polyglycerin, and the like. The polyalkylene oxides/polyalkylene glycols may be linear or branched depending on the initiating polyol. For example, a polyethylene glycol initiated using ethylene glycol would be linear but one initiated with glycerin, trimethylolpropane, or pentaerythritol would be branched,
iv) Antimicrobials
An antimicrobial component may be added to impart antimicrobial activity to the fine fibers. The antimicrobial component is the component that provides at least part of the antimicrobial activity, i.e., it has at least some antimicrobial activity for at least one microorganism. It is preferably present in a large enough quantity to be released from the fine fibers and kill bacteria. It may also be biodegradable and/or made or derived from renewable resources such as plants or plant products.
Biodegradable antimicrobial components can include at least one functional linkage such as an ester or amide linkage that can be hydrolytically or enzymatically degraded.
In some exemplary embodiments, a suitable antimicrobial component may be selected from a fatty acid monoester, a fatty acid di-ester, an organic acid, a silver compound, a quaternary ammonium compound, a cationic (co)polymer, an iodine compound, or combinations thereof. Other examples of antimicrobial components suitable for use in the present invention include those described in Applicants' copending application, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0142023,-Al, and incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
Certain antimicrobial components are uncharged and have an alkyl or alkenyl hydrocarbon chain containing at least 7 carbon atoms. For melt processing, preferred antimicrobial components have low volatility and do not decompose under process conditions. The preferred antimicrobial components contain no greater than 2 wt. % water, and more preferably no greater than 0.10 wt. % (determined by Karl Fischer analysis). Moisture content is kept low in order to prevent hydrolysis of the aliphatic polyester during extrusion.
When used, the antimicrobial component content (as it is ready to use) is typically at least 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. % and sometimes greater than 15 wt. %. In certain embodiments, for example applications in which a low strength is desired, the antimicrobial component comprises greater than 20 wt. %, greater than 25 wt. %, or even greater than 30 wt. % of the fine fibers.
Certain antimicrobial components are amphiphiles and may be surface active. For example, certain antimicrobial alkyl monoglycerides are surface active. For certain embodiments of the invention that include antimicrobial components, the antimicrobial component is considered distinct from a viscosity modifier component,
v) Particulate Phase
The fine fibers may further comprise organic and inorganic fillers present as either an internal particulate phase within the fibers, or as an external particulate phase on or near the surface of the fine fibers. For implantable applications biodegradable, resorbable, or bioerodible inorganic fillers may be particularly appealing. These materials may help to control the degradation rate of the polymer fine fibers. For example, many calcium salts and phosphate salts may be suitable. Exemplary biocompatible resorbable fillers include calcium carbonate, calcium sulfate, calcium phosphate, calcium sodium phosphates, calcium potassium phosphates, tetra-calcium phosphate, alpha-tri-calcium phosphate, beta-tri-calcium phosphate, calcium phosphate apatite, octa-calcium phosphate, di-calcium phosphate, calcium carbonate, calcium oxide, calcium hydroxide, calcium sulfate di-hydrate, calcium sulfate hemihydrate, calcium fluoride, calcium citrate, magnesium oxide, and magnesium hydroxide. A particularly suitable filler is tri-basic calcium phosphate (hydroxy apatite).
As described previously, these fillers and compounds can detrimentally effect physical properties of the web. Therefore, total additives other than the antishrink additive preferably are present at no more than 10% by weight, preferably no more than 5% by weight and most preferably no more than 3% by weight.
vi) Surfactants
In certain exemplary embodiments, it may be desirable to add a surfactant to the mixture used to form the fine fibers. In particular exemplary embodiments, the surfactant may be selected from a nonionic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a zwitterionic surfactant, or combinations thereof. In additional exemplary embodiments, the surfactant may be selected from a fluoro-organic surfactant, a silicone-functional surfactant, an organic wax, or a salt of anionic surfactants such as dioctylsulfosuccinate.
In one presently preferred embodiment, the fine fibers may comprise anionic surfactants that impart durable hydrophilicity. Examples of anionic surfactants suitable for use in the present invention include those described in Applicants' co-pending publications, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US2008/0200890; and PCT International Publication No. WO2009/152345, both incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
The fibers may also comprise anionic surfactants that impart durable
hydrophilicity. Surfactants may be selected from the group of alkyl, alkaryl, alkenyl or aralkyl sulfate; alkyl, alkaryl, alkenyl or aralkyl sulfonate; alkyl, alkaryl, alkenyl or aralkyl carboxylate; or alkyl, alkaryl, alkenyl or aralkyl phosphate surfactants. The compositions may optionally comprise a surfactant carrier which may aid processing and/or enhance the hydrophilic properties. The blend of the surfactant(s) and optionally a surfactant carrieralkenyl, aralkyl, or alkaryl carboxylates, or combinations thereof. The viscosity modifier is present in the melt extruded fiber in an amount sufficient to impart durable hydrophilicity to the fiber at its surface.
Preferably the surfactant is soluble in the carrier at extrusion temperatures at the concentrations used. Solubility can be evaluated, for example, as the surfactant and carrier form a visually transparent solution in a 1cm path length glass vial when heated to extrusion temperature (e.g. 150-190°C). Preferably the surfactant is soluble in the carrier at 150°C. More preferably the surfactant is soluble in the carrier at less than 100°C so that it can be more easily incorporated into the polymer melt. More preferably the surfactant is soluble in the carrier at 25°C so that no heating is necessary when pumping the solution into the polymer melt. Preferably the surfactant is soluble in the carrier at greater than 10% by weight, more preferably greater than 20% by weight, and most preferably greater than 30% by weight in order to allow addition of the surfactant without too much carrier present, which may plasticize the thermoplastic.
Typically the surfactants are present at present in a total amount of at least 0.25 wt-%, preferably at least 0.50 wt-%, more preferably at least 0.75 wt-%, based on the total weight of the composition. In certain embodiments, in which a very hydrophilic web is desired, or a web that can withstand multiple assaults with aqueous fluid, the surfactant component comprises greater than 2 wt. %, greater than 3 wt. %, or even greater than 5 wt. % of the aliphatic polyester polymer composition. In certain embodiments, the surfactants typically are present at 0.25 wt.% to 8 wt.% of the aliphatic polyester polymer composition. Typically, the surfactant is present at less than 10 weight %, preferably less than 8 weight %, more preferably less than 7 %, more preferably less than 6 weight %, more preferably less than 3 weight %, and most preferably less than 2 % by weight based on the combined weight of the aliphatic polyester..
The surfactant and optional carrier should be relatively free of moisture in order to facilitate extrusion and to prevent hydrolysis of the aliphatic polyester. Preferably the surfactant and optional carrier, either alone or in combination, comprise less than 5% water, more preferably less than 2% water, even more preferably less than 1% water, and most preferably less than 0.5% water by weight as determined by a Karl- Fisher titration.
Certain classes of hydrocarbon, silicone, and fluorochemical surfactants have each been described as useful for imparting hydrophilicity to polyolefms. These surfactants typically are contacted with the thermoplastic resin in one of two ways: (1) by topical application, e.g., spraying or padding or foaming, of the surfactants from aqueous solution to the extruded nonwoven web or fiber followed by drying, or (2) by incorporation of the surfactant into the polyolefm melt prior to extrusion of the web.
The latter is much preferable but is difficult to find a surfactant that will spontaneously bloom to the surface of the fiber or film in sufficient amount to render the article hydrophilic. As previously described, webs made hydrophilic by topical application of a surfactant suffer many drawbacks. Some are reported to also have diminished hydrophilicity after a single contact with aqueous media. Additional disadvantages to topical application of a surfactant to impart hydrophilicity may include skin irritation from the surfactant itself, non-uniform surface and bulk hydrophilicity, and the additive cost resulting from the necessity of an added processing step in the surfactant application. Incorporating one or more surfactants into to the thermoplastic polymer as a melt additive alleviates the problems associated with topical application and in addition may provide a softer "hand" to the fabric or nonwoven web into which it is incorporated. The challenge as previously stated, is finding a surfactant that will reliably bloom to the surface of the article in sufficient amount to impart hydrophilicity and then to remain properly oriented at the surface to ensure durable hydrophilicity.
The fibers described herein remain hydrophilic and water absorbent after repeated insult with water, e.g. saturating with water, wringing out and allowing to dry. Preferred compositions of this invention include a relatively homogenous composition comprising at least one aliphatic polyester resin (preferably polylactic acid), at least one alkylsulfate, alkylene sulfate, or aralkyl or alkaryl sulfate, carboxylate, or phosphate surfactant, typically in an amount of at 0.25 wt % to 8 wt %, and optionally a nonvolatile carrier in a concentration of lwt % to 8 wt %, based on the weight of the aliphatic polyester as described in more detail below.
Preferred porous fabric constructions of the present invention produced as knits, wovens, and nonwovens have apparent surface energies greater than 60 dynes/cm, and preferably greater than 70 dynes/cm when tested by the Apparent Surface Energy Test disclosed in the Examples. Preferred porous fabric materials of this invention wet with water and thus have an apparent surface energy of greater than 72 dynes/cm (surface tension of pure water). The most preferred materials of this invention instantly absorb water and remain water absorbent after aging for 10 days at 5°C, 23°C and 45°C.
Preferably, the nonwoven fabrics are "instantaneously absorbent" such that when a 200ul drop of water is gently placed on an expanse of nonwoven on a horizontal surface it is completely absorbed in less than 10 seconds, preferably less than 5 seconds and most preferably less than 3 seconds.
Preferred film constructions of the present invention are wettable by aqueous fluids and have a contact angle with deionized water of less than 40 degrees, preferably less than 30 degrees, and most preferably less than 20 degrees when measured using a Tantec Contact Angle Meter (Shaumburg, IL), described as the half-angle technique in
U.S. Patent No. 5,268,733.
The present invention also discloses a method of making a relatively
homogenous hydrophilic aliphatic polyester composition comprising an anionic surfactant and optionally a surfactant carrier by blending these in a melt process, and forming a film, fiber, or foam.
The present invention also discloses a method of making a relatively
homogenous hydrophilic aliphatic polyester composition comprising an anionic surfactant and optionally a surfactant carrier by blending these to form a concentrate, blending the concentrate with additional aliphatic polyester in a melt process, and forming a film, fiber, or foam.
The present invention also discloses a method of making a relatively
homogenous hydrophilic aliphatic polyester composition comprising an anionic surfactant and optionally a surfactant carrier by blending these in a melt process, forming a film, fiber, or foam, and post heating the film, fiber or foam to a temperature greater than 50°C.
The present invention also discloses a method of making a relatively
homogenous hydrophilic aliphatic polyester composition comprising an anionic surfactant and optionally a surfactant carrier by blending these to form a concentrate, blending the concentrate with additional aliphatic polyester in a melt process, forming a film, fiber, or foam and post heating the film, fiber, or foam to a temperature greater than 50°C.
It is a significant advantage of the present invention that the surfactant carrier and/or surfactant component in many embodiments plasticizes the polyester component allowing for melt processing and solvent casting of higher molecular weight polymers. Generally, weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymers is above the entanglement molecular weight, as determined by a log-log plot of viscosity versus number average molecular weight (Mn). Above the entanglement molecular weight, the slope of the plot is about 3.4, whereas the slope of lower molecular weight polymers is
1.
As used herein the term "surfactant" means an amphiphile (a molecule possessing both polar and nonpolar regions which are covalently bound) capable of reducing the surface tension of water and/or the interfacial tension between water and an immiscible liquid. The term is meant to include soaps, detergents, emulsifiers, surface active agents, and the like.
In certain preferred embodiments, the surfactants useful in the compositions of the present invention are anionic surfactants selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl sulfonates, sulfates, phosphonates, phosphates and mixtures thereof. Included in these classes are alkylalkoxylated carboxylates, alkyl alkoxylated sulfates, alkylalkoxylated sulfonates, and alkyl alkoxylated phosphates, and mixtures thereof. The preferred alkoxylate is made using ethylene oxide and/or propylene oxide with 0-100 moles of ethylene and propylene oxide per mole of hydrophobe. In certain more preferred embodiments, the surfactants useful in the compositions of the present invention are selected from the group consisting of sulfonates, sulfates, phosphates, carboxylates and mixtures thereof. In one aspect, the surfactant is selected from (C8-C22) alkyl sulfate salts (e.g., sodium salt); di(C8-C13 alkyl)sulfosuccinate salts; C8-C22 alkyl sarconsinate; C8-C22 alkyl lactylates; and combinations thereof. Combinations of various surfactants can also be used. The anionic surfactants useful in this invention are described in more detail below and include surfactants with the following structure:
(R- (0)xS03-)nMn+ , (R— 0)2P(0)0- ) nMn+ or R— OP(0)(0 )2aM"+
Where: R= is alkyl or alkylene of C8-C30, which is branched or straight chain, or C12-
C30 aralkyl, and may be optionally substituted with 0-100 alkylene oxide groups such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide groups, oligameric lactic and/or glycolic acid or a combination thereof;
X= 0 or 1;
M= is H, an alkali metal salts or an alkaline earth metal salt, preferably Li+,
Na+, K , or amine salts including tertiary and quaternary amines such as protonated triethanolamine, tetramethylammonium and the like,
n = 1 or 2; and
a = 1 when n=2 and a=2 when n = 1. Preferably M may be Ca++ or Mg++, however, these are less preferred.
Examples include C8-C18 alkane sulfonates; C8-C18 secondary alkane sulfonates; alkylbenzene sulfonates such as dodecylbenzene sulfonate; C8-C18 alkyl sulfates; alkylether sulfates such as sodium trideceth-4 sulfate, sodium laureth 4 sulfate, sodium laureth 8 sulfate (such as those available from Stepan Company, Northfield IL), docusate sodium also known as dioctylsulfosuccmate, sodium salt; lauroyl lacylate and stearoyl lactylate (such as those available from RITA Corporation, Crystal Lake, II under the PATIONIC tradename), and the like. Additional examples include stearyl phosphate (available as Sippostat 0018 from Specialty Industrial Products, Inc., Spartanburg, SC); Cetheth-10 PPG-5 phosphate (Crodaphos SG, available from Croda USA, Edison NJ); laureth-4 phosphate; and dilaureth-4 phosphate.
Exemplary anionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, sarcosinates, glutamates, alkyl sulfates, sodium or potassium alkyleth sulfates, ammonium alkyleth sulfates, ammonium laureth-n-sulfates, laureth-n-sulfates, isethionates, glycerylether sulfonates, sulfosuccinates, alkylglyceryl ether sulfonates, alkyl phosphates, aralkyl phosphates, alkylphosphonates, and aralkylphosphonates. These anionic surfactants may have a metal or organic ammonium counterion. Certain useful anionic surfactants are selected from the group consisting of: sulfonates and sulfates such as alkyl sulfates, alkylether sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, alkylether sulfonates, alkylbenzene sulfonates, alkylbenzene ether sulfates, alkylsulfoacetates, secondary alkane sulfonates, secondary alkylsulfates, and the like. Many of these can be represented by the formulas:
R26-(OCH2CH2)n6(OCH(CH3)CH2)p2-(Ph)a-(OCH2CH2)m3-(0)b-S03-M+
and
R26-CH[S03-M+]-R27
wherein: a and b = 0 or 1; n6, p2, and m3 = 0 - 100 (preferably 0 - 20); R26 is defined as below provided at least one R26 or R27 is at least C8; R27 is a (Cl-C12)alkyl group (saturated straight, branched, or cyclic group) that may be optionally substituted by N, O, or S atoms or hydroxyl, carboxyl, amide, or amine groups; Ph = phenyl; and M+ is a cationic counterion such as H, Na, K, Li, ammonium, or a protonated tertiary amine such as triethanolamine or a quaternary ammonium group.
In the formula above, the ethylene oxide groups (i.e., the "n6" and "m3" groups) and propylene oxide groups (i.e., the "p2" groups) can occur in reverse order as well as in a random, sequential, or block arrangement. R26 may be an alkylamide group such as R28-C(0)N(CH3)CH2CH2- as well as ester groups such as -OC(0)-CH2- wherein R28 is a (C8-C22)alkyl group (branched, straight, or cyclic group). Examples include, but are not limited to: alkyl ether sulfonates, including lauryl ether sulfates (such as POLYSTEP B12 (n = 3-4, M = sodium) and B22 (n = 12, M = ammonium) available from Stepan Company, Northfield, IL) and sodium methyl taurate (available under the trade designation NIK OL CMT30, Nikko Chemicals Co., Tokyo, Japan); secondary alkane sulfonates, including sodium (C14-C17)secondary alkane sulfonates (alpha- olefin sulfonates) (such as Hostapur SAS available from Clariant Corp., Charlotte, NC); methyl-2-sulfoalkyl esters such as sodium methyl-2-sulfo(C12-16)ester and disodium 2-sulfo(C12-C16)fatty acid (available from Stepan Company, Northfield, IL under the trade designation ALPHASTEP PC-48); alkylsulfoacetates and alkylsulfosuccinates available as sodium laurylsulfoacetate (under the trade designation LANTHANOL LAL, Stepan Company, Northfield, IL) and disodiumlaurethsulfosuccinate
(STEPANMILD SL3, Stepan Company, Northfield, IL); alkylsulfates such as ammoniumlauryl sulfate (available under the trade designation STEPANOL AM from Stepan Company, Northfield, IL); dialkylsulfosuccinates such as
dioctylsodiumsulfosuccinate (available as Aerosol OT from Cytec Industries,
Woodland Park ,NJ).
Suitable anionic surfactants also include phosphates such as alkyl phosphates, alkylether phosphates, aralkylphosphates, and aralkylether phosphates. Many may be represented by the formula:
[R26-(Ph)a-0(CH2CH20)n6(CH2CH(CH3)0)p2]q2-P(0)[0- M+]r ,
wherein: Ph, R26, a, n6, p2, and M are defined above; r is 0-2; and q2 = 1-3; with the proviso that when q2 = 1, r = 2, and when q2 = 2, r = 1, and when q2 = 3, r = 0. As above, the ethylene oxide groups (i.e., the "n6" groups) and propylene oxide groups (i.e., the "p2" groups) can occur in reverse order as well as in a random, sequential, or block arrangement. Examples include a mixture of mono-, di- and tri- (alkyltetraglycolether)-o-phosphoric acid esters generally referred to as trilaureth-4- phosphate (available under the trade designation HOSTAPHAT 340KL from Clariant
Corp.); as well as PPG-5 ceteth 10 phosphate (available under the trade designation CRODAPHOS SG from Croda Inc., Parsipanny, NJ), and mixtures thereof.
In some embodiments, when used in the composition, the surfactants are present in a total amount of at least 0.25 wt. -%, at least 0.5 wt-%, at least 0.75 wt-%, at least 1.0 wt-%, or at least 2.0 wt-%, based on the total weight of the composition. In certain embodiments, in which a very hydrophilic web is desired, or a web that can withstand multiple assaults with aqueous fluid, the surfactant component comprises greater than 2 wt. %, greater than 3 wt. %, or even greater than 5 wt. % of the degradable aliphatic polyester polymer composition.
In other embodiments, the surfactants are present in a total amount of no greater than 20 wt. %, no greater than 15 wt. %, no greater than 10 wt. %, or no greater than 8 wt. %>, based on the total weight of the ready to use composition.
Preferred surfactants have a melting point of less than 200°C, preferably less than 190°C, more preferably less than 180°C, and even more preferably less than 170°C.
For melt processing, preferred surfactant components have low volatility and do not decompose appreciably under process conditions. The preferred surfactants contain less than 10 wt. % water, preferably less than 5% water, and more preferably less than 2 wt. % and even more preferably less than 1% water (determined by Karl Fischer analysis). Moisture content is kept low in order to prevent hydrolysis of the aliphatic polyester or other hydrolytically sensitive compounds in the composition, which will help to give clarity to extruded films or fine fibers.
It can be particularly convenient to use a surfactant predissolved in a nonvolatile carrier. Importantly, the carrier is typically thermally stable and can resist chemical breakdown at processing temperatures which may be as high as 150°C, 180ooC, 200°C°C, 250°C, or even as high as 250°C. In a preferred embodiment, the surfactant carrier is a liquid at 23°C.
Preferred carriers also may include low molecular weight esters of polyhydric alcohols such as triacetin, glyceryl caprylate/caprate, acetyltributylcitrate, and the like.
The solubilizing liquid carriers may alternatively be selected from non- volatile organic solvents. For purposes of the present invention, an organic solvent is considered to be nonvolatile if greater than 80% of the solvent remains in the composition throughout the mixing and melt processes. Because these liquids remain in the melt processable composition, they function as plasticizers, generally lowering the glass transition temperature of the composition.
Since the carrier is substantially nonvolatile it will in large part remain in the composition and may function as an organic plasticizer. As used herein a plasticizer is a compound which when added to the polymer composition results in a decrease in the glass transition temperature. Possible surfactant carriers include compounds containing one or more hydroxyl groups, and particularly glycols such glycerin; 1 ,2 pentanediol; 2,4 diethyl-1,5 pentanediol; 2-methyl-l,3-propanediol; as well as monofunctional compounds such 3-methoxy-methylbutanol ("MMB"). Additional examples of nonvolatile organic plasticizers include polyethers, including polyethoxylated phenols such as Pycal 94 (phenoxypolyethyleneglycol); alkyl, aryl, and aralkyl ether glycols (such as those sold under the DowanolTM tradename by Dow Chemical Company, Midland Mich.) including but not limited to propyelene glycolmonobutyl ether (Dowanol PnB), tripropyleneglycol monobutyl ether (Dowanol TPnB),
dipropyeleneglycol monobutyl ether (Dowanol DPnB), propylene glycol monophenyl ether (Dowanol PPH), and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (Dowanol PM);
polyethoxylated alkyl phenols such as Triton X35 and Triton XI 02 (available from Dow Chemical Company, Midland Mich.); mono or polysubstituted polyethylene glycols such as PEG 400 diethylhexanoate (TegMer 809, available from CP Hall Company), PEG 400 monolaurate (CHP-30N available from CP Hall Company) and PEG 400 monooleate (CPH-41N available from CP Hall Company); amides including higher alkyl substituted N-alkyl pyrrolidones such as N-octylpyrrolidone; sulfonamides such as N-butylbenzene sulfonamide (available from CP Hall Company); triglycerides; citrate esters; esters of tartaric acid; benzoate esters (such as those available from Velsicol Chemical Corp., Rosemont 111. under the Benzoflex tradename) including dipropylene glycoldibenzoate (Benzoflex 50) and diethylene glycol dibenzoate; benzoic acid diester of 2,2,4 trimethyl 1,3 pentane diol (Benzoflex 354), ethylene glycol dibenzoate, tetraetheylene glycoldibenzoate, and the like; polyethylene glycols and ethylene oxide propylene oxide random and block copolymers having a molecular weight less than 10,000 daltons, preferably less than about 5000 daltons, more preferably less than about 2500 daltons; and combinations of the foregoing. As used herein the term polyethylene glycols refer to glycols having 26 alcohol groups that have been reacted with ethylene oxide or a 2 haloethanol.
Preferred polyethylene glycols are formed from ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, pentaerithritol, sucrose and the like. Most preferred polyethylene glycols are formed from ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, and trimethylolpropane. Polyalkylene glycols such as polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol, or random or block copolymers of C2 C4 alkylene oxide groups may also be selected as the carrier. Polyethylene glycols and derivatives thereof are presently preferred. It is important that the carriers be compatible with the polymer. For example, it is presently preferred to use non- volatile non-polymerizable plasticizers that have less than 2 nucleophilic groups, such as hydroxyl groups, when blended with polymers having acid functionality, since compounds having more than two
nucleophilic groups may result in crosslinking of the composition in the extruder at the high extrusion temperatures. Importantly, the non- volatile carriers preferably form a relatively homogeneous solution with the aliphatic polyester polymer composition in the extruder, and remain a relatively homogeneous composition upon cooling, such that the extruded composition is relatively uniform in surfactant concentration.
The preferred hydrophilic additive surfactants of the present invention allow for adhesive, thermal, and/or ultrasonic bonding of fabrics and films made thereof. The embodiments comprising nonanionic surfactants are particularly suitable for use in surgical drapes and gowns due to their unique wetting properties. For example, the polylactic acid/surfactant compositions have durable hydrophilicity as described herein. Non- woven web and sheets comprising the inventive compositions have good tensile strength; can be heat sealed to form strong bonds allowing specialty drape fabrication; can be made from renewable resources which can be important in disposable products; and can have high surface energy to allow wettability and fluid absorbency in the case of non-wovens (as measured for nonwovens using the Apparent Surface Energy test and absorbing water); and for films the contact angles often are less than 50 degrees, preferably less than 30 degrees, and most preferably less than 20 degrees when the contact angles are measured using distilled water on a flat film using the half angle technique described in U. S. Patent No. 5,268,733 and a Tantec Contact Angle Meter, Model CAM-micro, Schamberg, IL. In order to determine the contact angle of materials other than films, a film of the exact same composition should be made by solvent casting.
The processing temperature is sufficient to mix the biodegradable aliphatic polyester and surfactant, and allow extruding the composition as a film. Films made with the compositions described herein have properties that are desirable in
applications such as food wrap, e.g., transparent (not hazy) and being free of oily residue on the surface (which might indicate phase separation of components from the polymer matrix).
The compositions may be solvent cast into a film. The ingredients of the composition are typically dissolved or at least partially solvated, and thoroughly mixed in a suitable solvent which is then cast on a surface and allowed to evaporate, leaving solids comprising the hydrophilic durable resin composition.
viii) Other optional additives
Plasticizers may be used with the aliphatic polyester thermoplastic and include, for example, glycols such glycerin; propylene glycol, polyethoxylated phenols, mono or polysubstituted polyethylene glycols, higher alkyl substituted N-alkyl pyrrolidones, sulfonamides, triglycerides, citrate esters, esters of tartaric acid, benzoate esters, polyethylene glycols and ethylene oxide propylene oxide random and block copolymers having a molecular weight less than 10,000 daltons, preferably less than about 5000 daltons, more preferably less than about 2500 daltons; and combinations thereof. Other additional components include antioxidants, colorants such as dyes and/or pigments, antistatic agents, fluorescent brightening agents, odor control agents, perfumes and fragrances, active ingredients to promote wound healing or other dermatological activity, combinations thereof, and the like.
As described previously, these fillers and additional compounds can
detrimentally effect physical properties of the web. Therefore, total additives other than the antishrink additive preferably are present at no more than 10% by weight, preferably no more than 5% by weight and most preferably no more than 3% by weight.
C. Methods of Making Dimensionally Stable Nonwoven Fibrous Webs
Exemplary processes that are capable of producing oriented fine fibers include: oriented film filament formation, melt-spinning, plexifilament formation, spunbonding, wet spinning, and dry spinning. Suitable processes for producing oriented fibers are also known in the art (see, for example, Ziabicki, Andrzej, Fundamentals of Fibre
Formation: The Science of Fibre Spinning and Drawing, Wiley, London, 1976.).
Orientation does not need to be imparted within a fiber during initial fiber formation, and may be imparted after fiber formation, most commonly using drawing or stretching processes.
The dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs may include fine fibers that are substantially sub-micrometer fibers, fine fibers that are substantially microfibers, or combinations thereof. In some exemplary embodiments, a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web may be formed of sub-micrometer fibers commingled with coarser microfibers providing a support structure for the sub -micrometer nonwoven fibers. The support structure may provide the resiliency and strength to hold the fine sub -micrometer fibers in the preferred low solidity form. The support structure could be made from a number of different components, either singly or in concert. Examples of supporting components include, for example, microfibers, discontinuous oriented fibers, natural fibers, foamed porous cellular materials, and continuous or discontinuous non oriented fibers.
Sub-micrometer fibers are typically very long, though they are generally regarded as discontinuous. Their long lengths - with a length-to-diameter ratio approaching infinity in contrast to the finite lengths of staple fibers - causes them to be better held within the matrix of microfibers. They are usually organic and polymeric and often of the molecularly same polymer as the microfibers. As the streams of sub- micrometer fiber and microfibers merge, the sub-micrometer fibers become dispersed among the microfibers. A rather uniform mixture may be obtained, especially in the x- y dimensions, or plane of the web, with the distribution in the z dimension being controlled by particular process steps such as control of the distance, the angle, and the mass and velocity of the merging streams.
The relative amount of sub-micrometer fibers to microfibers included in a blended nonwoven composite fibrous web of the present disclosure can be varied depending on the intended use of the web. An effective amount, i.e., an amount effective to accomplish desired performance, need not be large in weight amount. Usually the microfibers account for at least one weight percent and no greater than about 75 weight percent of the fibers of the web. Because of the high surface area of the microfibers, a small weight amount may accomplish desired performance. In the case of webs that include very small microfibers, the microfibers generally account for at least 5 percent of the fibrous surface area of the web, and more typically 10 or 20 percent or more of the fibrous surface area. A particular advantage of exemplary embodiments of the present invention is the ability to present small-diameter fibers to a needed application such as filtration or thermal or acoustic insulation.
In one exemplary embodiment, a microfiber stream is formed and a sub- micrometer fiber stream is separately formed and added to the microfiber stream to form the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web. In another exemplary embodiment, a sub -micrometer fiber stream is formed and a microfiber stream is separately formed and added to the sub-micrometer fiber stream to form the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web. In these exemplary embodiments, either one or both of the sub-micrometer fiber stream and the microfiber stream is oriented. In an additional embodiment, an oriented sub-micrometer fiber stream is formed and discontinuous microfibers are added to the sub-micrometer fiber stream, e.g. using a process as described in US Patent No. 4, 118,531 (Hauser).
In some exemplary embodiments, the method of making a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web comprises combining the sub-micrometer fiber population and the microfiber population into a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web by mixing fiber streams, hydroentangling, wet forming, plexifilament formation, or a combination thereof. In combining the sub-micrometer fiber population with the microfiber population, multiple streams of one or both types of fibers may be used, and the streams may be combined in any order. In this manner, nonwoven composite fibrous webs may be formed exhibiting various desired concentration gradients and/or layered structures.
For example, in certain exemplary embodiments, the population of sub- micrometer fibers may be combined with the population of microfibers to form an inhomogenous mixture of fibers. In other exemplary embodiments, the population of sub -micrometer fibers may be formed as an overlayer on an underlayer comprising the population of microfibers. In certain other exemplary embodiments, the population of microfibers may be formed as an overlayer on an underlayer comprising the population of sub-micrometer fibers
In other exemplary embodiments, the nonwoven fibrous article may be formed by depositing the population of sub-micrometer fibers onto a support layer, the support layer optionally comprising microfibers, so as to form a population of sub-micrometer fibers on the support layer or substrate. The method may comprise a step wherein the support layer, which optionally comprises polymeric microfibers, is passed through a fiber stream of sub -micrometer fibers having a median fiber diameter of no greater than 1 micrometer (μιη). While passing through the fiber stream, sub-micrometer fibers may be deposited onto the support layer so as to be temporarily or permanently bonded to the support layer. When the fibers are deposited onto the support layer, the fibers may optionally bond to one another, and may further harden while on the support layer.
In certain presently preferred embodiments, the sub -micrometer fiber population is combined with an optional support layer that comprises at least a portion of the microfiber population. In other presently preferred embodiments, the sub- micrometer fiber population is combined with an optional support layer and
subsequently combined with at least a portion of the microfiber population.
1. Formation of Sub-micrometer Fibers
A number of processes may be used to produce and deposit sub-micrometer fibers, including, but not limited to melt blowing, melt spinning, or combination thereof. Particularly suitable processes include, but are not limited to, processes disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 3,874,886 (Levecque et al), U.S. Patent No. 4,363,646 (Torobin), U.S. Patent No. 4,536,361 (Torobin), U.S. Patent No. 5,227,107 (Dickenson et al), U.S. Patent No. 6,183,670 (Torobin), U.S. Patent No. 6,743,273 (Chung et al), U.S. Patent No. 6,800,226 (Gerking), and DE 19929709 C2 (Gerking), the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Suitable processes for forming sub-micrometer fibers also include
electrospinning processes, for example, those processes described in U.S. Patent No.
1,975,504 (Formhals), the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. Other suitable processes for forming sub-micrometer fibers are described in US Patent No. 6,114,017 (Fabbricante et al); US Patent No. 6,382,526 Bl (Reneker et al); and US Patent No. 6,861,025 B2 (Erickson et al), the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
The methods of making dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may be used to form a sub-micrometer fiber component containing fibers formed from any of the above-mentioned polymeric materials. Typically, the sub -micrometer fiber forming method step involves melt extruding a thermoformable material at a melt extrusion temperature ranging from about 130°C to about 350°C. A die assembly and/or coaxial nozzle assembly (see, for example, the Torobin process referenced above) comprises a population of spinnerets and/or coaxial nozzles through which molten thermoformable material is extruded. In one exemplary embodiment, the coaxial nozzle assembly comprises a population of coaxial nozzles formed into an array so as to extrude multiple streams of fibers onto a support layer or substrate. See, for example, U.S. Patents Nos. 4,536,361 (Figure 2) and 6,183,670 (Figures 1-2).
2. Formation of Microfibers
A number of processes may be used to produce and deposit microfibers, including, but not limited to, melt blowing, melt spinning, filament extrusion, plexifilament formation, spunbonding, wet spinning, dry spinning, or a combination thereof. Suitable processes for forming microfibers are described in US Patent No. 6,315,806 (Torobin); US Patent No. 6,114,017 (Fabbricante et al); US Patent No. 6,382,526 Bl (Reneker et al); and US Patent No. 6,861,025 B2 (Erickson et al).
Alternatively, a population of microfibers may be formed or converted to staple fibers and combined with a population of sub-micrometer fibers using, for example, using a process as described in US Patent No. 4,118,531 (Hauser), the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. In certain exemplary embodiments, the population of microfibers comprises a web of bonded microfibers, wherein bonding is achieved using thermal bonding, adhesive bonding, powdered binder, hydroentangling, needlepunching, calendering, or a combination thereof, as described below.
3. Apparatus for Forming Dimensionally Stable Nonwoven Fibrous Webs A variety of equipment and techniques are known in the art for melt processing polymeric fine fibers. Such equipment and techniques are disclosed, for example, in
U.S. Patent No. 3,565,985 (Schrenk et al); U.S. Patent No. 5,427,842 (Bland et. al); U.S. Patent Nos. 5,589,122 and 5,599,602 (Leonard); and U.S. Patent No. 5,660,922 (Henidge et al). Examples of melt processing equipment include, but are not limited to, extruders (single and twin screw), Banbury mixers, and Brabender extruders for melt processing the inventive fine fibers.
The (BMF) meltblowing process is one particular exemplary method of forming a nonwoven web of molecularly unoriented fibers where a polymer fluid, either molten or as a solution, is extruded through one or more rows of holes then impinged by a high velocity gas jet. The gas jet, typically heated air, entrains and draws the polymer fluid and helps to solidify the polymer into a fiber. The solid fiber is then collected on solid or porous surface as a nonwoven web. This process is described by Van Wente in "Superfine Thermoplastic Fibers", Industrial Engineering Chemistry, vol. 48, pp. 1342- 1346. An improved version of the meltblowing process is described by Buntin et al. as described in US Patent No. 3,849,241, and incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
As part of an exemplary BMF process for making fine fibers, a thermoplastic polyester and polypropylene in a melt form may be mixed in a sufficient amount relative to an optional viscosity modifier to yield fine fibers having average diameter characteristics as described hereinabove. The ingredients of the fine fibers may be mixed in and conveyed through an extruder to yield a polymer, preferably without substantial polymer degradation or uncontrolled side reactions in the melt. The processing temperature is sufficient to mix the biodegradable aliphatic polyester viscosity modifier, and allow extruding the polymer. Potential degradation reactions include transesterification, hydrolysis, chain scission and radical chain define fibers, and process conditions should minimize such reactions.
The viscosity modifiers in the present disclosure need not be added to the fiber extrusion process in a pure state. The viscosity modifiers may be compounded with the aliphatic polyester, or other materials prior to extrusion. Commonly, when additives such as viscosity modifiers are compounded prior to extrusion, they are compounded at a higher concentration than desired for the final fiber. This high concentration compound is referred to as a master batch. When a master batch is used, the master batch will generally be diluted with pure polymer prior to entering the fiber extrusion process. Multiple additives may be present in a masterbatch, and multiple master batches may be used in the fiber extrusion process.
Depending on the condition of the microfibers and sub-micrometer fibers, some bonding may occur between the fibers during collection. However, further bonding between the microfibers in the collected web is usually needed to provide a matrix of desired coherency, making the web more handleable and better able to hold the sub- micrometer fibers within the matrix ("bonding" fibers means adhering the fibers together firmly, so they generally do not separate when the web is subjected to normal handling).
Conventional bonding techniques using heat and pressure applied in a point- bonding process or by smooth calender rolls can be used, though such processes may cause undesired deformation of fibers or compaction of the web. A more preferred technique for bonding the microfibers is taught in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0038976. Apparatus for performing this technique is illustrated in Figures 1, 5 and 6 of the drawings. In brief summary, as applied to the present disclosure, this preferred technique involves subjecting the collected web of microfibers and sub- micrometer fibers to a controlled heating and quenching operation that includes a) forcefully passing through the web a gaseous stream heated to a temperature sufficient to soften the microfibers sufficiently to cause the microfibers to bond together at points of fiber intersection (e.g., at sufficient points of intersection to form a coherent or bonded matrix), the heated stream being applied for a discrete time too short to wholly melt the fibers, and b) immediately forcefully passing through the web a gaseous stream at a temperature at least 50°C no greater than the heated stream to quench the fibers (as defined in the above-mentioned U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0038976, "forcefully" means that a force in addition to normal room pressure is applied to the gaseous stream to propel the stream through the web; "immediately" means as part of the same operation, i.e., without an intervening time of storage as occurs when a web is wound into a roll before the next processing step). As a shorthand term this technique is described as the quenched flow heating technique, and the apparatus as a quenched flow heater.
It has been found that the sub-micrometer fibers do not substantially melt or lose their fiber structure during the bonding operation, but remain as discrete microfibers with their original fiber dimensions. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, Applicant's believe that sub-micrometer fibers have a different, less crystalline morphology than microfibers, and we theorize that the limited heat applied to the web during the bonding operation is exhausted in developing crystalline growth within the sub-micrometer fibers before melting of the sub-micrometer fibers occurs. Whether this theory is correct or not, bonding of the microfibers without substantial melting or distortion of the sub-micrometer fibers does occur and may be beneficial to the properties of the finished web.
A variation of the described method, taught in more detail in the
aforementioned U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0038976, takes advantage of the presence of two different kinds of molecular phases within microfibers
- one kind called crystallite-characterized molecular phases because of a relatively large presence of chain-extended, or strain-induced, crystalline domains, and a second kind called amorphous-characterized phases because of a relatively large presence of domains of lower crystalline order (i.e., not chain-extended) and domains that are amorphous, though the latter may have some order or orientation of a degree insufficient for crystallinity. These two different kinds of phases, which need not have sharp boundaries and can exist in mixture with one another, have different kinds of properties, including different melting and/or softening characteristics: the first phase characterized by a larger presence of chain-extended crystalline domains melts at a temperature (e.g., the melting point of the chain-extended crystalline domain) that is higher than the temperature at which the second phase melts or softens (e.g., the glass transition temperature of the amorphous domain as modified by the melting points of the lower-order crystalline domains).
In the stated variation of the described method, heating is at a temperature and for a time sufficient for the amorphous-characterized phase of the fibers to melt or soften while the crystallite-characterized phase remains unmelted. Generally, the heated gaseous stream is at a temperature greater than the onset melting temperature of the polymeric material of the fibers. Following heating, the web is rapidly quenched as discussed above.
Treatment of the collected web at such a temperature is found to cause the microfibers to become morphologically refined, which is understood as follows (we do not wish to be bound by statements herein of our "understanding," which generally involve some theoretical considerations). As to the amorphous-characterized phase, the amount of molecular material of the phase susceptible to undesirable (softening- impeding) crystal growth is not as great as it was before treatment. The amorphous- characterized phase is understood to have experienced a kind of cleansing or reduction of molecular structure that would lead to undesirable increases in crystallinity in conventional untreated fibers during a thermal bonding operation. Treated fibers of certain exemplary embodiments of the present invention may be capable of a kind of "repeatable softening," meaning that the fibers, and particularly the amorphous- characterized phase of the fibers, will undergo to some degree a repeated cycle of softening and resolidifying as the fibers are exposed to a cycle of raised and lowered temperature within a temperature region lower than that which would cause melting of the whole fiber.
In practical terms, repeatable softening is indicated when a treated web (which already generally exhibits a useful bonding as a result of the heating and quenching treatment) can be heated to cause further autogenous bonding of the fibers. The cycling of softening and resolidifying may not continue indefinitely, but it is generally sufficient that the fibers may be initially bonded by exposure to heat, e.g., during a heat treatment according to certain exemplary embodiments of the present invention, and later heated again to cause re-softening and further bonding, or, if desired, other operations, such as calendering or re-shaping. For example, a web may be calendered to a smooth surface or given a nonplanar shape, e.g., molded into a face mask, taking advantage of the improved bonding capability of the fibers (though in such cases the bonding is not limited to autogenous bonding).
While the amorphous-characterized, or bonding, phase has the described softening role during web-bonding, calendering, shaping or other like operation, the crystallite-characterized phase of the fiber also may have an important role, namely to reinforce the basic fiber structure of the fibers. The crystallite-characterized phase generally can remain unmelted during a bonding or like operation because its melting point is higher than the melting/softening point of the amorphous-characterized phase, and it thus remains as an intact matrix that extends throughout the fiber and supports the fiber structure and fiber dimensions.
Thus, although heating the web in an autogenous bonding operation may cause fibers to weld together by undergoing some flow and coalescence at points of fiber intersection, the basic discrete fiber structure is substantially retained over the length of the fibers between intersections and bonds; preferably, the cross-section of the fibers remains unchanged over the length of the fibers between intersections or bonds formed during the operation. Similarly, although calendering of a web may cause fibers to be reconfigured by the pressure and heat of the calendering operation (thereby causing the fibers to permanently retain the shape pressed upon them during calendering and make the web more uniform in thickness), the fibers generally remain as discrete fibers with a consequent retention of desired web porosity, filtration, and insulating properties.
One aim of the quenching is to withdraw heat before undesired changes occur in the micro fibers contained in the web. Another aim of the quenching is to rapidly remove heat from the web and the fibers and thereby limit the extent and nature of crystallization or molecular ordering that will subsequently occur in the fibers. By rapid quenching from the molten/softened state to a solidified state, the amorphous- characterized phase is understood to be frozen into a more purified crystalline form, with reduced molecular material that can interfere with softening, or repeatable softening, of the fibers. For some purposes, quenching may not be absolutely required though it is strongly preferred for most purposes.
To achieve quenching the mass is desirably cooled by a gas at a temperature at least 50°C no greater than the nominal melting point; also the quenching gas is desirably applied for a time on the order of at least one second (the nominal melting point is often stated by a polymer supplier; it can also be identified with differential scanning calorimetry, and for purposes herein, the "Nominal Melting Point" for a polymer is defined as the peak maximum of a second-heat, total-heat-flow DSC plot in the melting region of a polymer if there is only one maximum in that region; and, if there are more than one maximum indicating more than one melting point (e.g., because of the presence of two distinct crystalline phases), as the temperature at which the highest-amplitude melting peak occurs). In any event the quenching gas or other fluid has sufficient heat capacity to rapidly solidify the fibers. One advantage of certain exemplary embodiments of the present invention may be that the sub-micrometer fibers held within a microfiber web may be better protected against compaction than they would be if present in an all-sub-micrometer fiber layer. The microfibers are generally larger, stiffer and stronger than the sub-micrometer fibers, and they can be made from material different from that of the microfibers. The presence of the microfibers between the sub-micrometer fibers and an object applying pressure may limit the application of crushing force on the sub-micrometer fibers. Especially in the case of sub-micrometer fibers, which can be quite fragile, the increased resistance against compaction or crushing that may be provided by certain exemplary embodiments of the present invention offers an important benefit. Even when webs according to the present disclosure are subjected to pressure, e.g., by being rolled up in jumbo storage rolls or in secondary processing, webs of the present disclosure may offer good resistance to compaction of the web, which could otherwise lead to increased pressure drop and poor loading performance for filters. The presence of the microfibers also may add other properties such as web strength, stiffness and handling properties.
The diameters of the fibers can be tailored to provide needed filtration, acoustic absorption, and other properties. For example it may be desirable for the microfibers to have a median diameter of 5 to 50 micrometers (μιη) and the sub-micrometer fibers to have a median diameter from 0.1 μιη to no greater than 1 μιη, for example, 0.9 μιη.
Preferably the microfibers have a median diameter between 5 μιη and 50 μιη, whereas the sub-micrometer fibers preferably have a median diameter of 0.5 μιη to no greater than 1 μιη, for example, 0.9 μιη.
As previously stated, certain exemplary embodiments of the present invention may be particularly useful to combine very small microfibers, for example ultrafme microfibers having a median diameter of from 1 μιη to about 2 μιη, with the sub- micrometer fibers. Also, as discussed above, it may be desirable to form a gradient through the web, e.g., in the relative proportion of sub-micrometer fibers to microfibers over the thickness of the web, which may be achieved by varying process conditions such as the air velocity or mass rate of the sub-micrometer fiber stream or the geometry of the intersection of the microfiber and sub-micrometer fiber streams, including the distance of the die from the microfiber stream and the angle of the sub-micrometer fiber stream. A higher concentration of sub-micrometer fibers near one edge of a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web according to the present disclosure may be particularly advantageous for gas and/or liquid filtration applications.
In preparing microfibers or sub-micrometer fibers according to various embodiments of the present disclosure, different fiber-forming materials may be extruded through different orifices of a meltspinning extrusion head or meltblowing die so as to prepare webs that comprise a mixture of fibers. Various procedures are also available for electrically charging a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web to enhance its filtration capacity: see e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,496,507 (Angadjivand).
If a web could be prepared from the sub-micrometer fibers themselves, such a web would be flimsy and weak. However, by incorporating the population of sub- micrometer fibers with a population of microfibers in a coherent, bonded, oriented composite fibrous structure, a strong and self-supporting web or sheet material can be obtained, either with or without an optional support layer.
In addition to the foregoing methods of making a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web, one or more of the following process steps may be carried out on the web once formed:
(1) advancing the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web along a process pathway toward further processing operations;
(2) bringing one or more additional layers into contact with an outer surface of the sub-micrometer fiber component, the microfiber component, and/or the optional support layer;
(3) calendering the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web;
(4) coating the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web with a surface treatment or other composition (e.g., a fire retardant composition, an adhesive composition, or a print layer);
(5) attaching the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web to a cardboard or plastic tube;
(6) winding-up the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web in the form of a roll;
(7) slitting the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web to form two or more slit rolls and/or a plurality of slit sheets;
(8) placing the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web in a mold and molding the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web into a new shape; (9) applying a release liner over an exposed optional pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, when present; and
(10) attaching the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web to another substrate via an adhesive or any other attachment device including, but not limited to, clips, brackets, bolts/screws, nails, and straps.
D. Articles Formed From Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs
The present disclosure is also directed to methods of using the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure in a variety of applications. In a further aspect, the disclosure relates to an article comprising a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web according to the present disclosure. In exemplary
embodiments, the article may be used as a gas filtration article, a liquid filtration article, a sound absorption article, a thermal insulation article, a surface cleaning article, a cellular growth support article, a drug delivery article, a personal hygiene article, a dental hygiene article, a surgical drape, a surgical equipment isolation drape, a medical isolation drape, a surgical gown, a medical gown, healthcare patient gowns and attire, an apron or other apparel, a sterilization wrap, a wipe, agricultural fabrics, food packaging, packaging, a tape backing, or a wound dressing article.
For example, a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web of the present disclosure may be advantageous in gas filtration applications due to the reduced pressure drop that results from lower Solidity. Decreasing the Solidity of a sub- micrometer fiber web will generally reduce its pressure drop. Lower pressure drop increase upon particulate loading of low Solidity sub-micrometer dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web of the present disclosure may also result. Current technology for forming particle-loaded sub-micrometer fibers results in much higher pressure drop than for coarser microfiber webs, partially due to the higher Solidity of the fine sub- micrometer fiber web.
In addition, the use of sub-micrometer fibers in gas filtration may be
particularly advantageous due to the improved particle capture efficiency that sub- micrometer fibers may provide. In particular, sub-micrometer fibers may capture small diameter airborne particulates better than coarser fibers. For example, sub-micrometer fibers may more efficiently capture airborne particulates having a dimension smaller than about 1000 nanometers (nm), more preferably smaller than about 500 nm, even more preferably smaller than about 100 nm, and most preferably below about 50 nm,. Gas filters such as this may be particularly useful in personal protection respirators; heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) filters; automotive air filters (e.g. automotive engine air cleaners, automotive exhaust gas filtration, automotive passenger compartment air filtration); and other gas-particulate filtration applications.
Liquid filters containing sub-micrometer fibers in the form of dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may also have the advantage of improved depth loading while maintaining small pore size for capture of sub- micrometer, liquid-borne particulates. These properties improve the loading performance of the filter by allowing the filter to capture more of the challenge particulates without plugging.
A fiber-containing dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web of the present disclosure may also be a preferred substrate for supporting a membrane. The low Solidity fine web could act a both a physical support for the membrane, but also as a depth pre-filter, enhancing the life of the membrane. The use of such a system could act as a highly effective symmetric or asymmetric membrane. Applications for such membranes include ion-rejection, ultrafiltration, reverse osmosis, selective binding and/or adsorption, and fuel cell transport and reaction systems.
Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may also be useful synthetic matrices for promoting cellular growth. The open structure with fine sub-micrometer fibers may mimic naturally occurring systems and promotes more in vz'vo-like behavior. This is in contrast to current products (such as Donaldson ULTRA- WEB™ Synthetic ECM, available from Donaldson Corp., Minneapolis, Minnesota) where high Solidity fiber webs act as a synthetic support membrane, with little or no penetration of cells within the fiber matrix.
The structure provided by the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may also be an effective wipe for surface cleaning, where the fine sub-micrometer fibers form a soft wipe, while low Solidity may have the advantage of providing a reservoir for cleaning agents and high pore volume for trapping debris. The hydrophilic dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present invention may be used as absorbent dry wipes or as so called wet wipes which typically have cleaning agents such as surfactants in a volatile solvent. They also may be very useful as cosmetic wipes for use on skin and mucosal tissue. For acoustic and thermal insulation applications, providing the fine sub- micrometer fibers in a low Solidity form improves acoustic absorbance by exposing more of the surface area of the sub-micrometer fibers, as well as specifically improving low frequency acoustic absorbance by allowing for a thicker web for a given basis weight. In thermal insulation applications in particular, a fine sub-micrometer fiber insulation containing sub-micrometer fibers would have a soft feel and high drapability, while providing a very low Solidity web for trapping insulating air. In some embodiments, the nonwoven web may comprise hollow fibers or filaments or fibers containing gas voids. A spunbond process may be used to prepare nonwoven fabric of continuous, hollow fibers or filaments containing voids that are particularly useful for acoustic and thermal insulation; the voids may allow for an improvement in acoustic damping, reduction in thermal conductivity, and a reduction in weight of the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and articles made therefrom.
In some embodiments of a use of such an acoustic and/or thermal insulation article, an entire area may be surrounded by a dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web prepared according to embodiments of the present disclosure, provided alone or on a support layer. The support structure and the fibers comprising the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web may, but need not be homogeneously dispersed within one another. There may be advantages in cushioning, resiliency and filter loading for asymmetric loading to provide ranges of pore sizes, higher density regions, exterior skins or flow channels.
The fine fibers are particularly useful for making absorbent or repellent aliphatic polyester nonwoven gowns and film laminate drapes used in surgery as well as personal care absorbents such as feminine hygiene pads, diapers, incontinence pads, wipes, fluid filters, insulation and the like.
Various embodiments of the presently disclosed invention also provides useful articles made from fabrics and webs of fine fibers including medical drapes, medical gowns, aprons, filter media, industrial wipes and personal care and home care products such as diapers, facial tissue, facial wipes, wet wipes, dry wipes, disposable absorbent articles and garments such as disposable and reusable garments including infant diapers or training pants, adult incontinence products, feminine hygiene products such as sanitary napkins and panty liners and the like. The fine fibers of this invention also may be useful for producing thermal insulation for garments such as coats, jackets, gloves, cold weather pants, boots, and the like as well as acoustical insulation.
In yet another aspect, this invention provides multi-layer, aqueous liquid- absorbent articles comprising an aqueous media impervious backing sheet. For example, importantly some surgical drapes are liquid impervious to prevent liquid that is absorbed into the top sheet from wicking through to the skin surface where it would be contaminated with bacteria present on the skin. In other embodiments the construction may further comprise an aqueous media permeable topsheet, and an aqueous liquid-absorbent (i.e., hydrophilic) layer constructed of the above-described web or fabric juxtaposed there between useful, for instance, in constructing disposable diapers, wipes or towels, sanitary napkins, and incontinence pads.
In yet another aspect, a single or multi-layer water and body fluid repellent article such as a surgical or medical gown or apron can be formed at least in part of a web of fine fibers described herein, and having aqueous fluid repellent properties. For example, an SMS web may be formed having fine fibers in at least the M (melt blown, blow microfiber) layer but they may also comprise the S (spunbond layer as well). The M layer may have further incorporated therein a repellent additive such as a fluorochemical. In this manner, the gown is rendered fluid repellent to avoid absorption of blood or other body fluids that may contain pathogenic microorganisms. Alternatively, the web may be post treated with a repellent finish such as a
fluorochemical. In yet another aspect, a wrap may be formed that is used to wrap clean instruments prior to surgery or other procedure requiring sterile tools. These wraps allow penetration of sterilizing gasses such as steam, ethylene oxide, hydrogen peroxide, ozone, etc. but they do not allow penetration of bacteria. The wraps may be made of a single or multi-layer water repellent article such as a sterilization wrap which can be formed at least in part of a web of fine fibers described herein, and having aqueous fluid repellent properties. For example, a SMS, SMMS, or other nonwoven construction web may be formed having fine fibers in at least the M (melt blown, blown microfiber) layer but they may also comprise the S (spunbond layer as well). The M layer may have further incorporated therein or thereon a repellent additive such as a fluorochemical. Preferred fluorochemicals comprise a perfluoroalkyl group having at least 4 carbon atoms. These fluorochemicals may be small molecules, oligamers, or polymers. Suitable fluorochemicals may be found in US Patent Nos. 6,127,485 (Klun at al.) and 6,262,180 (Klun et al), the disclosures of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety. Other suitable repellants may include fluorochemicals and silicone fluids repellents disclosed in Applicants co-pending publication, PCT
International Publication No. WO2009/152349, citing priority to the foregoing application. In some instances hydrocarbon type repellents may be suitable. Suitable fluorochemicals and silicones that serve as repellent additives are described below.
A sterilization wrap constructed from such a single or multi-layer repellent article described herein possesses all of the properties required of a sterilization wrap; i.e., permeability to steam or ethylene oxide or other gaseous sterilant during sterilization (and during drying or aeration) of the articles it encloses, repellency of liquid water during storage to avoid contamination of the contents of the wrap by water-borne contaminants, and a tortuous path barrier to contamination by air- or water-borne microbes during storage of the sterilized pack.
The fine fiber webs of exemplary embodiments of the presently disclosed invention may be rendered more repellent by treatment with numerous compounds.
For example, the fabrics may be post web forming surface treatments which include paraffin waxes, fatty acids, bee's wax, silicones, fluorochemicals and combinations thereof. For example, the repellent finishes may be applied as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,027,803; 6,960,642; and 7,199,197, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Repellent finishes may also be melt additives such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 6,262,180, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
REPELLENT ADDITIVE
Preferred fluorochemicals comprise a perfluoroalkyl group having at least 4 carbon atoms. These fluorochemicals may be small molecules, oligamers, or polymers.
Silicone fluid repellents also may be suitable. In some instances hydrocarbon-type repellents may also be suitable.
Classes of fluorochemical agents or compositions useful in this invention include compounds and polymers containing one or more fluoroaliphatic radicals, Rf.
In general, fluorochemical agents or compositions useful as a repellent additive comprise fluorochemical compounds or polymers containing fluoroaliphatic radicals or groups, Rf. The fluoroaliphatic radical, Rf, is a fluorinated, stable, inert, non-polar, preferably saturated, monovalent moiety which is both hydrophobic and oleophobic. It can be straight chain, branched chain, or, if sufficiently large, cyclic, or combinations thereof, such as alkylcycloaliphatic radicals. The skeletal chain in the fluoroaliphatic radical can include catenary divalent oxygen atoms and/or trivalent nitrogen atoms bonded only to carbon atoms. Generally Rf will have 3 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably
6 to about 12 carbon atoms, and will contain about 40 to 78 weight percent, preferably 50 to 78 weight percent, carbon-bound fluorine. The terminal portion of the Rf group has at least one trifluoromethyl group, and preferably has a terminal group of at least three fully fluorinated carbon atoms, e.g., CF3CF2CF2— . The preferred Rf groups are fully or substantially fluorinated, as in the case where Rf is perfluroalkyl, CnF2n+l— .
Examples of such compounds include, for example, fluorochemical urethanes, ureas, esters, amines (and salts thereof), amides, acids (and salts thereof),
carbodiimides, guanidines, allophanates, biurets, and compounds containing two or more of these groups, as well as blends of these compounds.
Useful fluorochemical polymers containing Rf radicals include copolymers of fluorochemical acrylate and/or methacrylate monomers with co-polymerizable monomers, including fluorine-containing and fluorine-free monomers, such as methyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, octadecyl methacrylate, acrylate and methacrylate esters of poly(oxyalkylene) polyol oligomers and polymers, e.g., poly(oxyethylene) glycol dimethacrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, ethylene, vinyl acetate, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, vinylidene fluoride, acrylonitrile, vinyl chloroacetate, isoprene, chloroprene, styrene, butadiene, vinylpyridine, vinyl alkyl esters, vinyl alkyl ketones, acrylic and methacrylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, N-methylolacrylamide, 2- (N,N,N-trimethylammonium)ethyl methacrylate and the like.
The relative amounts of various comonomers which can be used with the fluorochemical monomer will generally be selected empirically, and will depend on the substrate to be treated, the properties desire from the fluorochemical treatment, i.e., the degree of oil and/or water repellency desired, and the mode of application to the substrate.
Useful fluorochemical agents or compositions include blends of the various classes of fluorochemical compounds and/or polymers described above. Also, blends of these fluorochemical compounds or polymers with fluorine-free compounds, e.g., N- acyl aziridines, or fluorine-free polymers, e.g., polyacrylates such as poly(methyl methacrylate) and poly(methyl methacrylate-co-decyl acrylate), polysiloxanes and the like.
The fluorochemical agents or compositions can include non-interfering adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifiers, solvents (aqueous and organic), dyes, biocides, fillers, catalysts, curing agents and the like. The final fluorochemical agent or composition should contain, on a solids basis, at least about 5 weight percent, preferably at least about 10 weight percent carbon-bound fluorine in the form of said Rf groups in order to impart the benefits described in this invention. Such fluorochemicals are generally known and commercially available as perfluoroaliphatic group bearing water/oil repellent agents which contain at least 5 percent by weight of fluorine, preferably 7 to 12 percent of fluorine in the available formulations.
By the reaction of the perfluoroaliphatic thioglycols with diisocyanates, there results perfluoroaliphatic group-bearing polyurethanes. These products are normally applied in aqueous dispersion for fiber treatment. Such reaction products are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,054,592, incorporated herein by reference.
Another group of suitable compounds are perfluoroaliphatic group-bearing N- methylol condensation products. These compounds are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,477,498, incorporated herein by reference where the emulsification of such products is dealt with in detail.
The perfluoroaliphatic group-bearing polycarbodimides are, e.g., obtained by reaction of perfluoroaliphatic sulfonamide alkanols with polyisocyanates in the presence of suitable catalysts. This class of compounds can be used by itself, but often is used with other Rf-group bearing compounds, especially with (co)polymers. Thus, another group of compounds which can be used in dispersions is mentioned. Among these compounds all known polymers bearing f uoroaliphatic residues can be used, also condensation polymers, such as polyesters and polyamides which contain the corresponding perfluoroaliphatic groups, are considered but especially (co)polymers on the basis of e.g. Rf -acrylates and Rf -methacrylates, which can contain different fluorine-free vinyl compounds as comonomers. In DE-A 2 310 801, these compounds are discussed in detail. The manufacture of Rf -group bearing polycarbodimides as well as the combination of these compounds with each other is also described in detail.
Besides the aforementioned perfluoroaliphatic group-bearing agents, further fluorochemical components may be used, for example, Rf -group-bearing guanidines, U.S. Patent No. 4,540,479, Rf -group-bearing allophanates, U.S. Patent No. 4,606,737 and Rf -group-bearing biurets, U.S. Patent No. 4,668,406, the disclosures which are incorporated herein by reference. These classes are mostly used in combination. Others include fluoroalkyl-substituted siloxanes, e.g., CF3(CF2)6CH20(CH2)3Si(OC2H5)3- .
The useful compounds show, in general, one or more perfluoroaliphatic residues with preferably at least 4 carbon atoms, especially 4 to 14 atoms each. An exemplary fluorochemical is a formulation of 70% solvents and 30% emulsified solid
fluorochemical polymers. The formulation includes as solvents 1 1% methyl isobutyl ketone, 6% ethylene glycol and 53% water. The fluorochemical polymers are a 50/50 blend of 5/95 copolymer of butyl acrylate and C8Fi7S02(CH3)C2H40— CCH=CH2 prepared as described in U.S. Patent No. 3,816,229, incorporated herein by reference (see especially column 3, lines 66-68 and column 4, lines 1-1 1) for a 10/90 copolymer. The second component of the 50/50 blend is a copolymer prepared from 1 mole of a tri- functional phenyl isocyanate (available from Upjohn Company under the name PAPI), 2 moles of C8Fi7N(CH2CH3)CH2CFi2OFi and 1 mole of stearyl alcohol prepared as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,401 ,780, incorporated herein by reference (see especially Table 1 , C2 under footnote A). Emulsifiers used are conventional commercially available materials such as polyethoxylated quaternary ammonium compounds (available under the name 5% Ethoquad 18/25 from Akzo Chemie
America) and 7.5% of a 50/50 mixture of C8Fi7S02NHC3H6N(CH3)3Cl and a polyethoxylated sorbitan monooleate (available from ICI Limited under the name TWEEN 80). Such fluorochemicals are non-yellowing and particularly non-irritating to the skin as well as providing articles that are stable having excellent long term aging properties. Exemplary fluorochemicals are available under the trade designations SCOTCHGARD, SCOTCH-RELEASE, and 3M BRAND TEXTILE CHEMICAL and are commercially from the 3M Company. Other commercially available materials include materials that use fluorotelomer chemistry materials provided by DuPont (available from duPont deNemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.).
Suitable silicones for use to obtain the low surface energy layers of the instant invention include any of the silicones known to those skilled in the art to provide water repellency and optionally oil repellency to fibers and films. Silicone fluids typically consist of linear polymers of rather low molecular weight, namely about 4000-25,000. Most commonly the polymers are polydimethylsiloxanes. For use as fluids with enhanced thermal stability, silicones containing both methyl and phenyl groups are often used. Generally, the phenyl groups make up 10- 45% of the total number of substituent groups present. Such silicones are generally obtained by hydrolysis of mixtures of methyl- and phenylchlorosilanes. Fluids for use in textile treatment may incorporate reactive groups so that they may be cross-linked to give a permanent finish. Commonly, these fluids contain Si— H bonds (introduced by including methyldichlorosilane in the polymerization system) and cross-linking occurs on heating with alkali.
Examples of suitable silicones are those available from Dow-Corning
Corporation such as C2-0563 and from General Electric Corporation such as GE-
SS4098. Especially preferred silicone finishes are disclosed in U.S. Patent No.
5,045,387.
Articles that may be made of fine fibers or the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may include medical drapes and gowns, including surgical drapes, procedural drapes, plastic specialty drapes, incise drapes, barrier drapes, barrier gowns, SMS gowns, and the like; sterilization wraps; wound dressings, wound absorbents, and wound contact layers; surgical sponges use to absorb blood and body fluids during surgery; surgical implants; and other medical devices. Articles made of the fine fibers may be solvent, heat, or ultrasonically welded together as well as being welded to other compatible articles. The fine fibers may be used in conjunction with other materials to form constructions such as sheath/core materials, laminates, compound structures of two or more materials, or useful as coatings on various medical devices. The fine fibers described herein may be useful in the fabrication of surgical sponges.
In certain embodiments, the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous web is a component of a surgical drape. As used herein a "surgical drape" is a textile that is used to cover the patient and/or instrumentation and other objects during invasive procedures such as surgery but include other procedures such as urinary and vascular access catherization, spinal block placement, etc where maintaining a sterile field is desirable. The drapes are most often provided sterile. The fiber webs of this invention can be sterilized by conventional methods such as sterilizing gases including steam, ethylene oxide, hydrogen peroxide, ozone, combinations thereof, and the like. A significant advantage is that the fine fiber webs can be sterilized by gamma irradiation without significant loss in physical properties.
The purpose of the drape is to provide a sterile surface and to contain microbial contamination from the patient and/or equipment. Thus, the fine fiber web may be coated with an impervious film. Any suitable film can be used. When laminated to an impervious film the fine fiber web rendered hydrophilic as also described in
Applicants' co-pending publication, PCT International Publication No.
WO2009/152345 and PCT International Publication No. WO2009/152345, citing priority to the foregoing and filed on June 11, 2009, each incorporated by reference herein in their entirety; and may be constructed as described in co-pending PCT
International Publication No. WO 2010/117612, incorporated by reference in its entirety. In this manner, the drape is absorbent and still a barrier. Alternatively, the drape may be constructed of a fine fiber-containing web which has been treated with a repellent additive as described above.
In certain embodiments the fiber web is a component of a surgical gown. As used herein a "surgical gown" is a textile that is used to cover the clinician during invasive procedures such as surgery. Additionally, the gowns may be used for many other procedures where the clinician wishes to protect themselves from contamination. The gowns are most often provided sterile and may be sterilized as described above for the surgical drapes. Typically the gown is constructed of a fine fiber-containing web which may have been treated with the repellent additive as described above. The purpose of the gown is to provide a sterile surface and to contain microbial
contamination from the clinician so that it does not contaminate a sterile field.
Importantly, the gowns also may be used to protect the clinician from exposure to infectious agents such as bacteria, spores, virus, mycobacterium etc. Thus, the fine fiber web may be coated with an impervious film. Any suitable film can be used. Preferably, if a film is used it is microporous to allow moisture evaporation.
Alternatively, the gown may be constructed of a fine fiber containing web which has been treated to be repellent additive as described above. In this manner, any blood or body fluids that contact the gown are repelled and will not soak in to contact the clinician.
When used, the preferred hydrophilic additive surfactants of the present invention allow for adhesive, thermal, and/or ultrasonic bonding of fabrics and films made thereof. The fine fibers are particularly suitable for use in surgical drapes and gowns. Non- woven web and sheets comprising the fine fibers can be heat sealed to form strong bonds allowing specialty drape fabrication; can be made from renewable resources which can be important in disposable products; and can have high surface energy to allow wettability and fluid absorbency in the case of non-wovens. In other applications, a low surface energy may be desirable to impart fluid repellency.
It is believed that such non- woven materials can be sterilized by gamma radiation or electron beam without significant loss of physical strength (tensile strength for a 1 mil thick film does not decrease by more than 20% and preferably by not more than 10% after exposure to 2.5 Mrad gamma radiation from a cobalt gamma radiation source and aged at 23°C - 25°C for 7 days. Similarly, it is expected that the nonwoven materials of this invention can be sterilized by exposure to electron beam irradiation. Alternatively, the materials of this invention can be sterilized by gas or vapor phase antimicrobial agents such as ethylene oxide, hydrogen peroxide plasma, peracetic acid, ozone, and similar alkylating and/or oxidizing agents.
The hydrophilic characteristic of the fibers may improve articles such as wound and surgical dressings by improving absorbency. If the fine fibers is used in a wound dressing backing film, the film may be partially (e.g. zone or pattern) coated or completely coated with various adhesives, including but not limited to pressure sensitive adhesives (PSAs), such as acrylic and block copolymer adhesives, hydrogel adhesives, hydrocolloid adhesives, and foamed adhesives. PSAs can have a relatively high moisture vapor transmission rate to allow for moisture evaporation. Suitable pressure sensitive adhesives include those based on acrylates, polyurethanes, KRATON and other block copolymers, silicones, rubber based adhesives as well as combinations of these adhesives. The preferred PSAs are medical adhesives that are applied to skin such as the acrylate copolymers described in U.S. Patent No. RE 24,906, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference, particularly a 97:3 iso-octyl
acrylate :acrylamide copolymer. Also preferred is an 70:15: 15 iso-octyl acrylate- ethyleneoxide acrylate: acrylic acid terpolymer, as described in U.S. Patent No.
4,737,410 (Example 31), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
Other useful adhesives are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,389,827; 4,112,213;
4,310,509; and 4,323,557; the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Inclusion of medicaments or antimicrobial agents in the adhesive is also contemplated, as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,310,509 and 4,323,557.
Other medical devices that may be made, in whole or in part, of the fine fibers include: surgical mesh, slings, orthopedic pins (including bone filling augmentation material), adhesion barriers, stents, guided tissue repair/regeneration devices, articular cartilage repair devices, nerve guides, tendon repair devices, atrial septal defect repair devices, pericardial patches, bulking and filling agents, vein valves, bone marrow scaffolds, meniscus regeneration devices, ligament and tendon grafts, ocular cell implants, spinal fusion cages, skin substitutes, dural substitutes, bone graft substitutes, bone dowels, and hemostats.
An alternative melt blown process that may benefit from the use of the fibers, and the methods of making as provided herein, and useful in consumer hygiene products, such as adult incontinence, infant diapers, feminine hygiene products, and others, is described in Applicants' co-pending application, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0160861 ,-0200890-Al , and incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
Articles comprising the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure fine fibers may be made by processes known in the art for making products like polymer sheets from polymer resins. For many applications, such articles can be placed in water at 23°C without substantial loss of physical integrity
(e.g. tensile strength) after being immersed 2 hours and dried. Typically, these articles contain little or no water. The water content in the article after extruding, injection molding or solvent casting is typically no greater than 10% by weight, preferably no greater than 5% by weight, more preferably no greater than 1% by weight and most preferably no greater than 0.2% by weight.
Articles made of the dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may be solvent, heat, or ultrasonically welded together as well as being welded to other compatible articles. The dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may be used in conjunction with other materials to form constructions such as sheath/core materials, laminates, compound structures of two or more materials, or useful as coatings on various medical devices. The dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs described herein may be particularly useful in the fabrication of surgical sponges. The hydrophilic characteristic of some exemplary dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may improve articles such as wound and surgical dressings by improving absorbency. If the fine fibers is used in a wound dressing backing film, the film may be partially (e.g. zone or pattern) coated or completely coated with various adhesives, including but not limited to pressure sensitive adhesives (PSAs), such as acrylic and block copolymer adhesives, hydrogel adhesives, hydrocolloid adhesives, and foamed adhesives. PSAs can have a relatively high moisture vapor transmission rate to allow for moisture evaporation.
Suitable pressure sensitive adhesives include those based on acrylates, polyurethanes, KRATON and other block copolymers, silicones, rubber based adhesives as well as combinations of these adhesives. The preferred PSAs are the normal adhesives that are applied to skin such as the acrylate copolymers described in U.S. Patent No. RE 24,906, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference, particularly a 97:3 iso-octyl acrylate :acrylamide copolymer. Also preferred is an 70: 15: 15 iso-octyl acrylate-ethyleneoxide acrylate: acrylic acid terpolymer, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,737,410 (Example 31), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Other useful adhesives are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,389,827; 4,112,213; 4,310,509 and 4,323,557, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Inclusion of medicaments or antimicrobial agents in the adhesive is also contemplated, as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,310,509 and
4,323,557.
Other medical devices that may be made, in whole or in part, of exemplary dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure include: sutures, suture fasteners, surgical mesh, slings, orthopedic pins (including bone filling augmentation material), adhesion barriers, stents, guided tissue repair/regeneration devices, articular cartilage repair devices, nerve guides, tendon repair devices, atrial septal defect repair devices, pericardial patches, bulking and filling agents, vein valves, bone marrow scaffolds, meniscus regeneration devices, ligament and tendon grafts, ocular cell implants, spinal fusion cages, skin substitutes, dural substitutes, bone graft substitutes, bone dowels, and hemostats.
As part of the process for making the fine fibers, the aliphatic polyester in a melt form is mixed in a sufficient amount relative to the viscosity modifier to yield fine fibers having average diameter characteristics as described herein. A variety of equipment and techniques are known in the art for melt processing polymeric fine fibers. Such equipment and techniques are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 3,565,985 (Schrenk et al); U.S. Patent No. 5,427,842 (Bland et. al); U.S. Patent Nos. 5,589,122 and 5,599,602 (Leonard); and U.S. Patent No. 5,660,922 (Henidge et al). Examples of melt processing equipment include, but are not limited to, extruders (single and twin screw), Banbury mixers, and Brabender extruders for melt processing the inventive fine fibers.
The ingredients of the fine fibers may be mixed in and conveyed through an extruder to yield a polymer, preferably without substantial polymer degradation or uncontrolled side reactions in the melt.. Potential degradation reactions include transesterification, hydrolysis, chain scission and radical chain define fibers, and process conditions should minimize such reactions. The processing temperature is sufficient to mix the biodegradable aliphatic polyester viscosity modifier, and allow extruding the polymer.
The (BMF) me ltb lowing process is a method of forming a nonwoven fiber web where a polymer fluid, either melt or solution, is extruded through one or more rows of holes then impinged by a high velocity gas jet. The gas jet, typically heated air, entrains and draws the polymer fluid and helps to solidify the polymer into a fiber. The solid fiber is then collected on solid or porous surface as a nonwoven web. This process is described by Van Wente in "Superfine Thermoplastic Fibers", Industrial
Engineering Chemistry, vol. 48, pp. 1342-1346. An improved version of the meltblowing process is described by Buntin et al. as described in U.S. Patent No.
3,849,241, and incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
The viscosity modifiers described herein need not be added to the fiber extrusion process in a pure state. The viscosity modifiers may be compounded with the aliphatic polyester, or other materials prior to extrusion. Commonly, when additives such as viscosity modifiers are compounded prior to extrusion, they are compounded at a higher concentration than desired for the final fiber. This high concentration compound is referred to as a masterbatch. When a masterbatch is used, the masterbatch will generally be diluted with pure polymer prior to entering the fiber extrusion process.
Multiple additives may be present in a masterbatch, and multiple masterbatches may be used in the fiber extrusion process. The dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs of the present disclosure may also be useful in consumer hygiene products, such as adult incontinence, infant diapers, feminine hygiene products, and others as described in Applicants' co-pending application. An alternative melt blown process that may benefit from the use of viscosity modifiers as provided herein is described in U.S. Patent Application
Publication No. 2008-0160861, filed December 28, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS
Embodiment 1 is a nonwoven web including a plurality of fibers comprising: one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters; and
polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, and
one or more alkyl, alkenyl, aralkyl or alkaryl anionic surfactants incorporated into the polyester;
wherein the web has at least one dimension in the plane of the web which decreases by no greater than 10% when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers in an unrestrained condition.
Embodiment 2 is the web of embodiment 1 , wherein the one or more anionic surfactant has a melting point of less than 200°C.
Embodiment 3 is the web of any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the nonwoven web remains hydrophilic after more than 10 days at 45°C.
Embodiment 4 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, further comprising a surfactant carrier.
Embodiment 5 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the anionic surfactant is selected from the group consisting of one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl sulfonates; alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl sulfates; alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl phosphonates; alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl phosphates; alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl and arakyl carboxylates; alkyl alkoxylated carboxylates; alkyl alkoxylated sulfates; alkylalkoxylated sulfonates; alkyl alkoxylated phosphates; and combinations thereof. Embodiment 6 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the anionic surfactant is selected from the group consisting of (C8-C22) alkyl sulfate salts, di(Cg-Ci8) sulfosuccinate salts, C8-C22 alkyl sarconsinate salts, C8-C22 alkyl lactyalte salts, and combinations thereof.
Embodiment 7 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the anionic surfactant is present in an amount of at least 0.25% and no greater than 8% by weight of the composition.
Embodiment 8 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the anionic surfactant is present in an amount greater than 1% by weight of the composition.
Embodiment 9 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the surfactant carrier is a liquid at 23°C.
Embodiment 10 is the web of any one of the previous embodiments, wherein the surfactant carrier is selected from the group consisting of polyalkylene glycol, polyhydric alcohols, glycerin triglcyerides, citric acid esters, aliphatic diesters and combinations thereof.
Embodiment 11 is the web of any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the anionic surfactant comprise less than 5% water.
Embodiment 12 is the web of any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the surfactant carrier comprises less than 5% water.
Embodiment 13 is the web of any of the preceding claims, further comprising a plasticizer distinct from the anionic surfactant and distinct from the surfactant carrier.
Embodiment 14 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the anionic surfactant is present in an amount greater than 2 percent by weight of the aliphatic polyester.
Embodiment 15 is a nonwoven web including a plurality of fine fibers comprising:
one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters; and
polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, and
a viscosity modifier having the following structure:
(R-C02-)„Mn+ wherein R is an alkyl or alkylene of C8-C30 as a branched or straight carbon chain, or C12-C30 aralkyl, and may be optionally substituted with 0-100 alkylene oxide groups such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide groups, oligameric lactic and/or glycolic acid or a combination thereof; and
M is H, an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, or an ammonium group, a protonated tertiary amine or a quaternary amine;
n is 1 or 2 and is equal to the valence of the cation, and
wherein the web has at least one dimension in the plane of the web which decreases by no greater than 10% when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers but below the melting temperature when measured in an unrestrained condition.
Embodiment 16 is the web of embodiment 15, wherein the ammonium group is a protonated tertiary amine or a quaternary amine.
Embodiment 17 is the web of any one of embodiments 15-16, wherein M is an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal.
Embodiment 18 is the web of any one of embodiments 15-17, wherein the viscosity modifier is selected from the group consisting of selected from the group consisting of alkyl carboxylates, alkenyl carboxylates, aralkyl carboxylates, alkylethoxylated carboxylates, aralkylethoxylated carboxylates, alkyl lactylates, alkenyl lactylates, stearoyl lactylates, stearates, the carboxylic acids thereof, and mixtures thereof.
Embodiment 19is the web of any one of embodiments 15-18, wherein the viscosity modifier is present in an amount of no greater than about 10 percent by weight of the web.
Embodiment 20 is the web any one of the preceding embodiments, further comprising a thermoplastic polymer distinct from the thermoplastic aliphatic polyester.
Embodiment 21 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the viscosity modifier is present in an amount less than 2% by weight.
Embodiment 22 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the viscosity modifier comprises less than 5% water.
Embodiment 23 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the molecular orientation of the fibers results in a bi-refringence value of at least 0.01. Embodiment 24 is the web of any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the thermoplastic polyester is at least one aliphatic polyester selected from the group consisting of one or more poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), polybutylene succinate, polyhydroxybutyrate, polyhydroxyvalerate, blends, and copolymers thereof.
Embodiment 25 is the web of any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the aliphatic polyester is semicrystalline.
Embodiment 26 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments 1-20, further comprising a thermoplastic (co)polymer distinct from the thermoplastic polyester.
Embodiment 27 is the web of any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the thermoplastic aliphatic polyester is present in an amount greater than 90% by weight of the thermoplastic polymer present in the composition.
Embodiment 28 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the polypropylene is present in an amount from about 1% to about 6% by weight of the web.
Embodiment 29 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of no greater than about one micrometer (μπι).
Embodiment 30 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of no greater than about 12 μιη.
Embodiment 31 is the web of embodiment 30, wherein the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of at least 1 μιη.
Embodiment 32 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the web is biocompatible.
Embodiment 33 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the web is a nonwoven web formed from a molten mixture comprising the
thermoplastic polyester and the polypropylene.
Embodiment 34 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the nonwoven web is selected from the group consisting of a spunbond web, a blown microfiber web, a hydroentangled web, or combinations thereof.
Embodiment 35 is an article comprising the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, selected from the group consisting of a gas filtration article, a liquid filtration article, a sound absorption article, a thermal insulation article, a surface cleaning article, a cellular growth support article, a drug delivery article, a personal hygiene article, a dental hygiene article, an adhesive coated tape, and a wound dressing article.
Embodiment 36 a surgical or medical drape comprising the web of any one of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34.
Embodiment 37 a surgical or medical gown comprising the web of any of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34.
Embodiment 38 a sterilization wrap comprising the web of any of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34.
Embodiment 39 is the sterilization wrap of embodiment 38, further comprising a repellent additive on or in the web.
Embodiment 40 is a wound contact material or adhesive coated tape comprising the web of any of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34.
Embodiment 41 is a personal hygiene article such as a diaper or feminine hygiene pad comprising the web of any of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34.
Embodiment 42 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, further comprising an antimicrobial component.
Embodiment 43 is the web of embodiment 41, wherein the antimicrobial component is present in an amount greater than 5 percent by weight of the aliphatic polyester.
Embodiment 44 is the web of any one of embodiments 42-43, wherein the antimicrobial component is selected from a fatty acid monoester, a fatty acid di-ester, an organic acid, a silver compound, a quaternary ammonium compound, a cationic (co)polymer, an iodine compound, or combinations thereof.
Embodiment 45 is the web of any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the plurality of fibers are bonded together in at least point locations.
Embodiment 46 is a method of making a web according to any one of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34 comprising:
forming a mixture comprising:
one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters, polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture, and
one or more alkyl, alkenyl, aralkyl or alkaryl anionic surfactants incorporated into the polyester;
simultaneously forming a plurality of fibers from the mixture; and
collecting at least a portion of the fibers to form a web, wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers but below the melting temperature when measured in an unrestrained condition.
Embodiment 47 is the method of embodiment 46, further comprising a surfactant carrier.
Embodiment 48 is the method of any one of embodiments 46 or 47, further comprising the step or extruding the polyester blended with the anionic surfactants.
Embodiment 49 is the method of any one of embodiments 46-48, wherein the blending of the polyester and the anionic surfactants comprises extruding the polyester and the anionic surfactants.
Embodiment 50 is the method of any one of embodiments 46-49, further comprising the subsequent step of adding additional polyester.
Embodiment 51 is the method of any one of embodiments 46-50, further comprising post heating the extruded web.
Embodiment 52 is a method of making a web according to any one of the preceding embodiments 1 to 34 comprising:
forming a mixture comprising:
one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters,
polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture; and
a viscosity modifier selected from the group consisting of alkyl carboxylates, alkenyl carboxylates, aralkyl carboxylates, alkylethoxylated carboxylates, aralkylethoxylated carboxylates, alkyl lactylates, alkenyl lactylates, and mixtures thereof
simulataneously forming a plurality of fibers from the mixture; and collecting at least a portion of the fibers to form a web, wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers but below the melting temperature when measured in an unrestrained condition.
Embodiment 53 is the method of embodiment 52, wherein the web is formed using a melt-blowing, spun-bonding, or melt-spinning process.
Embodiment 54 is the method of any one of embodiments 52-53, wherein the thermoplastic polyester and the viscosity modifier are mixed prior to the web forming process.
Embodiment 55 is the method of any one of embodiments 52-54, further comprising the step of extruding the polyester blended with the viscosity modifier.
Embodiment 56 is the method of any one of embodiments 52-55, wherein the mixing of the polyester and the viscosity modifier comprises extruding the polyester and the viscosity modifier.
Embodiment 57 is the method of any of the preceding embodiment 52-56, further comprising post heating the web.
Embodiment 58 is the method of any of the preceding embodiments 52-57, wherein the web is formed using melt-spinning, filament extrusion, electrospinning, gas jet fibrillation or combinations thereof.
Embodiment 59 is a method of making a web according to any one of the preceding embodiments 46-58, wherein the fibers do not exhibit molecular orientation.
TEST METHODS
Apparent Surface Energy
The method for measuring the surface energy is AATCC Test Method 118-
1983, with the modifications described below. Surface energies measured according to this modified test method are hereinafter referred to as "apparent" surface energies. AATCC test method 118-1983 determines the surface energy of a fabric by evaluating the fabric's resistance to wetting by a series of selected hydrocarbon compositions. The hydrocarbons set forth in AATCC 118-1983, however, only provide for measurements of surface energy from about 19.8 to 27.3 dynes per centimeter at 25°C. This range is extended by employing various mixtures of methanol and water in the fabric resistance test. The compositions and their representative surface tensions are as follows: Liquid No. Volume % Methanol/Water Surface Tension
(Dynes/cm at 20°C
7 65/45 30
8 53/47 35
9 40/60 40
10 25/75 45
11 21/79 50
12 15/85 55
13 8.5/91.5 60
The test procedure is as follows. A specimen of the covering material is placed flat on a smooth, horizontal surface. Using the method of AATCC 118-1983 except that beginning with the lowest number test liquid, 5 drops of the liquid are placed on the surface of the fabric on the side which will face the resin impregnated sheet in various locations. If three of the five drops wick into the fabric within 60 seconds, the liquid of the next higher surface tension is used. When at least 3 drops remain on the fabric surface, the apparent surface energy is recorded as the range of the last two liquids.
Effective Fiber Diameter
Fiber diameter is measured using the Effective Fiber Diameter (EFD) method developed by Davies using basis weight, web thickness, and pressure drop to estimate the average fiber diameter of a fiber web. Davies, C.N., The Separation of Airborne Dust and Particles, Inst, of Mech. Engineers, London, Proceedings IB, 1952.
Average fiber diameter can be measured in several ways including microscopy, laser diffraction, and fluid flow resistance. Davies (Davies, C.N., The Separation of Dust and Particles, Inst, of Mech. Engineers, London, Proceedings IB, 1952) developed a correlation for determining the average diameter of a fiber web using the air flow resistance, web thickness, and web basis weight. Air flow resistance was measured by recording the pressure drop of a 11.4 centimeter diameter web sample at an air flow rate of 32 liters per minute. Web thickness was measured on a 13.3 centimeter diameter circular web sample with an applied pressure of 150 Pa. Web basis weight was measured by weighing a 13.3 centimeter diameter web sample. The equations described by Davies were then used to determine the effective fiber diameter (EFD) of the web, expressed in units of microns (1 micron = 10E-6 meters). Shrinkage
After extrusion, the fine fiber webs were also measured for shrinkage by placing 10 cm x 10 cm squares of the web on aluminum trays in an oven at 80°C for approximately 14 hours. After aging the squares were measured and the average linear shrinkage was recorded.
EXAMPLES
The invention will be further clarified by the following examples which are exemplary and not intended to limit the scope of the invention.
Glossary of terms
PLA 6202D Polylactic acid (Natureworks, Minnetonka, MN) PLA 4032 Polylactic acid (Natureworks, Minnetonka, MN) PLA 4060D Polylactic acid (Natureworks, Minnetonka, MN) PLA 625 ID Polylactic acid (Natureworks, Minnetonka, MN) Brij 700 Steareth-100 (Sigma Aldrich, Milwaukee, WI) Pationic 138C Sodium lauroyl lactylate (RITA Corporation, Crystal Lake, IL) Carbowax 400 polyethylene glycol (PEG) 400 (Dow Chemical, Midland, MI) PEG/DOSS 50% docusate sodium USP in PEG 400, (Cytec Industries, West
Patterson, NJ)
Hostapon STCI-85 Sodium cocoyl isethionate, 85%, (Clariant, Wayne NJ) Hostapur SAS-93G Sodium C14-C17 alkyl sec. sulfonate, (Clariant, Wayne NJ)
Montanov 202 Arachidyl Alcohol (and) Behenyl Alcohol (and) Arachidyl
Glucoside (Seppic, Fairfield, NJ)
Citroflex A4 acetyl tributyl citrate (Morflex Inc., Greensboro, N.C.) Crodaphos SG PPG-5 ceteth 10 phosphate (Croda, Inc., Parsipanny, NJ) Pationic CSL Calcium Stearoyl Lactylate (CSL) (RITA Corp. Crystal Lake,
Illinois) The polymer resin used in the examples is 625 ID PLA available as pellets from Natureworks, LLC, Minnetonka, Minnesota. Natureworks reports 6215D PLA to have a relative viscosity of 2.50 and a d-isomer content of 1.4%. Using GPC, the molecular weight of the resin was found to be 94,700 daltons for Mw, and 42,800 daltons for Mn.
Examples C1-C3, 1, and 2
The compositions listed in Table 1 were extruded on an experimental spunbond making line. The spunbond nonwovens were made using the equipment and processing techniques for spunbond nonwovens described in U.S. Patent No. 6,916,752.
Non- woven spunbond PLA samples were made with different concentrations of surfactants. A non- woven spunbond PLA sample without any surfactant was also made. This was done for the purpose of evaluating and comparing the different samples' wettability, aging stability, and general mechanical properties.
The initial step was to pre-compound the wetting agents into higher
concentration masterbatches. This was done using a 25mm Berstorff UTX twin screw extruder, fitted with a standard pelletizing die. The strands were run through a 12 foot water bath and into a pelletizing puller.
Four masterbatches were made : 1) 95% PLA 6202D and 5 % PEG 400
2) 95% PLA 6202D and 5% PEG/DOSS
3) 90% PLA 6202D and 10% Brij 700
4) 90% PLA 6202D and 10% Pationic 138C
The PLA was fed using a K-tron Feeder. The other additives were all fed using a grid melter and were fed into Zone 4. Feed rates were as follows:
Figure imgf000088_0001
The zone temperatures were as follows:
Figure imgf000089_0001
After the strands passed through the water bath and the pelletizer, they were collected in 5 gallon pail liners, with holes in the bottom to allow any excess water to run off. The liners were placed in 5 gallon pails and were raised from the bottom about 4 inches. Once the samples had been "drip dried", the batches were distributed into multiple pans and allowed to crystallize in a batch oven at 65°C for 12 to 24 hours.
The masterbatches and the virgin PLA were dried for a minimum of 6 hours in a recirculated drier at 60°C. A web was made with 60 g/sq/m. Melt temperatures were about 190-210°C. When running Masterbatch 4 with Pationic 138C, a dramatic viscosity reduction occurred, so the temperature had to be dropped 160°C. The webs were passed through a through air bonder on a screen support at a temperature of 90-
100°C in order lightly bond the web.
Spunbond nonwoven examples were prepared using the masterbatches described above blended with neat 6202D PLA. All the materials were dried prior to use. The spunbond nonwovens were obtained using a Davis-Standard BLUE RIBBON (DS-20®) extruder (Davis Standard Corporation, Pawcatuck, CT) using a 2.0 inch/50 mm single screw extruder to feed into through a pump to an extrusion head including multiple die orifices.
The die head had a total of 512 orifice holes with an aliphatic polyester polymer melt throughput of 0.50 g/hole/min (33.83 Ib/hr). The die had a transverse length of 7.875 inches (200 mm). The hole diameter was 0.040 inch (0.889 mm) and L/D ratio of 6. The melt extrusion temperature at the die of the neat PLA was set at 215°C, while the melt extrusion temperature of PLA with the surfactant additives was dependent on the type and amount of additives. The temperature was adjusted in order to make similar webs to the control (pure aliphatic polyester, PLA). A representative description of the web forming and bonding process is exemplified by U.S. Patent
Publication No. US 2008/0038976 Al, and incorporated herein as reference in its entirety. Aged at 5C Aged at 45C
Figure imgf000091_0001
The results indicate that virgin PLA (Comparative Example 2) is hydrophobic with an apparent surface energy of 36 dyne/cm throughout the aging at room
temperature (23-25°C) and ambient humidity. Addition of PEG 400 (MP<23°C) or the surfactant Brij 700 (MP= 51-54°C) did not improve the hydrophilicity (Comparative Examples 1 and 3 respectively). Addition of the anionic surfactants docusate sodium
(DOSS, MP = 153-157°C) and lauroyl lactylate (Pationic 138C, MP = 50-55°C) (Examples 1 and 2) resulted in a dramatic improvement in the hydrophilicity which was stable over time. The DOSS used was dissolved in a PEG 400 carrier (50%
PEG400/50% DOSS solution, MP<23°C) and formed a transparent solution which simplified processing and may have contributed to the superior hydrophilicity.
Examples C4-C5 and 3-5
Samples were prepared with PLA 4032 using a Brabender Hot Melt Mixer
Model No. DR-2051. The Brabender was set to 200°C and allowed to come to temperature. The paddle speed was set to 0.70. PLA 4032 was preweighed on a balance and added to the Brabender. Total mass of finished mixture was 60g. PLA
4032 was mixed in the Brabender until a uniform, molten mixture was made while the specified mass of additives gradually added. Mixing times were typically 10-20 min.
The Braebender chamber was purged using Unipurge purge resin (Dow Chemical, Midland, MI), after every run.
The molten mixtures were pulled from the Brabender and pressed into uniform sheets using a hydraulic press. Samples were pressed at 195°C and with 20,000 lbs of pressure for 60 seconds between two liners. The liner was a silicone coated kraft paper release liner. Films were 50-125 micron thick.
Formulations of PLA 4032 with various surfactants are shown below in Table 2 along with the contact angle measurements. TABLE 2
Figure imgf000093_0001
The virgin PLA was relatively hydrophobic. Addition of Montanov 202 did not result in a hydrophilic film. Even after heating, the contact angle was still greater than 50°C. The Pationic (alkyl carboxylate) resulted in a very hydrophilic film and heating to 72°C did not alter the result. The two sulfonate surfactants behaved differently. The isethionate surfactant produced a film which was initially relatively hydrophobic but after heating the contact angle decreased to 37 degrees. The C14-C17 alkyl sulfonate (Hostapur SAS) produced a hydrophilic film, however, aging for 24 hrs at 72°C increased the contact angle to 29 degrees. The inventive compositions resisted fogging when breathed on.
Examples 6-8
The following samples were made and tested according to the procedure described in Examples C4-C5 and Examples 3-5 above.
TABLE 3: Contact Angle
Angle
Component Example Number
Figure imgf000094_0001
These results show that the alkoxylated phosphate surfactant, Crodaphos SG, improved the hydrophilicity significantly. In comparison, the contact angle of PLA with Citroflex plasticizer and no surfactant is still very hydrophobic, having a contact angle in excess of 60 degrees (data not shown). The addition of Crodaphos SG in the acid form (Example 6) reduced the contact angle to less than 27. Addition of more Crodaphos SG (Example 7) reduced the contact angle further and neutralization with triethanolamine to make the phosphate salt reduced the contact angle further yet (Example 8).
EXAMPLES 9, 10
CSL was added to the system in the concentrations shown in Table 4 by dry blending the CSL powder with warm PLA pellets from the polymer dryer. The resin was predried by heating to 71 C overnight. The CSL melted on contact with the warm PLA pellets and was blended by hand to form slightly sticky pellets that were then fed to the extruder.
For examples 9 and 10 and the control, die temperature was held at 225°C and all other process conditions were held constant. The pump exit pressure measured the entire pressure drop of the polymer stream through the die and the necktube.
Example 10 with 2.0% CSL produced a small amount of polymer particles along with the fibers. This phenomenon is referred to as "sand", and is a common flaw in BMF processing.
It was found that adding the CSL to neat PLA resin before or during extrusion greatly reduced the pressure drop across the die as shown in Table 4. It was also noted that the fiber diameter decreased significantly as well. After aging the squares were measured and the average linear shrinkage is also reported in Table 4.
Table 4
Figure imgf000095_0001
The finer diameter webs are noticeably softer and more conformable compared to the control sample. The shrinkage of the webs that included CSL was substantial.
EXAMPLES 11-13
CSL was pre-blended at high concentration prior to fiber formation. This high concentration mixture is commonly called a masterbatch. The masterbatch is typically dry blended with neat polymer pellets when feeding to the fiber extruder. The extrusion process then provides additional mixing. A masterbatch of 10% CSL in 625 ID PLA was prepared on a twin screw extruder, cooled as strands in a water bath, then pelletized using a dry pelletizer. The solid pellets were dried in an 80°C oven overnight to remove any trace water from the water bath.
Melt-blown fibers were extruded using the same equipment as Example 9.
Again extrusion temperature was held at 225°C. Four CSL samples were produced with final concentrations of CSL and the results shown in Table 5.
Table 5
Figure imgf000096_0001
The 0.75%) and 1.0% samples exhibited some sand in the finished webs.
The pump exit back pressure dropped precipitously with minor additions of calcium stearoyl lactylate (Pationic CSL), as shown in Figure 1. A regression analysis of the data shows that the data fits the following second order polynomial Melt viscosity = 351 (Pationic concentration)2 -706 (Pationic concentration) + 428 where r2 = 0.985. Where Pationic concentration is in weight % and melt viscosity is expressed as the pump exit pressure in PSI (lbs/in2). "
The polynomial shows that the viscosity modifier dramatically effects melt viscosity.
EXAMPLES 14-19
Other fatty salts have shown to be effective in reducing fiber diameter along with CSL. For these experiments, various powdered salts in the concentrations shown in Table 3 were dry blended with neat PLA pellets prior to extrusion. The additives tested included:
Sodium Stearoyl Lactylate (SSL) (PATIONIC SSL, from RITA Corp.) -as an off-white powder
Calcium Stearate (Ca-S) (Aldrich, St. Louis, MO)
Sodium Behenoyl Lactylate (SBL) (PATIONIC SBL, from RITA Corp.) as an off- white colored powder Examples 14-19 were run on slightly larger equipment such that pressure measurements were not directly comparable between the two pieces of equipment. The operating temperature was held constant at 210°C. The results of the experiment are shown in Table 6. During the extrusion run the pump exit pressure sensor failed, and no reading was taken for the control sample.
All three of these salts (SSL, SBL, Ca-S) produced webs that contained larger amounts of sand than CSL, which gave the webs a very rough feel. However despite the sand, both additives substantially reduced the fiber diameter of the melt-blown webs.
Table 6
Figure imgf000097_0001
Example 20: Spunbond PL A with Polypropylene.
Nonwoven webs were made using the spunbond process from neat poly(lactic acid) (PLA) and a mixture of PLA and polypropylene (PP). The PLA used was grade 6202D from Natureworks, LLC (Minnetonka, MN). The PP used was grade 3860X from Total Petrochemicals (Houston, TX). One sample also contained a 50/50 mixture Dioctyl sulfosuccinate sodium salt (DOSS) and poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) as a plasticizer, diluent, and hydrophilic surfactant. The DOSS/PEG mixture was compounded with 6202D PLA and added as a master batch to the spunbond process.
The spunbond apparatus used is that described in U.S. Patent No. 6,196,752 (Berrigan et al.). The extruder used was a 2 inch (5 cm) single screw extruder from Davis-Standard (Pawcatuck, CT). The die used had an effective width of 7.875 inches (20.0 cm) and was fed polymer melt from a metering pump at the rate of 42 pounds (19.1 kg) per hour. The die had 648 holes, each hole being 0.040 inches (10.2 mm) in diameter with a L/D of 6. The extrusion temperature was 230°C. The air attenuator was set at a pressure of 5 pounds per square inch (34.5 kilopascal). Process conditions were kept constant for the different mixtures. Spinning speed is the filament speed calculated using the final average fiber diameter, measured microscopically, and the polymer rate per hole. In all cases the spinning speed is no greater than 2500 meters per minute, the speed at which strain induced crystallization begins in PLA.
After extrusion the webs were also measured for shrinkage by placing an unrestrained 10 cm x 10 cm square section cut from the middle of each web using a die cutter onto an aluminum tray in a convection oven at 80°C overnight (e.g. for approximately 14 hours). The Tg of the PLA webs was approximately 54-56°C. The heated samples were then allowed to cool and measured for length (in the machine direction) and width (in the cross direction), and the average linear shrinkage of three samples was reported. The shrinkage reported was the average change of three samples in sample length and width, as opposed to change in sample area. Thus for each reported composition a total of three lengths and three widths were averaged. It was found that there no significant difference in length and width shrinkage.
Table 7: Results for Example 20
Figure imgf000098_0001
Example 21 : Meltblown PLA with Polypropylene
Nonwoven webs were produced using a meltblowing process from poly(lactic acid), PLA, and polypropylene, PP. The PLA used was grade 625 ID from
Natureworks, LLC, (Minnetonka, MN). The PP used was grade 3960 from Total Petrochemicals (Houston, TX).
The meltblowing apparatus consisted of a twin screw extruder, and metering pump and a meltblowing die. The extruder used was a 31 mm conical twin screw extruder (C.W. Brabender Instruments (South Hackensack, NJ). After the extruder a positive displacement gear pump was used to meter and pressurize the polymer melt. The metered melt was sent to a drilled orifice meltblowing die. Drilled orifice meltblowing dies are described in U.S. Patent No. 3,825,380. The die used was 10 inches (25.4 cm) wide with 20 polymer orifices per inch (per 2.54 cm) of width, each orifice being 0.015 inches (381 micrometers) in diameter. The die was operated at a temperature of 225°C. Different mixtures of polymer pellets were fed to the process with amounts of PP added to the PLA. Process conditions were kept constant throughout the experiment.
The webs were collected on a vacuum collector and wound up onto cores using a surface winder. Fiber diameter was measured using the airflow resistance technique described by Davies (Davies, C.N., The Separation of Airborne Dust and Particles, Inst, of Mech. Engineers, London, Proceedings IB, 1952), this measurement is referred to as Effective Fiber Diameter or EFD. Shrinkage was measured using the technique described in Example 20. Some samples expanded during heating, and these samples are reported as having negative shrinkage values.
Table 8: Example 21 Results
Figure imgf000099_0001
Example 22: Meltblown PLA with viscosity modifying salts
Nonwoven webs were produced using the meltblowing process using PLA and a number of salts that greatly reduce the apparent viscosity of the melt during processing. The fiber diameters of the finished nonwoven webs were also smaller when the salts are added. Polypropylene was also added to some mixtures to reduce the shrinkage of the nonwoven webs. The resulting web had the properties of both reduced fiber diameter and reduced shrinkage. The polypropylene used was grade 3960 from Total Petrochemicals (Houston, TX). The PLA used was grade 625 ID from
Natureworks, LLC (Minnetonka, MN). The additives tested included:
Calcium Stearoyl Lactylate (CSL) (Trade name Pationic CSL, fom RITA Corp. (Crystal Lake, IL);
Sodium Stearoyl Lactylate (SSL) (trade name Pationic SSL from RITA Corp. (Crystal Lake, IL);
Calcium Stearate (Ca-S) from Aldrich (St. Louis, MO);
Sodium Behenoyl Lactylate (SBL) (trade name Pationic SBL) from RITA Corp (Crystal Lake, IL). Formula 1 : Chemical Structure of Calcium Stearoyl Lactylate (from RITA Corp.)
O O O
2+
H3C(CH2)16-C-O-CH-C-O-HC-C-O" Ca
H3C CH3
Formula 2: Chemical Structure of Sodium Behenoyl Lactylate
O O II II CH3(CH2)20C— OCHC— OCHCOONa
CH3 CH3
The meltb lowing process is the same as that used in Example 2. The process was operated with a die temperature of 225°C. The salts were added to the system by dry blending the powder with warm PLA pellets from the polymer dryer. The resin was predried by heating to 71°C overnight. The salt additive melted on contact with the warm PLA pellets and was blended by hand to form slightly sticky pellets that were then fed to the extruder.
After extrusion the webs were tested for EFD and thermal shrinkage using the same methods as in previous examples. The pressure of the polymer entering the die was recorded as a surrogate for polymer viscosity. In this manner any decrease in apparent viscosity of the melt is seen as a decrease in pressure at the die entrance.
Table 9: Example 22 Results
Material Die Entrance Eff. Fiber 80°C
Pressure (psi) Diameter Shrinkage
(micrometers) (linear %)
Neat 625 ID PLA 431 16.8 13.16
0.5% CSL in 625 ID 142 11.7 13.91
0.75% CSL in 625 ID 122 11.1 8.50
1.0% CSL in 625 ID 62 8.8 17.50
2% SSL in 625 ID 425 12.7 29.0
2% SBL in 6251D 69 5.5 19.25 l% Ca-S in 6251D 83 10.0 10.25
2% Ca-S in 6251D 44 8.0 23.08
0.5% CSL, 4% PP in 625 ID 401 13.5 -3.47
1% CSL, 4% PP in 625 ID 323 11.4 -1.62
1.5% CSL, 4% PP in 625 ID 387 11.3 -0.67
1.0% CSL, 2% PP in 625 ID 415 10.4 -3.47
1.0% CSL, 6% PP in 625 ID 292 11.0 -1.93 Example 23 : Meltb lown PET with Polypropylene
Fiber webs of were made using the meltb lowing process with blends of PP in PET. The PET resin used was grade 8603A from Invista (Wichita, KS). The polypropylene used was grade 3868 from Total Petrochemicals (Houston, TX).
The meltblowing apparatus used consisted of a single screw extruder, and metering pump, and a meltblowing die. The extruder used was a 2 inch (5.1cm) single screw extruder (David Standard, Pawcatuck, CT). After the extruder a positive displacement gear pump was used to meter and pressurize the polymer melt. The metered melt was sent to a drilled orifice meltblowing die. Drilled orifice meltblowing dies are described in US Patent 3,825,380. The die used was 20 inches (50.8 cm) wide with 25 polymer orifices per inch of width, each orifice being 0.015 inches (381 micrometers) in diameter. Blending was accomplished by feeding a dry-blended mixture of the PET and PP pellets to the extruder. Process conditions were kept constant for the different mixtures.
After the nonwoven webs were formed, they were tested for shrinkage in the same manner as the previous PLA samples. However due to the higher glass transition of PET the convection oven was set to 150°C, rather than the previous 80°C.
Table 10: Example 23 Results
Figure imgf000101_0001
Example 24: Meltblown PLA with Additional polymeric Additives
Additional samples were melt blended with PLA and extruded as meltblown fibers using the same equipment as described in Example 21 with the following parameters. The die used was 10 inches (25.4 cm) wide with 25 polymer orifices per inch (per 2.54 cm) of width, each orifice being 0.015 inches (381 micrometers) in diameter; the die was operated at a temperature of 225°C; the air heater temperature was 275°C; the air pressure was 9.8 psi (67.6 kilopascal); the collector distance was 6.75 inches (17.1 cm) and the collector speed was 2.3 ft/min (0.70 meters/min). The air gap was 0.030 inches and air knife set back was 0.010 inches (254 micrometers). Air gap is the thickness of the air slots formed by the gaps between the air knives and die tip. The air knife set back is defined as the distance that the face of the air knives are set behind the apex of the die tip. (i.e. a positive set back implies the apex of the die tip extends beyond the face of the air knives) Nonwoven webs were produced using a meltblowing process from poly(lactic acid). The PLA used was grade 625 ID from Natureworks, LLC, (Minnetonka, MN). The polymer additives are shown in Table 11 below.
Table 11 : Additives in PLA
Additive Manufacturer Additive
Level
Wt %
Control 0
Polypropylene (PP) Total Total Petrochemicals, 11.7
3860, 100 MFI Houston, TX
PP, Total 3505G, 400 MFI Total Petrochemicals, 5
Houston, TX
PP, Total 3762, 18 MFI Total Petrochemicals, 5
Houston, TX
Kraton FG1901 Kraton Polymers, 5
Houston, TX
Kraton D1117P (SIS) Kraton Polymers 5
Houston, TX
LDPE, Marflex 4517 Chevron-Phillips 5
Chemical, The
Woodlands, TX
LLDPE Dowlex 2035 Dow Chemical, Midland 5
MI
LLDPE Dowlex 2035 Dow Chemical, Midland 2
MI
Lotryl 37EH175, 2EHA/MA Arkema Inc USA, 5
copolymer Philadelphia, PA
Polycaprolactone, MW 70- Sigma Aldrich, 5
90,000 Milwaukee, WI Polyethylene oxide, MW Sigma Aldrich, 5
200,000 Milwaukee, WI
HDPE, HD 7845.30 ExxonMobil Chemical, 5
Houston, TX
Depart W40-5, Monosol, Merrillville, IN 5 polyvinylalcohol
Note: MFI for the polypropylenes has the units of grams per 10 min.
The effective fiber diameter (EFD) was measured by the same technique described in Example 21. The basis weight was measured by weighing a 10 cm x 10 cm die cut sample and calculating to a meter base. The % shrinkage was measured as described in Example 20 using 10 x 10 centimeter samples. Three samples were measured. The shrinkage reported was the average change of three samples in sample length and width, as opposed to change in sample area. The results are shown in Table 12 below.
Table 12: Additives in PL A- Physical Property Results
Additive Comments on Basis EFD 80°C
web wt microns Shrinkage g/M2 (linear %)
Control 78 13.2 26.7
Polypropylene (PP) 74 12.9 -1.7 Total 3860, 100 MFI
PP, Total 3505G, 400 73 13.2 -2.3 MFI
PP, Total 3762, 18 74 13.2 -0.3 MFI
Kraton FG1901 No sample
obtained, poor
fiber formation
Kraton D1117P 72 13.9 19.3
(SIS) LDPE, Marflex 4517 No sample
obtained, poor
fiber formation
LLDPE Dowlex No sample
2035 obtained, poor
fiber formation
LLDPE Dowlex 71 23.2 3.7
2035
Lotryl 37EH175, 76 14.1 21
2EHA/MA
copolymer
Polycaprolactone, 74 23.2 4.3
MW 70-90,000
Polyethylene oxide, 73 17.3 3.3
MW 200,000
HDPE, HD 7845.30 No sample
obtained, poor
fiber formation
Depart W40-5, No sample 76 11.6 18.7 polyvinylalcohol obtained, poor
fiber formation
Note: MFI (melt flow index) for the polypropylenes has the units of grams per 10 min.
Thus, low or no shrinkage fibers were obtained from polypropylene over a broad molecular weight as indicated by the broad melt index polymers used. Low shrinkage fibers were also obtained using polycaprolactone, a high molecular weight polyethylene oxide, and linear low density polyethylene (when used at a lower concentration). For the most part, the results shown here are only for polymer additives at a single concentration (5%). Each polymer type may have a unique optimum concentration to optimize web fiber formation, feel, shrinkage and physical properties such as tensile and elongation.
Figures 2-3 show the dispersed polypropylene as described herein. All are from samples in Table VI. All are at 2000X and done by embedding the sample followed by microtoming, staining to enhance constrast and imaging by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM). Figure 2 is PLA alone (Control in Table IV); and Figure 3 is PLA with 5% by weight Total 3860 PP.
Example 25
Exemplary embodiments of spunbond nonwovens made of PLA polymer blends to enhance compaction are disclosed in the following examples: Example 25 illustrates the interactions of the various blends without additives; Example 26 illustrates the interactions of the various blends in presence of additives; and finally Example 27 demonstrates the efficacy of using the PLA polymer blends for making spunbond webs at a pilot plant operating at typical production conditions.
Spunbond nonwoven webs were made from various blends of poly(lactic acid) (PLA). The PLA grades used were 6202D, 675 ID, and 6302D from Natureworks, LLC (Minnetonka, MN). Characteristics of the PLA grades are shown in Table 13. All the PLA materials were dried before use.
Table 13
Figure imgf000105_0001
PDI = polydispersity index
"D-content" = % of the D isomer present in the PLA derived from a mixture of L and D lactic acid residues.
Molecular weights of the PLA grades were determined using Size Exclusion Chromatography. The value of the D-contents was provided by Nature Works, Minnetonka, MN.
The spunbond apparatus used is that described in U.S. Patent No. 6,196,752 (Berrigan et al.). The extruder used was a 2 inch (5 cm) single screw extruder from Davis-Standard (Pawcatuck, CT). The die used had an effective width of 7.875 inches (20.0 cm) and was fed polymer melt from a metering pump at the rate of 45 pounds (20.4 kg) per hour (0.52 g/hole/min). The die had 648 holes, each hole being 0.040 inches (1.02 mm) in diameter with a L/D of 6. The extrusion temperature was 240°C. The spinning speed is the filament speed calculated using the final average fiber diameter measure microscopically, and using the polymer rate per hole. The fiber webs after laydown were slightly bonded using through-air-bonder (TAB) operating at 120°C-125°C, then feed into a calendar with two smooth rolls with both top and bottom rolls at 80°C-82°C; and line speed of 85 fpm (26 m/min) and nip pressure of 150 PLI (PLI= lbf/linear inch) (263 N/cm).
The tensile properties of the calendared webs were determined using the ASTM D5035 test method. The fiber samples were obtained at lay down before the TAB and their sizes measure using an optical microscope - Olympus DP71 Microscope with a digital camera. The percent crystallinity of the webs were determined using TA Instruments Q2000 (#131 , Cell RC-00858) Modulated® Differential Scanning
Calorimeter (MDSC). A linear heating rate of 4°C/min. was applied with a perturbation amplitude of ±0.636°C every 60 seconds. The specimens were subjected to a heat-cool-heat profile over a temperature range of -25 to 210°C. Table 14 and
Table 15 are summary of the fiber and web mechanical and thermal characteristics, and also process spinning speeds. The thermal shrinkage of the webs was measured by placing a 10cm x 10cm sample in an air oven for 1 hour at 70°C and 100°C. All samples exhibited less than 4% shrinkage.
Table 14: Fiber and Web (CD) characteristics
Figure imgf000106_0001
A = PLA 6302; B = PLA 6751
Tablel5 : Fiber and Web (MD) characteristics
Figure imgf000106_0002
A = PLA 6302, B = PLA 6751
Example 26:
Spunbond nonwoven webs were made from neat poly(lactic acid) (PLA) 6202D, various blends of PLA, and a mixtures of PLAs with polypropylene (PP), and finally mixtures of PLAs with additives - 50/50 mixture Dioctyl sulfosuccinate sodium salt (DOSS) and poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) and Citroflex A4. Masterbatches of the additives were compounding in PLA 6202D. The PLA grades used were 6202D, 675 ID, and 6302D from Natureworks, LLC (Minnetonka, MN). Characteristics of the PLA grades are shown in Table 13. All PLA materials including masterbatches were dried before use. The spunbond process conditions are similar as in with Example 25. The average spinning speeds were maintained at 4500 m/min +/- 200 m/min. The calendaring was done over two smooth rolls as in Example 25 and the operating conditions were as follows: Temperature of top and bottom rolls was 77 °C (170 F), for 20 - 25 gsm webs the line speed was 85 - 95 fpm (26 - 29 m/min), and nip pressures of
150 PLI (263 N/cm); for 40 gsm (gram per square meter) webs the line speed was average 60 fpm (18.3 m/min), and nip pressures of 300 PLI (526 N/cm). The thermal shrinkage of the webs was measured by placing a 10cm x 10cm sample in an air oven for 1 hour at 70 °C. All samples exhibited less than 5% shrinkage. The fiber sizes were obtained similar to method described in Example 25. A summary of the basis weight, melt extrusion temperature, fiber size, and spinning speeds are shown in Table 16.
Table 16: Summary of some fabric characteristics and extrusion conditions
Figure imgf000107_0001
6202/6751/PP/PEGDOSS
92:8 6202/Citroflex 20 10.4 220 4570
90:8:2 6202/Citroflex/PP 20 10.6 220 4400
87:8:2:3 40 10.7 220 4318 Citroflex/PP/PEGDOSS
Similar to Example 25, the tensile properties of the calendared webs were determined using the ASTM D5035 test method. The tensile properties of the web in the cross direction are shown in Table 17. The tensile properties of the web in the machine direction are shown in Table 18.
Table 17 Summary Normalized Tensile load in the Cross Direction
Basis wt Tensile Tensile/BW
Run Composition
(gsm) (N) mNM2/g
100% 6202D 20 1.92 96.0
5% 6302D/2% PP 20 1.35 67.5
8% 675 ID 20 2.59 129.5
8% 6751D / 2% PP 20 2.38 119.0
15% 675 ID 20 2.97 148.5
15% 6751D / 2% PP 20 2.62 131.0
20% 675 ID 20 3.33 166.5
20% 6751D / 2% PP 20 2.88 144.0
8% Citroflex A-4 20 1.09 54.5
8% Citroflex A-4 / 2% PP 20 1.24 62.0
5% 6302D 22 1.48 67.3
8% 6302D / 2% PP 25 7.38 295.2
8% 6302D 30 2.93 97.7
5% 6302/ 2% PP/ 3% PEGDOSS 40 2.79 69.8
8% 6302D/ 2% PP/ 3% PEGDOSS 40 3.64 91.0
8% 6751D/2% PP/3% PEGDOSS 40 2.78 69.5
15% 6751D/2% PP/3% PEGDOSS 40 2.65 66.3
20% 6751D/2% PP/3% PEGDOSS 40 3.01 75.3
8% A-4/2% PP/3% PEGDOSS 40 2.66 66.5 Table 18 Summary Normalized Tensile load in the Machine Direction
Figure imgf000109_0001
A summary of the normalized tensile load in both the CD and MD are shown as well in Figures 4 and 5 respectively. In order to account for differences in basis weight, the tensile load of each sample was normalized by dividing the maximum load by the basis weight and multiplying by 1000.
The data shows that minor additions of additives such as Citroflex A4 plasticizer and the PEG/DOSS hydrophilic surfactant/carrier can significantly reduce the tensile strength. The PLA blends had the highest normalized tensile strength. Example 27
Spunbond nonwoven webs were made from neat poly(lactic acid) (PLA) 6202D, various blends of PLA, and a mixtures of PLAs with polypropylene (PP), and finally mixtures of PLAs with additives - 50/50 mixture dioctyl sulfosuccinate sodium salt (DOSS) and poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) and Citroflex A4. Masterbatches of the additives were compounded in PLA 6202D. The PLA grades used were 6202D, 675 ID, and 6302D from Natureworks, LLC (Minnetonka, MN). Characteristics of the PLA grades are shown in Table 13. All PLA materials including masterbatches were dried before use. The spunbond were made on a 1 meter wide Reicofil 4 line line with a single beam with holes of about 5800 capillaries/meter with capillary diameter of 0.6 mm. The process air temperatures in the upper and lower quench chambers were 70°and 50°C respectively. Also the humidity in both the upper and lower quench chambers was 30% and 25% respectively. Both the extrusion and calendaring process conditions are presented in Table 19. The confirmation of good compaction at high speeds is given in Table 20. And tensile properties of the webs are given in Table 21.
The tensile properties were obtained using the WSP 110.4 (05) ED ANA ERT 20.2.89 (Option B) test method.
Table 19: extrusion and Calender Process conditions
Figure imgf000110_0001
Note: A = PLA 6202, B = PLA 6751, C = PLA 6302, D = PP, E = PEG/DOSS, F = Pigment Table 20: Compaction at High Line Speeds
Figure imgf000111_0001
The draft of the calender is the speed differential between the spinbelt and the calender. Low numbers is an indication of stable webs after compaction.
Table 21 : Tensile properties of the webs
Figure imgf000112_0001
While the specification has described in detail certain exemplary embodiments, it will be appreciated that those skilled in the art, upon attaining an understanding of the foregoing, may readily conceive of alterations to, variations of, and equivalents to these embodiments. Accordingly, it should be understood that this disclosure is not to be unduly limited to the illustrative embodiments set forth hereinabove. Furthermore, all publications, published patent applications and issued patents referenced herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. Various exemplary embodiments and details have been discussed above for purposes of illustrating the invention, various modifications may be made in this invention without departing from its true scope, which is indicated by the following claims.

Claims

CLAIMS:
1. A nonwoven web including a plurality of fibers comprising:
one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters; and
polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, and
one or more alkyl, alkenyl, aralkyl or alkaryl anionic surfactants incorporated into the polyester;
wherein the web has at least one dimension in the plane of the web which decreases by no greater than 10% when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers in an unrestrained condition.
2. The web of claim 1, wherein the one or more anionic surfactant has a melting point of less than 200°C.
3. The web of any of the preceding claims, wherein the nonwoven web remains hydrophilic after more than 10 days at 45°C.
4. The web of any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a surfactant carrier.
5. The web of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the anionic surfactant is present in an amount of at least 0.25% and no greater than 8% by weight of the composition.
6. The web of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the anionic surfactant is present in an amount greater than 1 % by weight of the composition.
7. The web of any one of the previous claims, wherein the surfactant carrier is selected from the group consisting of polyalkylene glycol, polyhydric alcohols, glycerin triglcyerides, citric acid esters, aliphatic diesters and combinations thereof.
8. A nonwoven web including a plurality of fine fibers comprising:
one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters; and
polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the web, and
a viscosity modifier having the following structure:
(R-C02-)nMn+
wherein R is an alkyl or alkylene of C8-C30 as a branched or straight carbon chain, or C12-C30 aralkyl, and may be optionally substituted with 0-100 alkylene oxide groups such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide groups, oligameric lactic and/or glycolic acid or a combination thereof; and
M is H, an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, or an ammonium group, a protonated tertiary amine or a quaternary amine;
n is 1 or 2 and is equal to the valence of the cation, and
wherein the web has at least one dimension in the plane of the web which decreases by no greater than 10% when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers but below the melting temperature when measured in an unrestrained condition.
9. The web of any one of claim 8, wherein the viscosity modifier is selected from the group consisting of selected from the group consisting of alkyl carboxylates, alkenyl carboxylates, aralkyl carboxylates, alkylethoxylated carboxylates,
aralkylethoxylated carboxylates, alkyl lactylates, alkenyl lactylates, stearoyl lactylates, stearates, the carboxylic acids thereof, and mixtures thereof.
10. The web of any one of claims 8-9, wherein the viscosity modifier is present in an amount of no greater than about 10 percent by weight of the web.
11. The web of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the molecular orientation of the fibers results in a bi-refringence value of at least 0.01.
12. The web of any of the preceding claims, wherein the aliphatic polyester is semicrystalline.
13. The web of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the polypropylene is present in an amount from about 1% to about 6% by weight of the web.
14. The web of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of no greater than about one micrometer (μιη).
15. The web of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of no greater than about 12 μιη.
16. The web of claim 15, wherein the fibers exhibit a median fiber diameter of at least 1 μιη.
17. The web of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the web is biocompatible.
18. The web of any one of the preceding claims, further comprising an
antimicrobial component.
19. The web of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the plurality of fibers are bonded together in at least point locations.
20. A method of making a web according to any one of the preceding claims 1 to 34 comprising:
forming a mixture comprising:
one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters,
polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture, and
one or more alkyl, alkenyl, aralkyl or alkaryl anionic surfactants incorporated into the polyester;
simultaneously forming a plurality of fibers from the mixture; and
collecting at least a portion of the fibers to form a web, wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers but below the melting temperature when measured in an unrestrained condition.
21. The method of claim 20, further comprising a surfactant carrier.
22. The method of any one of claims 20 or 21, further comprising the step or extruding the polyester blended with the anionic surfactants.
23. The method of any one of claims 20-22, wherein the blending of the polyester and the anionic surfactants comprises extruding the polyester and the anionic surfactants.
24. The method of any one of claims 20-23, further comprising the subsequent step of adding additional polyester.
25. The method of any one of claims 20-24, further comprising post heating the extruded web.
26. A method of making a web according to any one of the preceding claims 1 to 34 comprising:
forming a mixture comprising:
one or more thermoplastic polyesters selected from aliphatic polyesters and aromatic polyesters,
polypropylene in an amount greater than 0% and no more than 10% by weight of the mixture; and
a viscosity modifier selected from the group consisting of alkyl carboxylates, alkenyl carboxylates, aralkyl carboxylates, alkylethoxylated carboxylates, aralkylethoxylated carboxylates, alkyl lactylates, alkenyl lactylates, and mixtures thereof
simulataneously forming a plurality of fibers from the mixture; and
collecting at least a portion of the fibers to form a web, wherein the web has at least one dimension which decreases by no greater than 10% in the plane of the web when the web is heated to a temperature above a glass transition temperature of the fibers but below the melting temperature when measured in an unrestrained condition.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein the web is formed using a melt-blowing, spun-bonding, or melt-spinning process.
28. The method of any one of claims 26-27, wherein the thermoplastic polyester and the viscosity modifier are mixed prior to the web forming process.
29. The method of any one of claims 26-28, further comprising the step of extruding the polyester blended with the viscosity modifier.
30. The method of any one of claims 26-29, wherein the mixing of the polyester and the viscosity modifier comprises extruding the polyester and the viscosity modifier.
31. The method of any of the preceding claims 26-30, further comprising post heating the web.
32. A method of making a web according to any one of the preceding claims 20-31 , wherein the fibers do not exhibit molecular orientation.
PCT/US2010/060951 2009-12-17 2010-12-17 Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, melt blown fine fibers, and methods of making and using the same WO2011075619A1 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2010330866A AU2010330866A1 (en) 2009-12-17 2010-12-17 Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, melt blown fine fibers, and methods of making and using the same
BR112012015043A BR112012015043A2 (en) 2009-12-17 2010-12-17 dimensionally stable non-woven fibrous mat, meltblown thin fibers, and methods of fabrication and use thereof
BR112012014945A BR112012014945A2 (en) 2009-12-17 2010-12-17 dimensionally stable non-woven fibrous mat, meltblown thin fibers, and methods of fabrication and use thereof
CN2010800636002A CN102753745A (en) 2009-12-17 2010-12-17 Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, melt blown fine fibers, and methods of making and using the same
MX2012007090A MX2012007090A (en) 2009-12-17 2010-12-17 Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, melt blown fine fibers, and methods of making and using the same.
EP10838279.7A EP2513365A4 (en) 2009-12-17 2010-12-17 Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, melt blown fine fibers, and methods of making and using the same
JP2012544868A JP2013515174A (en) 2009-12-17 2010-12-17 Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, meltblown fine fibers, and methods of making and using them

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US28769709P 2009-12-17 2009-12-17
US61/287,697 2009-12-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011075619A1 true WO2011075619A1 (en) 2011-06-23

Family

ID=44151738

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2010/060951 WO2011075619A1 (en) 2009-12-17 2010-12-17 Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, melt blown fine fibers, and methods of making and using the same

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US8721943B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2513365A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2013515174A (en)
CN (1) CN102753745A (en)
AU (1) AU2010330866A1 (en)
BR (2) BR112012015043A2 (en)
MX (1) MX2012007090A (en)
WO (1) WO2011075619A1 (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8298969B2 (en) 2009-08-19 2012-10-30 Milliken & Company Multi-layer composite material
US8858986B2 (en) 2008-06-12 2014-10-14 3M Innovative Properties Company Biocompatible hydrophilic compositions
WO2015071447A1 (en) * 2013-11-18 2015-05-21 Tesa Se Adhesive tape for covering elongated goods, such as cable sets in particular, and method for covering
US9194065B2 (en) 2009-12-17 2015-11-24 3M Innovative Properties Company Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same
US9487893B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2016-11-08 3M Innovative Properties Company Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same
US9611572B2 (en) 2010-10-14 2017-04-04 3M Innovative Properties Company Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, and methods of making and using the same
KR101846139B1 (en) 2012-12-28 2018-04-05 옴야 인터내셔널 아게 Caco3 in polyester for nonwoven and fibers
US9982128B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2018-05-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Fibers, wipes, and methods
US10006165B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2018-06-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Fibers and wipes with epoxidized fatty ester disposed thereon, and methods
US11286405B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2022-03-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Adhesive articles comprising polylactic acid polymer film and method of making

Families Citing this family (63)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9555167B2 (en) 2006-12-11 2017-01-31 3M Innovative Properties Company Biocompatible antimicrobial compositions
AU2010229841B2 (en) 2009-03-27 2013-10-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydrophilic polypropylene melt additives
WO2011075619A1 (en) 2009-12-17 2011-06-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, melt blown fine fibers, and methods of making and using the same
US9277977B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2016-03-08 Leonard G. Lorch Dental floss
US9277976B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2016-03-08 Leonard G. Lorch Dental floss
US10206765B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2019-02-19 Leonard G. Lorch Dental floss
WO2012174204A2 (en) 2011-06-17 2012-12-20 Fiberweb, Inc. Vapor permeable, substantially water impermeable multilayer article
US9827755B2 (en) 2011-06-23 2017-11-28 Fiberweb, Llc Vapor-permeable, substantially water-impermeable multilayer article
WO2012178027A2 (en) 2011-06-23 2012-12-27 Fiberweb, Inc. Vapor-permeable, substantially water-impermeable multilayer article
US9765459B2 (en) 2011-06-24 2017-09-19 Fiberweb, Llc Vapor-permeable, substantially water-impermeable multilayer article
US11078623B2 (en) * 2012-01-24 2021-08-03 Neenah Northeast, Llc Multi-layer material and method of application
PL231639B1 (en) 2012-04-17 2019-03-29 Politechnika Lodzka Medical material for the reconstruction of blood vessels, a method for producing the medical material and medical material applied to the reconstruction of blood vessels
CN104661734A (en) * 2012-09-28 2015-05-27 赛尔格有限责任公司 Porous membranes, materials, composites, laminates, textiles and related methods
US9394637B2 (en) 2012-12-13 2016-07-19 Jacob Holm & Sons Ag Method for production of a hydroentangled airlaid web and products obtained therefrom
EP2969527A2 (en) * 2013-03-14 2016-01-20 Imerys Minerals Limited Composite structures
US9314995B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-04-19 National Nonwovens Inc. Composites comprising nonwoven structures and foam
US9314993B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-04-19 National Nonwovens Inc. Composites and articles made from nonwoven structures
WO2014168775A1 (en) 2013-04-12 2014-10-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Fibrous structures exhibiting improved whiteness index values
EP2984217A1 (en) * 2013-04-12 2016-02-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Fibrous structures comprising polysaccharide filaments
KR20160041917A (en) * 2013-08-09 2016-04-18 암테크 리서치 인터내셔널 엘엘씨 Instantaneously wettable polymer fiber sheets
US20150247281A1 (en) 2014-02-28 2015-09-03 Avent, Inc. Reduced medical wet packs, post steam sterilization
KR101530149B1 (en) * 2014-03-18 2015-06-19 박희대 compound composition for coating yarn
WO2015152082A1 (en) * 2014-03-31 2015-10-08 株式会社クラレ Polyester binder fibers
US9808548B2 (en) * 2014-06-18 2017-11-07 Quick-Med Technologies, Inc. Regeneration of antimicrobial coatings containing metal derivatives upon exposure to vapor-phase hydrogen peroxide
CN106661788B (en) * 2014-08-26 2020-06-23 3M创新有限公司 Spunbond web comprising polylactic acid fibers
US10072366B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2018-09-11 Nonwoven Network LLC Moldable automotive fibrous products with enhanced heat deformation
CN104727148A (en) * 2015-03-14 2015-06-24 芜湖众力部件有限公司 Water-atomized iron powder-styrene-acrylic composite emulsion-coated polypropylene nonwoven sound-absorbing material for automotive interiors
CN107636073A (en) * 2015-05-18 2018-01-26 奥伯尼国际有限责任公司 Silicone composition and fluoropolymer additive are to improving the purposes of the property of polymer composition
US10400105B2 (en) 2015-06-19 2019-09-03 The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York Extruded starch-lignin foams
US9938659B2 (en) * 2015-06-27 2018-04-10 Nonwoven Network LLC Apparatus and method of making a nonwoven ceiling tile and wall panel
JPWO2017006993A1 (en) * 2015-07-08 2018-04-19 名古屋油化株式会社 Skin material sheet, method for producing the same, and sound absorbing material
PL3359597T3 (en) 2015-10-05 2020-07-27 Albany International Corp. Compositions and methods for improved abrasion resistance of polymeric components
KR101825621B1 (en) * 2015-12-03 2018-02-05 주식회사 랭키스 The mask pack sheet
MX2018012195A (en) 2016-04-06 2019-02-11 Donaldson Co Inc Fine fibers made from room temperature crosslinking.
WO2017205600A1 (en) 2016-05-26 2017-11-30 Hanwha Azdel, Inc. Prepregs, cores and composite articles including powder coated layers
US20170362740A1 (en) * 2016-06-16 2017-12-21 Eurekite Holding BV Flexible ceramic fibers and polymer composite and method of making the same
CN109641427A (en) * 2016-06-22 2019-04-16 3M创新有限公司 Multi-layer product with the barrier film comprising thermoplastic aliphatic polyester, polyalkane vinyl acetate polymer and plasticizer
ES2746375T3 (en) 2016-08-02 2020-03-05 Fitesa Germany Gmbh System and process for the preparation of polylactic acid nonwoven fabrics
US11441251B2 (en) 2016-08-16 2022-09-13 Fitesa Germany Gmbh Nonwoven fabrics comprising polylactic acid having improved strength and toughness
CN106633709B (en) * 2016-09-22 2018-08-07 无锡海特新材料研究院有限公司 A kind of spinning high-temperature resistant lactic acid composite material and preparation method thereof
US11351653B2 (en) 2016-09-26 2022-06-07 3M Innovative Properties Company Nonwoven abrasive articles having electrostatically-oriented abrasive particles and methods of making same
CN110573340A (en) 2016-12-12 2019-12-13 汉华阿兹德尔股份有限公司 composite article including a surface layer providing enhanced formability
MX2019010362A (en) * 2017-03-02 2020-01-21 Foss Performance Materials LLC Enhanced ice peel resistance / non-woven moldable composite systems with added sound acoustical properties.
US10675111B2 (en) 2017-03-22 2020-06-09 Jean-Jacques Francois Goy Surgical drape including a layer to protect the operator from scattered radiation during cardiologic and radiologic invasive procedures
US20180280316A1 (en) * 2017-03-28 2018-10-04 Global Biomedical Technologies, Llc High-Efficiency Transdermal Patches
EP3399086B1 (en) * 2017-05-02 2019-11-20 Autoneum Management AG Lofty fibrous trim part
US10598577B2 (en) * 2017-06-30 2020-03-24 General Electric Company Photodegradable sample collection system and method
EP3425099A1 (en) * 2017-07-03 2019-01-09 Axel Nickel Meltblown non-woven fabric with improved stackability and storage
DE102017006289A1 (en) * 2017-07-04 2019-01-10 Carl Freudenberg Kg Microfiber composite fabric
CN110945165A (en) * 2017-07-31 2020-03-31 3M创新有限公司 Fibers comprising crystalline polyolefin and hydrocarbon tackifier resin and process for making same
JP6978269B2 (en) * 2017-10-06 2021-12-08 花王株式会社 Manufacturing method of fiber and fiber sheet
CN111465724A (en) * 2017-12-15 2020-07-28 3M创新有限公司 Fibers, articles, and methods comprising alkylene oxide-containing nonionic surfactants
IT201800002612A1 (en) * 2018-02-13 2019-08-13 B Res Di Braga Ing Giuseppe E C Sas SURGICAL GAUZE.
CN108927014A (en) * 2018-07-26 2018-12-04 苏州市天翱特种织绣有限公司 The preparation method of PVA composite air filtering film in a kind of mask
CN113166988B (en) 2018-11-30 2023-04-07 宝洁公司 Method of forming soft and lofty nonwoven webs
EP4074874B1 (en) 2018-11-30 2024-01-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods for producing through-fluid bonded nonwoven webs
WO2020121945A1 (en) 2018-12-13 2020-06-18 ケープラシート株式会社 Web, stampable sheet, and expansion-molded product
CN109881363A (en) * 2019-03-22 2019-06-14 山东晶创新材料科技有限公司 It is superpower to stretch fine denier polypropylene Spunbond/Needling Nonwovens and its manufacturing process surely
CN115426993A (en) * 2020-04-01 2022-12-02 Gdm股份公司 Composite web
RU2760862C1 (en) * 2021-04-30 2021-12-01 Федеральное Государственное Бюджетное Учреждение Науки Институт Биохимической Физики Им. Н.М. Эмануэля Российской Академии Наук (Ибхф Ран) Method for improving the performance properties of a nonwoven fibrous material
CN113293517B (en) * 2021-05-27 2022-05-13 河南驼人医疗器械研究院有限公司 Polylactic acid elastic superfine fiber non-woven material and preparation method and application thereof
WO2023283473A1 (en) * 2021-07-09 2023-01-12 Cornell University Poly(dialkyl beta-lactone) compositions, methods of making same and uses thereof
CN116024673A (en) * 2022-11-28 2023-04-28 江苏诚业化纤科技有限公司 Novel fine denier porous fiber nylon production process

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4863779A (en) * 1986-03-24 1989-09-05 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Composite elastomeric material
US5525706A (en) * 1992-10-02 1996-06-11 Cargill, Incorporated Melt-stable lactide polymer nonwoven fabric and process for manufacture thereof
US5753736A (en) * 1995-02-22 1998-05-19 The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation Dimensionally stable fibers and non-woven webs
US20040045145A1 (en) * 2002-09-09 2004-03-11 Ching-Tang Wang Method for producing ultrafine fiber and artificial leather
US20040241216A1 (en) * 1999-05-21 2004-12-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydrophilic polypropylene fibers having antimicrobial activity
US20040265516A1 (en) * 2000-06-09 2004-12-30 3M Innovative Properties Company Porous inkjet receptor media
US20070270071A1 (en) * 2006-05-18 2007-11-22 Greer J Travis Nonwoven fabric towel
US20080160861A1 (en) * 2006-12-28 2008-07-03 Berrigan Michael R Dimensionally stable bonded nonwoven fibrous webs
US20080213595A1 (en) * 2003-10-17 2008-09-04 3M Innovative Properties Company Surfactant composition having stable hydrophilic character

Family Cites Families (144)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US411213A (en) * 1889-09-17 Construction of arches
US1975504A (en) 1929-12-07 1934-10-02 Richard Schreiber Gastell Process and apparatus for preparing artificial threads
IT610737A (en) 1955-11-18 1900-01-01
US3121021A (en) 1960-04-18 1964-02-11 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Breathable surgical adhesive tapes
US4112213A (en) 1964-09-28 1978-09-05 Johnson & Johnson Pressure sensitive adhesive tapes and method of making same
US3389827A (en) 1967-04-10 1968-06-25 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Easy-open container and sealing tape
US3575782A (en) 1967-05-19 1971-04-20 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Elastic shirred web product
US3485706A (en) 1968-01-18 1969-12-23 Du Pont Textile-like patterned nonwoven fabrics and their production
US3849241A (en) 1968-12-23 1974-11-19 Exxon Research Engineering Co Non-woven mats by melt blowing
US3565985A (en) 1969-04-10 1971-02-23 Dow Chemical Co Method of preparing multilayer plastic articles
US3816229A (en) 1972-01-14 1974-06-11 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Plural coated pile fabric
GB1413051A (en) 1972-03-06 1975-11-05 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Fabric treatment
US4024178A (en) 1972-03-06 1977-05-17 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Fluoroaliphatic radical containing carbodiimides
US3825379A (en) 1972-04-10 1974-07-23 Exxon Research Engineering Co Melt-blowing die using capillary tubes
US3825380A (en) 1972-07-07 1974-07-23 Exxon Research Engineering Co Melt-blowing die for producing nonwoven mats
FR2223318B1 (en) 1973-03-30 1978-03-03 Saint Gobain
US4054592A (en) 1974-02-04 1977-10-18 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Urethanes containing two perfluoroalkylthio groups
US4103058A (en) 1974-09-20 1978-07-25 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Pillowed web of blown microfibers
CA1073648A (en) 1976-08-02 1980-03-18 Edward R. Hauser Web of blended microfibers and crimped bulking fibers
US4536361A (en) 1978-08-28 1985-08-20 Torobin Leonard B Method for producing plastic microfilaments
US4363646A (en) 1979-07-20 1982-12-14 Torobin Leonard B Method and apparatus for producing microfilaments
US4310509A (en) 1979-07-31 1982-01-12 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Pressure-sensitive adhesive having a broad spectrum antimicrobial therein
US4323557A (en) 1979-07-31 1982-04-06 Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company Pressure-sensitive adhesive containing iodine
US4448983A (en) 1980-12-19 1984-05-15 Mobil Oil Corporation Preparation of alkyl carboxylates
DE3133303A1 (en) 1981-08-22 1983-03-03 Chemische Fabrik Pfersee Gmbh, 8900 Augsburg METHOD FOR PRODUCING CONDENSATION PRODUCTS CONTAINING PERFLUORALKYL RESIDUES, THE CONDENSATION PRODUCTS PRODUCED IN THIS PRODUCT AND THE USE THEREOF
US4401780A (en) 1982-02-03 1983-08-30 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Textile treatments
JPS58166252A (en) 1982-03-26 1983-10-01 Toyota Motor Corp Oxygen sensor element having ceramic heater and its manufacture
US4643734A (en) 1983-05-05 1987-02-17 Hexcel Corporation Lactide/caprolactone polymer, method of making the same, composites thereof, and prostheses produced therefrom
US4668406A (en) 1984-04-02 1987-05-26 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Fluorochemical biuret compositions and fibrous substrates treated therewith
US4606737A (en) 1984-06-26 1986-08-19 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Fluorochemical allophanate compositions and fibrous substrates treated therewith
US4663429A (en) 1984-07-31 1987-05-05 Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd. Process for producing lactone polymer and an anti-shrinking thermosetting resin composition having formulated therein said lactone polymer as an anti-shrinking agent
JPS6166943U (en) 1984-10-09 1986-05-08
US4744365A (en) 1986-07-17 1988-05-17 United States Surgical Corporation Two-phase compositions for absorbable surgical devices
US4737410A (en) 1986-11-28 1988-04-12 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Polyalkyloxazoline-reinforced acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive composition
DE3824341A1 (en) 1988-07-18 1990-01-25 Dilo Kg Maschf Oskar DEVICE ON NEEDLE MACHINES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF NEEDLE FELT COVERS OD. DGL.
US5027803A (en) 1988-07-22 1991-07-02 Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company Orthopedic splinting and casting article
US5045387A (en) 1989-07-28 1991-09-03 Hercules Incorporated Rewettable polyolefin fiber and corresponding nonwovens
US5227107A (en) 1990-08-07 1993-07-13 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Process and apparatus for forming nonwovens within a forming chamber
US5320624A (en) 1991-02-12 1994-06-14 United States Surgical Corporation Blends of glycolide and/or lactide polymers and caprolactone and/or trimethylene carbonate polymers and absorbable surgical devices made therefrom
JP3105939B2 (en) 1991-04-19 2000-11-06 日本製紙株式会社 Wood flooring for direct application and method for producing the same
JP2599847B2 (en) * 1991-08-13 1997-04-16 株式会社クラレ Polyethylene terephthalate type melt blown nonwoven fabric and its manufacturing method
US5589122A (en) 1991-10-01 1996-12-31 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method of making double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive tape
KR100254084B1 (en) 1991-10-01 2000-04-15 스프레이그 로버트 월터 Double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive tape and method of making the same
US5496603A (en) 1992-02-03 1996-03-05 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven sheet materials, tapes and methods
US5631073A (en) 1992-02-03 1997-05-20 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Nonwoven sheet materials, tapes and methods
US5679190A (en) 1992-02-03 1997-10-21 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method of making nonwoven sheet materials, tapes
JP2589908B2 (en) * 1992-05-13 1997-03-12 昭和高分子株式会社 Polyester non-woven fabric
EP0569150B1 (en) 1992-05-08 1998-01-07 Showa Highpolymer Co., Ltd. Polyester laminates
US5382400A (en) 1992-08-21 1995-01-17 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Nonwoven multicomponent polymeric fabric and method for making same
CA2106262C (en) 1992-10-01 2003-11-18 Ralph H. Bland Tear resistant multilayer films and articles incorporating such films
US5338822A (en) 1992-10-02 1994-08-16 Cargill, Incorporated Melt-stable lactide polymer composition and process for manufacture thereof
BR9305660A (en) 1992-10-02 1996-11-26 Cargill Inc Stable fusion lactide polymer films and processes for their manufacture
US5268733A (en) 1992-10-21 1993-12-07 Tantec, Inc. Method and apparatus for measuring contact angles of liquid droplets on substrate surfaces
JPH06184817A (en) * 1992-12-17 1994-07-05 Unitika Ltd Production of poly-epsilon-caprolactone filament
JPH06248551A (en) 1993-02-22 1994-09-06 Kuraray Co Ltd Aliphatic polyester melt-blown nonwoven fabric and its production
US5786284A (en) * 1993-04-08 1998-07-28 Unitika, Ltd. Filament having plexifilamentary structure, nonwoven fabric comprising said filament and their production
US5750508A (en) * 1993-06-16 1998-05-12 Glycomed Incorporated Sialic acid/fucose based medicaments
US6005019A (en) 1993-07-21 1999-12-21 United States Surgical Corporation Plasticizers for fibers used to form surgical devices
CA2127636C (en) 1993-07-21 2009-10-20 Cheng-Kung Liu Plasticizers for fibers used to form surgical devices
BR9407259A (en) 1993-08-17 1996-09-24 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Process for loading a non-woven thermoplastic microfiber sheet electret filter medium elastic filter mask and respirator mask set
US5364582A (en) * 1993-08-30 1994-11-15 Basf Corporation Method for producing polymeric fibers with improved anti-static properties and fibers and fabrics produced thereby
KR100346595B1 (en) 1993-09-09 2002-11-22 가네보 가부시키가이샤 Biodegradable Polyester Copolymers, Molded Products Using the Same, and Methods for Making Molded Products Using Them
FR2725731B1 (en) 1994-10-12 1996-12-13 Fiberweb Sodoca Sarl PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A NON-WOVEN BASED ON LACTIC ACID AND NON-WOVEN OBTAINED
US5714573A (en) 1995-01-19 1998-02-03 Cargill, Incorporated Impact modified melt-stable lactide polymer compositions and processes for manufacture thereof
US5667749A (en) * 1995-08-02 1997-09-16 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Method for the production of fibers and materials having enhanced characteristics
US5741563A (en) 1995-09-18 1998-04-21 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. Shrink films from propylene polymers
US6787493B1 (en) 1995-09-29 2004-09-07 Unitika, Ltd. Biodegradable formable filament nonwoven fabric and method of producing the same
FR2739632B1 (en) 1995-10-06 1997-11-07 Fiberweb Dodoca Sarl HYDROPHILIC NON-WOVEN BASED ON POLYLACTIDES
KR19990071757A (en) 1995-11-30 1999-09-27 만셀 케이쓰 로드니 Products made of polypropylene, higher alpha-olefin copolymers
US5731062A (en) 1995-12-22 1998-03-24 Hoechst Celanese Corp Thermoplastic three-dimensional fiber network
EP0786259B1 (en) 1996-01-19 2004-03-31 United States Surgical Corporation Absorbable polymer blends and surgical articles fabricated therefrom
FI105040B (en) 1996-03-05 2000-05-31 Neste Oy The polylactide film
US5698322A (en) 1996-12-02 1997-12-16 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Multicomponent fiber
US5952088A (en) * 1996-12-31 1999-09-14 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Multicomponent fiber
US5883199A (en) 1997-04-03 1999-03-16 University Of Massachusetts Polyactic acid-based blends
EP0977912B1 (en) 1997-05-02 2004-09-22 Cargill, Incorporated Degradable polymer fibers; preparation; product; and methods of use
US6114017A (en) 1997-07-23 2000-09-05 Fabbricante; Anthony S. Micro-denier nonwoven materials made using modular die units
US6127485A (en) 1997-07-28 2000-10-03 3M Innovative Properties Company High temperature-stable fluorochemicals as hydrophobic and oleophobic additives to synthetic organic polymers
US6075118A (en) 1997-07-31 2000-06-13 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Water-responsive, biodegradable film compositions comprising polylactide and polyvinyl alcohol, and a method for making the films
AU8679198A (en) 1997-07-31 1999-02-22 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Modified polylactide compositions, water-responsive, biodegradable films and fibers comprising polylactide and poly(vinyl alcohol) and methods for making the same
US5952433A (en) 1997-07-31 1999-09-14 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Modified polyactide compositions and a reactive-extrusion process to make the same
US6315806B1 (en) 1997-09-23 2001-11-13 Leonard Torobin Method and apparatus for producing high efficiency fibrous media incorporating discontinuous sub-micron diameter fibers, and web media formed thereby
US6183670B1 (en) 1997-09-23 2001-02-06 Leonard Torobin Method and apparatus for producing high efficiency fibrous media incorporating discontinuous sub-micron diameter fibers, and web media formed thereby
US5976694A (en) 1997-10-03 1999-11-02 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Water-sensitive compositions for improved processability
EP1040127B1 (en) 1997-12-08 2002-06-05 Rodenburg Biopolymers B.V. Biodegradable mouldings
US6197237B1 (en) 1997-12-22 2001-03-06 Kimberly Clark Corporation Method of making a multicomponent fiber and nonwoven web containing the same
US6261677B1 (en) 1997-12-22 2001-07-17 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Synthetic fiber
US6306782B1 (en) 1997-12-22 2001-10-23 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Disposable absorbent product having biodisintegratable nonwovens with improved fluid management properties
JP3626594B2 (en) * 1998-03-23 2005-03-09 東洋化成工業株式会社 Process for producing modified chlorinated polyolefin-based aqueous resin composition
JP3329727B2 (en) 1998-03-31 2002-09-30 株式会社ミツバ Pivot structure of vehicle wiper device
US6114495A (en) 1998-04-01 2000-09-05 Cargill Incorporated Lactic acid residue containing polymer composition and product having improved stability, and method for preparation and use thereof
US6225388B1 (en) 1998-08-31 2001-05-01 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Biodegradable thermoplastic composition with improved wettability
US6093792A (en) 1998-09-16 2000-07-25 University Of Massachusetts Bioresorbable copolymers
AU2705600A (en) 1998-10-01 2000-05-01 University Of Akron, The Process and apparatus for the production of nanofibers
US6232280B1 (en) 1999-05-12 2001-05-15 Steris Corporation Cleaning product with analyzable and stable surfactant
US20050048152A1 (en) 1999-06-24 2005-03-03 Luder Gerking Device for spinning materials forming threads
DE19929709C2 (en) 1999-06-24 2001-07-12 Lueder Gerking Process for the production of essentially endless fine threads and use of the device for carrying out the process
DE60012330T2 (en) 1999-08-02 2005-07-28 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Co., Wilmington COMPOSITE NONWOVEN MATERIAL
RU2002107430A (en) 1999-08-25 2003-11-10 Кимберли-Кларк Ворлдвайд, Инк. (Us) BIOLOGICALLY DESTRUCTIVE NONWOVEN MATERIALS WITH THE ABILITY TO ABSORBE LIQUID AND CONTAINING THEIR DISPOSABLE ABSORBENT PRODUCTS
US6515054B1 (en) 1999-11-02 2003-02-04 Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. Biodegradable resin composition and its molded product
US6492465B1 (en) 2000-02-08 2002-12-10 Exxonmobil Chemical Patents, Inc. Propylene impact copolymers
DE10005454B4 (en) * 2000-02-08 2005-08-18 Papierfabrik Schoeller & Hoesch Gmbh & Co. Kg Single layer, both sides abrasive fleece and process for its production
US6586522B1 (en) 2000-06-12 2003-07-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Water- and oil-repellent composition
US6743273B2 (en) 2000-09-05 2004-06-01 Donaldson Company, Inc. Polymer, polymer microfiber, polymer nanofiber and applications including filter structures
US6645618B2 (en) 2001-06-15 2003-11-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Aliphatic polyester microfibers, microfibrillated articles and use thereof
WO2003040201A1 (en) 2001-11-06 2003-05-15 Dow Global Technologies Inc. Isotactic propylene copolymers, their preparation and use
US6916752B2 (en) 2002-05-20 2005-07-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Bondable, oriented, nonwoven fibrous webs and methods for making them
US6861025B2 (en) 2002-06-20 2005-03-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Attenuating fluid manifold for meltblowing die
JP3955245B2 (en) 2002-08-05 2007-08-08 理研ビタミン株式会社 Biodegradable polyester resin composition and film, sheet or molded article
US6881375B2 (en) * 2002-08-30 2005-04-19 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Method of forming a 3-dimensional fiber into a web
EP1604813B1 (en) * 2003-03-19 2011-06-08 Asahi Kasei Fibers Corporation Nonwoven polyester fabric with high resistance to water pressure
WO2004097096A1 (en) * 2003-05-01 2004-11-11 Johnson & Johnson Gmbh Patterned sheet products
CA2533896A1 (en) 2003-07-28 2005-02-10 Mallinckrodt, Inc. Improved stearate composition and method of production thereof
US7241838B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2007-07-10 Eastman Chemical Company Blends of aliphatic-aromatic copolyesters with ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers
JP2007523971A (en) 2003-12-31 2007-08-23 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Water / oil repellent fluoroacrylate
DE602005021860D1 (en) 2004-02-26 2010-07-29 Mitsubishi Plastics Inc BIODEGRADABLE WRAPPING FOIL
ATE485413T1 (en) 2004-04-19 2010-11-15 Procter & Gamble FIBERS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS AND PRODUCTS WITH NANOFIBERS MADE OF POLYMERS WITH A HIGH GLASS TRANSITION TEMPERATURE
JP4319169B2 (en) 2004-06-17 2009-08-26 カモ井加工紙株式会社 Masking adhesive tape and masker using the same
EP1778305B1 (en) 2004-08-03 2010-07-07 Tepha, Inc. Non-curling polyhydroxyalkanoate sutures
JP2006186220A (en) 2004-12-28 2006-07-13 Tdk Corp Electrochemical device
CN101146865A (en) 2005-03-25 2008-03-19 三菱树脂株式会社 Polylactic acid-based card material and card
JP4409601B2 (en) 2005-06-01 2010-02-03 三井化学株式会社 Biodegradable polyester fiber
US7780903B2 (en) 2005-06-01 2010-08-24 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Method of making fibers and nonwovens with improved properties
US20060276092A1 (en) 2005-06-01 2006-12-07 Topolkaraev Vasily A Fibers and nonwovens with improved properties
JP4952120B2 (en) * 2005-08-04 2012-06-13 三菱化学株式会社 Cleaning composition
JP4757040B2 (en) 2006-01-25 2011-08-24 株式会社クラレ Nonwoven fabric made of fibers made of polylactic acid composition
US9139940B2 (en) 2006-07-31 2015-09-22 3M Innovative Properties Company Bonded nonwoven fibrous webs comprising softenable oriented semicrystalline polymeric fibers and apparatus and methods for preparing such webs
US7604859B2 (en) 2006-08-30 2009-10-20 Far Eastern Textile Ltd. Heat adhesive biodegradable bicomponent fibers
JP5200937B2 (en) 2006-09-27 2013-06-05 富士通株式会社 Resin composition, pulverized product, and disposal method of resin composition
US8394488B2 (en) 2006-10-06 2013-03-12 Cordis Corporation Bioabsorbable device having composite structure for accelerating degradation
US9555167B2 (en) 2006-12-11 2017-01-31 3M Innovative Properties Company Biocompatible antimicrobial compositions
US20080200890A1 (en) 2006-12-11 2008-08-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Antimicrobial disposable absorbent articles
WO2008073099A1 (en) 2006-12-15 2008-06-19 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Biodegradable polyesters for use in forming fibers
KR20100098529A (en) 2007-12-13 2010-09-07 킴벌리-클라크 월드와이드, 인크. Biodegradable fibers formed from a thermoplastic composition containing polylactic acid and a polyether copolymer
WO2009152345A1 (en) 2008-06-12 2009-12-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Biocompatible hydrophilic compositions
CN102105625B (en) 2008-06-12 2015-07-08 3M创新有限公司 Melt blown fine fibers and methods of manufacture
US20100044909A1 (en) 2008-08-20 2010-02-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Lofty, tackified nonwoven sheet and method of making
AU2010229841B2 (en) 2009-03-27 2013-10-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydrophilic polypropylene melt additives
MX347301B (en) * 2009-03-31 2017-04-21 3M Innovative Properties Co Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same.
WO2011075619A1 (en) 2009-12-17 2011-06-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, melt blown fine fibers, and methods of making and using the same
WO2011084670A1 (en) 2009-12-17 2011-07-14 3M Innovative Properties Company Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same
EP2539496B1 (en) 2010-02-23 2016-02-10 3M Innovative Properties Company Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same
TW201221714A (en) 2010-10-14 2012-06-01 3M Innovative Properties Co Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same
US10098980B2 (en) 2012-10-12 2018-10-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Multi-layer articles

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4863779A (en) * 1986-03-24 1989-09-05 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Composite elastomeric material
US5525706A (en) * 1992-10-02 1996-06-11 Cargill, Incorporated Melt-stable lactide polymer nonwoven fabric and process for manufacture thereof
US5753736A (en) * 1995-02-22 1998-05-19 The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation Dimensionally stable fibers and non-woven webs
US20040241216A1 (en) * 1999-05-21 2004-12-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydrophilic polypropylene fibers having antimicrobial activity
US20040265516A1 (en) * 2000-06-09 2004-12-30 3M Innovative Properties Company Porous inkjet receptor media
US20040045145A1 (en) * 2002-09-09 2004-03-11 Ching-Tang Wang Method for producing ultrafine fiber and artificial leather
US20080213595A1 (en) * 2003-10-17 2008-09-04 3M Innovative Properties Company Surfactant composition having stable hydrophilic character
US20070270071A1 (en) * 2006-05-18 2007-11-22 Greer J Travis Nonwoven fabric towel
US20080160861A1 (en) * 2006-12-28 2008-07-03 Berrigan Michael R Dimensionally stable bonded nonwoven fibrous webs

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP2513365A4 *

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8858986B2 (en) 2008-06-12 2014-10-14 3M Innovative Properties Company Biocompatible hydrophilic compositions
US10138576B2 (en) 2008-06-12 2018-11-27 3M Innovative Properties Company Biocompatible hydrophilic compositions
US9487893B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2016-11-08 3M Innovative Properties Company Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same
US8298969B2 (en) 2009-08-19 2012-10-30 Milliken & Company Multi-layer composite material
US9194065B2 (en) 2009-12-17 2015-11-24 3M Innovative Properties Company Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same
US9611572B2 (en) 2010-10-14 2017-04-04 3M Innovative Properties Company Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, and methods of making and using the same
KR101846139B1 (en) 2012-12-28 2018-04-05 옴야 인터내셔널 아게 Caco3 in polyester for nonwoven and fibers
US9982128B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2018-05-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Fibers, wipes, and methods
US10006165B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2018-06-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Fibers and wipes with epoxidized fatty ester disposed thereon, and methods
WO2015071447A1 (en) * 2013-11-18 2015-05-21 Tesa Se Adhesive tape for covering elongated goods, such as cable sets in particular, and method for covering
US11286405B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2022-03-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Adhesive articles comprising polylactic acid polymer film and method of making

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2013515174A (en) 2013-05-02
CN102753745A (en) 2012-10-24
BR112012015043A2 (en) 2017-03-01
BR112012014945A2 (en) 2018-10-09
US9416485B2 (en) 2016-08-16
US8721943B2 (en) 2014-05-13
AU2010330866A1 (en) 2012-07-12
US20140210141A1 (en) 2014-07-31
MX2012007090A (en) 2012-07-20
EP2513365A1 (en) 2012-10-24
EP2513365A4 (en) 2013-09-18
US20110151738A1 (en) 2011-06-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9416485B2 (en) Process of making dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs
US8932704B2 (en) Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same
EP2512802B1 (en) Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same
EP2414574B1 (en) Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same
US9611572B2 (en) Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs, and methods of making and using the same
EP2291558B1 (en) Melt blown fine fibers and methods of manufacture
AU2015201126A1 (en) Dimensionally stable nonwoven fibrous webs and methods of making and using the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201080063600.2

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10838279

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012544868

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 2010330866

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: MX/A/2012/007090

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010838279

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 5582/CHENP/2012

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010330866

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20101217

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112012015043

Country of ref document: BR

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112012014945

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112012015043

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20120619

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01E

Ref document number: 112012014945

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112012014945

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20120618